X030-E1-09
Cat. No.
Solid State Relays
OMRON Corporation
Industrial Automation Company
Industrial Devices and Components Division H.Q
Industrial ControI Components Division
Shiokoji Horikawa, Shimogyo-ku,
Kyoto, 600-8530 Japan
Tel: (81) 75-344-7119 / Fax: (81) 75-344-7149
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are
subject to change without notice.
Authorized Distributor:
Cal. No. X030-E1-09
Printed in Japan
0203-1M (0203)(O)
X030-E1-09
Solid State
Relays
Product Information
G3PC
Defects failures in SSRs used for heater temperature control
and simultaneously outputs alarm signals.
You want to include safety
circuits to protect the
system from unlikely
failures.
You want to install a Fault
Detection Unit, but there
isn't enough space in the
control panel.
You want to improve
maintenance by locating
faults more quickly.
Solution
The G3PC detects faults automatically and outputs alarm signals.
It provides the answer to all of these problems.
Enables downsizing of equipment (control panel, etc.) and wiring reductions
With a thickness of only 22.5 mm, the G3PC
contributes to equipment downsizing and
promotes more efficient use of space by
aIIowing wiring reductions.
• With OMRON's Fault Detection Unit:
Unit
• With the G3PC:
SSR
Wiring requirements:
12 places(Unit)
4 places(SSR)
16 places
Wiring requirements:
7 places
47mm+
22.5mm
Compatible with a wide range of peripheral devices
The G3PC's alarm output is compatible with either NPN or PNP input circuit configurations of
external peripheral devices.
(The alarm output circuit has an independent NPN open collector configuration.)
Arrangement for I/O Connections
G3TC
DC
G3TC-ODC
Programmable logic circuit
OMRON produces I/O Modules
for pin array socket type with
SSR.
I/O Modules provide four
functions: AC outputs, AC
inputs, DC outputs, and DC
inputs. All Modules are isolated
at 4,000 VAC internally for
reliability and have the CE mark.
DC
DC
DC
G3TC-IDC
AC
AC
G3TC-OAC
AC
G3TC-IAC
AC
Warranty and Application Considerations
Read and Understand this Catalog
Please read and understand this catalog before purchasing the products. Please consult your OMRON representative if you
have any questions or comments.
■ Warranty and Limitations of Liability
Warranty and Limitations of Liability
WARRANTY
OMRON's exclusive warranty is that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year
(or other period if specified) from date of sale by OMRON.
OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS. ANY BUYER OR USER
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET
THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE. OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSS OF PROFITS,
OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON
CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, OR STRICT LIABILITY.
In no event shall the responsibility of OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is asserted.
IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY, REPAIR, OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE
PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRON'S ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED, STORED,
INSTALLED, AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CONTAMINATION, ABUSE, MISUSE, OR INAPPROPRIATE
MODIFICATION OR REPAIR.
Solid State Relays
Warranty and Application Considerations
1
■ Application Considerations
Application Considerations
BASIC CONSIDERATIONS
At OMRON, we are constantly working to improve the quality and reliability of our products. SSRs, however, use semiconductors,
which are prone to malfunction. Be sure to use SSRs within their rated values. Use the SSRs only in systems that are designed
with redundancies, flame protection, countermeasures to prevent operation errors, and other countermeasures to prevent
accidents involving human life or fires.
SELECTION OF PRODUCTS
The applications, illustrations, and charts shown in this catalog are intended solely for purposes of example. Because there are
many variables and requirements associated with any particular application, the final design can only be made in view of the
specific parameters of each application. OMRON does not assume responsibility or liability for actual use based upon the
examples shown in this catalog. Please consult one of our sales offices if you have any doubts or questions concerning your
application.
In particular, the following criteria must always be considered in the selection, application, and installation of control equipment.
• Type of power supply
• Voltage rating (max. and min.)
• Current rating (max. and min.)
• Power rating (max. and min.)
• Suitability of frequency of operating controls
• Effects of component failure (mechanical and/or electrical)
• Ambient temperature of SSR (Be aware that SSRs generate heat.)
• Mounted state
• Inrush current (The inrush current varies with the type of load. For example, resistive loads have no inrush current, motor
loads have an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current, and lamp loads have an inrush current of 10 times the
steady-state current.) Read the List of Recommended Loads (page 19) in this catalog.
• Safety standards
Please read the Technical and Safety Information section (page 6) of this catalog.
SUITABILITY FOR USE
OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes, or regulations that apply to the combination of
products in the customer's application or use of the products.
At the customer's request, OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations
of use that apply to the products. This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the
products in combination with the end product, machine, system, or other application or use.
The following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given. This is not intended to be an
exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products, nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for the products.
• Outdoor use, uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference, or conditions or uses not described in
this catalog.
• Nuclear energy control systems, combustion systems, railroad systems, aviation systems, medical equipment, amusement
machines, vehicles, safety equipment, and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations.
• Systems, machines, and equipment that could present a risk to life or property.
Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products.
NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY WITHOUT
ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS, AND THAT THE OMRON
PRODUCTS ARE PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR
SYSTEM.
2
Solid State Relays Warranty
and Application Considerations
■ Disclaimers
Disclaimers
PERFORMANCE DATA
Performance data given in this catalog is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a
warranty. It may represent the result of OMRON's test conditions, and the users must correlate it to actual application
requirements. Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability.
CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS
Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons.
It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant construction
changes are made. However, some specifications of the products may be changed without any notice. When in doubt, special
model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application on your request. Please consult with
your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased products.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes, even when tolerances are shown.
ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
The information in this catalog has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is assumed
for clerical, typographical, or proofreading errors, or omissions.
■ Copyright and Copy Permission
Copyright and Copy Permission
COPYRIGHT AND COPY PERMISSION
This catalog shall not be copied for sales or promotions without permission.
This catalog is protected by copyright and is intended solely for use in conjunction with the products. Please notify us before
copying or reproducing this catalog in any manner, for any other purpose. If copying or transmitting this catalog to another, please
copy or transmit it in its entirety.
Solid State Relays
Warranty and Application Considerations
3
Safety Precautions
■ Meaning of Signal Words
The following signal words are used in this catalog.
@
WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in minor or
moderate injury, or may result in serious injury or death. Additionally there may be
significant property damage.
@
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or
moderate injury or in property damage.
■ Meaning of Alert Symbols
The following alert symbols are used in this catalog.
Indicates the possibility of electric shock under specific conditions.
Indicates the possibility of injury by high temperature under specific conditions.
Indicates the possibility of fire under specific conditions.
Indicates the possibility of explosion under specific conditions.
4
Solid State Relays Safety
Precautions
■ Alert Statements in this Catalog
The following alert statements apply to the products in this catalog. Each alert statement also appears at the locations needed in
this catalog to attract your attention.
Please read the Technical and Safety Information section (page 6) of this catalog for other operation precautions.
@
WARNING
SSR malfunction or fire damage may occasionally occur. Do not apply excessive voltage or current to the SSR
input or output circuits.
Heat generated by a terminal error may occasionally result in fire damage. Do not operate if the screws on the
output terminal are loose.
Heat generated from an SSR error may occasionally cause the output element to short, or cause fire damage.
Do not obstruct the airflow to the SSR or heat sink.
If a material with high thermal resistance, such as wood, is used, heat generated by the SSR may occasionally
cause fire or burning. When installing the SSR directly into a control panel so that the panel can be used as a
heat sink, use a panel material with low thermal resistance, such as aluminum or steel.
SSRs may occasionally explode. Do not apply a short-circuit current to the load side of an SSR.
@
CAUTION
Touching the charged section is likely to cause electric shock. Do not touch the SSR terminal section (the
charged section) when the power supply is ON. For SSRs with terminal covers, be sure to attach the cover
before use.
The SSR and heat sink will be hot and are likely to cause burns. Do not touch the SSR or the heat sink either
while the power supply is ON, or immediately after the power is turned OFF.
The internal snubber circuit is charged and will cause electric shock. Do not touch the SSR load terminal
immediately after the power is turned OFF.
Electric shock is likely to result. Be sure to conduct wiring with the power supply turned OFF.
Solid State Relays
Safety Precautions
5
Technical and Safety Information
Note: Refer to Solid-state Relays USER'S GUIDE (Catalog No. Y108-E1-1) in order to select the best SSRs according to the purposes and
applications.
■ Operating and Storage
Environments
6. Solvents
1. Operating Ambient Temperature
7. Oil
The rated value for the ambient operating temperature of the SSR is
for when there is no heat build-up. For this reason, under conditions
where heat dissipation is not good due to poor ventilation, and where
heat may build up easily, the actual temperature of the SSR may
exceed the rated value resulting in malfunction or burning.
Do not allow the SSR terminal cover to come in contact with oil.
Doing so will cause the cover to crack and become cloudy.
When using the SSR, design the system to allow heat dissipation
sufficient to stay below the Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
characteristic curve. Note also that the ambient temperature of the
SSR may increase as a result of environmental conditions (e.g.,
climate or air-conditioning) and operating conditions (e.g., mounting
in an airtight panel).
Note: Observe the following precautions to prevent failure to operate,
malfunction, or undesirable effects on product performance.
For precautionary information on individual products, refer to
Precautions for Correct Use in the relevant section.
Do not allow the SSR to come in contact with solvents, such as
thinners or gasoline. Doing so will dissolve the markings on the SSR.
2. Operating and Storage Locations
Do not use or store the SSR in the following locations. Doing so may
result in damage, malfunction, or deterioration of performance
characteristics.
• Do not use or store in locations subject to direct sunlight.
• Do not use in locations subject to ambient temperatures outside the
range –20 to 60°C.
• Do not use in locations subject to relative humidity outside the
range 45% to 85% or locations subject to condensation as the
result of severe changes in temperature.
• Do not store in locations subject to ambient temperatures outside
the range –30 to 70°C.
• Do not use or store in locations subject to corrosive or flammable
gases.
• Do not use or store in locations subject to dust (especially iron
dust) or salts.
• Do not use or store in locations subject to shock or vibration.
• Do not use or store in locations subject to exposure to water, oil, or
chemicals.
3. Extended Storage of SSR
If the SSR is stored for an extended period of time, the terminals will
be exposed to the air, reducing its solderability due to such effects as
oxidation. Therefore, when installing a Relay onto a board after a
long time in storage, check the state of the solder before use. Also,
take preventive measures so that the terminals will not be exposed to
water, oil, or solvents while they are stored.
4. Transportation
When transporting the SSR, observe the following points. Not doing
so may result in damage, malfunction, or deterioration of
performance characteristics.
• Do not drop the SSR or subject it to severe vibration or shock.
• Do not transport the product if it is wet.
Do not subject the SSR to excessive vibration or shock. Otherwise
the SSR may malfunction and internal components may be
damaged.
To prevent the SSR from abnormal vibration, do not install the SSR in
locations or by means that will subject it to vibration from other
devices, such as motors.
Solid State Relays Technical
Before Actual Operation
The SSR in operation may cause an unexpected accident. Therefore
it is necessary to test the SSR under the variety of conditions that are
possible. As for the characteristics of the SSR, it is necessary to
consider differences in characteristics between individual SSRs.
The ratings in this catalog are tested values in a temperature range
between 15°C and 30°C, a relative humidity range between 25% and
85%, and an atmospheric pressure range between 88 and 106 kPa.
It will be necessary to provide the above conditions as well as the
load conditions if the user wants to confirm the ratings of specific
SSRs.
Operating Conditions
Do not apply currents exceeding the rated current otherwise, the
temperature of the SSR may rise excessively.
Be sure to prevent the ambient temperature from rising due to the
heat radiation of the SSR. If the SSR is mounted inside a panel,
install a fan so that the interior of the panel is fully ventilated.
Do not use the SSR if heat dissipation fins have been bent as a result
of, for example, dropping the SSR. If used in this state, the SSR may
be damaged due to the decreased heat dissipation capacity.
Only use the SSR with loads that are within the rated values. Using
the SSR with loads outside the rated values may result in
malfunction, damage, or burning.
Use a power supply within the rated frequency range. Using a power
supply outside the rated frequency range may result in malfunction,
damage, or burning.
Keep wiring separate from high-voltage power lines and use wires of
an appropriate length, otherwise malfunction and damage may result
due to induction.
As protection against accidents due to short-circuiting, be sure to
install protective devices, such as fuses and no-fuse breakers, on the
power supply side.
Input Circuit
Input Noise
5. Vibration and Shock
6
■ Precautions for Correct Use
SSRs need only a small amount of power to operate. This is why the
input terminals must shut out electrical noise as much as possible.
Noise applied to the input terminals may result in malfunction. The
following describes measures to be taken against pulse noise and
inductive noise.
and Safety Information
Pulse Noise
Inductive Noise
A combination of capacitor and resistor can absorb pulse noise
effectively. The following is an example of a noise absorption circuit
with capacitor C and resistor R connected to an SSR incorporating a
photocoupler.
Do not wire power lines alongside the input lines. Inductive noise
may cause the SSR to malfunction. If inductive noise is imposed on
the input terminals of the SSR, use the following cables according to
the type of inductive noise, and reduce the noise level to less than
the must release voltage of the SSR.
Twisted-pair wire: For electromagnetic noise
Shielded cable: For static noise
A filter consisting of a combination of capacitor and resistor will
effectively reduce noise generated from high-frequency equipment.
Pulse width
R
C
Load
Pulse voltage
Pulse width (µs)
The value of R and C must be decided carefully. The value of R must
not be too large or the supply voltage (E) will not be able to satisfy
the required input voltage value. The larger the value of C is, the
longer the release time will be, due to the time required for C to
discharge electricity.
Filter
High-frequency
device
Note: R: 20 to 100 Ω
C: 0.01 to 1 µF
Input Conditions
Input Voltage Ripples
When there is a ripple in the input voltage, set the input voltage so
that the peak voltage is lower than the maximum operating voltage
and the root voltage is above the minimum operating voltage.
Peak voltage
Pulse voltage (V)
Note: For low-voltage models, sufficient voltage may not be applied
to the SSR because of the relationship between C, R, and the
internal impedance. When deciding on a value for R, check the
input impedance for the SSR.
Root voltage
0V
Countermeasures for Leakage Current
When the SSR is powered by transistor output, the must release
voltage may be insufficient due to leakage current while power is
OFF. To counteract this, connect bleeder resistance as shown in the
diagram below and set the bleeder resistance so that VR is 0.5 V or
less.
Bleeder resistance
ON/OFF Frequency
The ON/OFF frequency should be set to 10 Hz maximum for AC load
switching and 100 Hz maximum for DC load switching. If switching
occurs at frequencies exceeding these values, the SSR output will
not be able to follow-up.
Solid State Relays
Technical and Safety Information
7
Output Circuit
DC Switching SSR Output Noise Surges
Zero Cross Function
An SSR with a zero cross function operates when the AC load
voltage approaches the zero point or its vicinity, and releases when
the current reaches the zero point. An SSR with a zero cross function
reduces clicking noises that may be generated when the load is
turned ON.
When an L load, such as a solenoid or electromagnetic valve, is
connected, connect a diode that prevents counter-electromotive
force. If the counter-electromotive force exceeds the withstand
voltage of the SSR output element, it could result in damage to the
SSR output element. To prevent this, insert the element parallel to
the load, as shown in the following diagram and table.
Load
Output (load voltage)
Input
ON
OFF
AC Switching SSR Output Noise Surges
If there is a large voltage surge in the AC current being used by the
SSR, the C/R snubber circuit built into the SSR between the SSR
load terminals will not be sufficient to suppress the surge, and the
SSR transient peak element voltage will be exceeded, causing
overvoltage damage to the SSR.
Only the following models have a built-in surge absorbing varistor:
G3NA, G3S, G3PA, G3NE, G3NH, G3DZ (some models), G3RZ, and
G3FM. When switching an inductive load with any other models, be
sure to take countermeasures against surge, such as adding a surge
absorbing element.
As an absorption element, the diode is the most effective at
suppressing the counter-electromotive force. The release time for the
solenoid or electromagnetic valve will, however, increase. Be sure to
check the circuit before use. To shorten the time, connect a Zener
diode and a regular diode in series. The release time will be
shortened at the same rate that the Zener voltage (Vz) of the Zener
diode is increased.
Absorption Element Example
Absorption
element
Effectiveness
Diode
Diode +
Varistor
Zener diode
CR
Most
effective
Most
effective
Ineffective
Somewhat
effective
In the following example, a surge voltage absorbing element has
been added.
Varistor
Load
Varistor
Select an element which meets the conditions in the following table
as the surge absorbing element.
Voltage
Varistor voltage
Surge resistance
100 to 120 VAC
240 to 270 V
1,000 A min.
200 to 240 VAC
440 to 470 V
380 to 480 VAC
820 to 1,000 V
(Reference)
1. Selecting a Diode
Withstand voltage = VRM ≥ Power supply voltage × 2
Forward current = IF ≥ load current
2. Selecting a Zener Diode
Zener voltage =
Vz < SSR withstand voltage – (Power supply voltage + 2 V)
Zener surge power =
Prsm > Vz × Load current × Safety factor (2 to 3)
Note: When the Zener voltage is increased (Vz), the Zener diode
capacity (PRSM) is also increased.
8
Solid State Relays Technical
and Safety Information
Selecting an SSR for Different Loads
Lamp Load
The following provides examples of the inrush currents for different
loads.
A large inrush current flows through incandescent lamps, halogen
lamps, and similar devices (approx. 10 to 15 times higher than the
rated current). Select an SSR so that the peak value of inrush current
does not exceed half the inrush current resistance of the SSR. Refer
to “Repetitive” (indicated by the dashed line) shown in the following
figure. When a repetitive inrush current of greater than half the inrush
current resistance is applied, the output element of the SSR may be
damaged.
AC Load and Inrush Current
Load
Approx.
Inrush
current/ 10 times
Normal
current
Incandescent
lamp
Motor
Capacitor
Relay
Resistive
load
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Solenoid
Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. 1
20 to 50
10 to 15 5 to 10 2 to 3
times
times
times
times
Normal current
Inrush current
Waveform
Non-repetitive
Repetitive
Energized time (ms)
Motor Load
Heater Load (Resistive Load)
A resistive load has no inrush current. The SSR is generally used
together with a voltage-output temperature controller for heater ON/
OFF switching. When using an SSR with the zero cross function,
most generated noise is suppressed. This type of load does not,
however, include all-metal and ceramic heaters. Since the resistance
values at normal temperatures of all-metal and ceramic heaters are
low, an overcurrent will occur in the SSR, causing damage. For
switching of all-metal and ceramic heaters, select a Power Controller
(G3PX, consult your OMRON representative) with a long soft-start
time, or a constant-current switch.
Heater load
Temperature
Controller
(voltage output)
When a motor is started, an inrush current of 5 to 10 times the rated
current flows and the inrush current flows for a longer time than for a
lamp or transformer. In addition to measuring the startup time of the
motor or the inrush current during use, ensure that the peak value of
the inrush current is less than half the inrush current resistance when
selecting an SSR. The SSR may be damaged by counterelectromotive force from the motor. Be sure to install overcurrent
protection for when the SSR is turned OFF.
Transformer Load
When the SSR is switched ON, an energizing current of 10 to 20
times the rated current flows through the SSR for 10 to 500 ms. If
there is no load in the secondary circuit, the energizing current will
reach the maximum value. Select an SSR so that the energizing
current does not exceed half the inrush current resistance of the
SSR.
Half-wave Rectifying Circuit
AC electromagnetic counters and solenoids have built-in diodes,
which act as half-wave rectifiers. For these types of loads, a halfwave AC voltage does not reach the SSR output. For SSRs with the
zero cross function, this can cause them not to turn ON. Two
methods for counteracting this problem are described below.
(a)
Connect a bleeder resistance with approximately 20% of the
SSR load current.
Bleeder resistance
Load
(b)
Solid State Relays
Use SSRs without the zero cross function.
Technical and Safety Information
9
Full-wave Rectified Loads (Consult your OMRON
representative for model numbers.)
Inverter Load
AC electromagnetic counters and solenoids have built-in diodes,
which act as full-wave rectifiers. The load current for these types of
loads has a rectangular wave pattern, as shown in the following
diagram.
Do not use an inverter-controlled power supply as the load power
supply for the SSR. Inverter-controlled waveforms become
rectangular, so the dV/dt ratio is extremely large and the SSR may
fail to reset. An inverter-controlled power supply may be used on the
input side provided the effective voltage is within the normal
operating voltage range of the SSR.
Load
Circuit current
wave pattern
Voltage increase ratio
The dV/dt ratio tends to infinity,
so the SSR will not turn OFF.
∆V/∆T = dV/dt: voltage increase ratio
Accordingly, AC SSRs use a triac (which turns OFF the element only
when the circuit current is 0 A) in the output element. If the load
current waveform is rectangular, it will result in an SSR reset error.
When switching ON and OFF a load whose waves are all rectified,
use a -V model or Power MOS FET Relay.
-V-model SSRs:
G3F-203SL-V, G3H-203SL-V
Power MOS FET Relay: G3DZ, G3RZ, G3FM
Capacitive Load
The supply voltage plus the charge voltage of the capacitor is applied
to both ends of the SSR when it is OFF. Therefore, use an SSR
model with an input voltage rating twice the size of the supply
voltage.
Limit the charge current of the capacitor to less than half the peak
inrush current value allowed for the SSR.
Small-capacity Loads
Even when there is no input signal to the SSR, there is a small
leakage current (IL) from the SSR output (LOAD). If this leakage
current is larger than the load release current, the SSR may fail to
reset.
Load Power Supply
Connect a bleeder resistance R in parallel to increase the SSR
switching current.
If a DC load power supply is used for full-wave or half-wave rectified
AC currents, make sure that the peak load current does not exceed
the maximum usage load power supply of the SSR. Otherwise,
overvoltage will cause damage to the output element of the SSR.
Load (e.g., relays) release voltage
Load (e.g., relays) release current
R<
E
IL-I
Rectified Currents
Peak voltage
E: Load (e.g., relays) reset voltage
I: Load (e.g., relays) reset current
SSR operating
voltage maximum
value
Load
Bleeder resistance standards:
100-VAC power supply, 5 to 10 kW, 3 W
200-VAC power supply, 5 to 10 kW, 15 W
10
Solid State Relays Technical
Load power supply
Bleeder resistance R
Operating Frequency for AC Load Power
Supply
The operating frequency range for an AC load power supply is 47 to
63 Hz.
and Safety Information
Low AC Voltage Loads
Surface-mounting Socket
If the load power supply is used under a voltage below the minimum
operating load voltage of the SSR, the loss time of the voltage
applied to the load will become longer than that of the SSR operating
voltage range. See the following load example. (The loss time is A <
B.)
1. Make sure that the surface-mounting socket screws are tightened
securely when mounted. If the Unit is subjected to shock or
vibration and the socket mounting screws are loose, the Socket
and the SSR, or the lead wires may detach. The surfacemounting Sockets can be snapped on to a 35-mm DIN Track.
2. Use a holding bracket to ensure proper connection between the
SSR and Socket. Otherwise the SSR may detach from the socket
if excessive vibration or shock is applied.
Before operating the SSR, make sure that this loss time will not
cause problems.
If the load voltage falls below the trigger voltage, the SSR will not turn
ON, so be sure to set the load voltage to 24 VAC minimum. (Except
for the G3PA-VD and [email protected]@B.)
100 VAC (R load) trigger voltage
Mount or dismount the SSR from the Socket perpendicular to the
Socket surface. If it is mounted or dismounted at an angle from the
diagonal line, terminals of the SSR may bend and the SSR may not
be properly inserted in the Socket.
24 VAC (R load) trigger voltage
Trigger voltage
SSR Mounting and Dismounting Direction
Trigger voltage
Correct
trigger voltage
trigger voltage
Operation
Leakage Current
A leakage current flows through a snubber circuit in the SSR even
when there is no power input. Therefore, always turn OFF the power
to the input or load and check that it is safe before replacing or wiring
the SSR.
Switch element
Incorrect
Snubber circuit
Varistor
Trigger circuit
Input circuit
Tab Terminal Soldering Precautions
Do not solder the lead wires to the tab terminals. Otherwise the SSR
components will be damaged.
Leakage
current
Cutting Terminals
Do not cut the terminals using an auto-cutter. Cutting the terminals
with devices such as an auto-cutter may damage the internal
components.
Screw Tightening Torque
Deformed Terminals
Tighten the SSR terminal screws properly. If the screws are not tight,
the SSR will be damaged by heat generated when the power is ON.
Perform wiring using the tightening torque shown in the following
table.
Do not attempt to repair or use a terminal that has been deformed.
Otherwise excessive force will be applied to the SSR, and it will lose
its original performance capabilities.
SSR Terminal Screw Tightening Torque
Hold-down Clips
Screw size
Exercise care when pulling or inserting the hold-down clips so that
their form is not distorted. Do not use a clip that has already been
deformed. Otherwise excessive force will be applied to the SSR,
causing it not to perform to its full capacity, and also it will not have
enough holding power, causing the SSR to be loose, and resulting in
damage to the contacts.
Recommended tightening torque
M3.5
0.78 to 1.18 N·m
M4
0.98 to 1.37 N·m
M5
1.57 to 2.35 N·m
M6
3.92 to 4.9 N·m
M8
8.82 to 9.8 N·m
PCB SSR Soldering
SSR Mounting Panel Quality
If G3NA or G3NE SSRs are to be mounted directly onto the control
panel, without the use of a heat sink, be sure to use a panel material
with low thermal resistance, such as aluminum or steel. Do not
mount the SSR on a panel with high thermal resistance, such as a
panel coated with paint. Doing so will decrease the radiation
efficiency of the SSR, causing heat damage to the SSR output
element. Do not mount the SSR on a panel made of wood or any
other flammable material. Otherwise the heat generated by the SSR
will cause the wood to carbonize, and may cause a fire.
Solid State Relays
1. SSRs must be soldered at 260°C within five seconds. For models,
however, that conform to separate conditions, perform soldering
according to the specified requirements.
2. Use a rosin-based non-corrosive flux that is compatible with the
material of the SSR.
Ultrasonic Cleaning
Do not perform ultrasonic cleaning. Performing ultrasonic cleaning
after the SSR base has been installed will cause ultrasonic waves to
resonate throughout the SSR internal structure, thereby damaging
the internal components.
Technical and Safety Information
11
Safety Concept
3. Total breaking I2t value: Select a fuse with a total breaking I2t
value less than that of the SSR.
4. Melting characteristic curve: The fuse’s melting characteristic
curve must be below the SSR’s surge withstand curve.
Cause
Input area
Overvoltage
Input element damage
Output area
Overvoltage
Output element damage
Whole Unit
Ambient temperature Output element damage
exceeding maximum
Operation Indicator
Result
Overcurrent
Poor heat radiation
Short-circuit Protection
A short-circuit current or an overcurrent flowing through the load of
the SSR will damage the output element of the SSR. Connect a
quick-break fuse in series with the load as a short-circuit protection
measure.
Design a circuit so that the protection coordination conditions for the
quick-break fuse satisfy the relationship between the SSR surge
resistance (IS), quick-break fuse current-limiting feature (IF), and the
load inrush current (IL), shown in the following chart.
Output circuit
The operation indicator turns ON when current flows through the
input circuit. It does not indicate that the output element is ON.
Output terminal
Location
Provide an appropriate non-fuse breaker to each machine for the
overcurrent protection of the machine.
Input indicator
Therefore, to provide a safety feature for a control circuit using an
SSR, design a circuit in which a contactor or circuit breaker on the
load power supply side will turn OFF the load when the SSR causes
an error. Do not design a circuit that turns OFF the load power supply
only with the SSR. For example, if the SSR causes a half-wave error
in a circuit in which an AC motor is connected as a load, DC
energizing may cause overcurrent to flow through the motor, thus
burning the motor. To prevent this from occurring, design a circuit in
which a circuit breaker stops overcurrent to the motor.
Overcurrent Protection
Input circuit
The SSR is an optimum relay for high-frequency switching and highspeed switching, but misuse or mishandling of the SSR may damage
the elements and cause other problems. The SSR consists of
semiconductor elements, and will break down if these elements are
damaged by surge voltage or overcurrent. Most faults associated
with the elements are short-circuit malfunctions, whereby the load
cannot be turned OFF.
Input terminal
Error Mode
Heat Sink Conditions
Heat Sink Selection
SSR models with no heat sinks incorporated (e.g., the G3NA, G3NE,
and three-phase G3PB) need external heat sinks. When using any of
these SSRs, select an ideal combination of the SSR and heat sink
according to the load current. For example, the following
combinations are ideal.
G3NA-220B: Y92B-N100
G3NE-210T(L): Y92B-N50
G3PB-235B-3H-VD: Y92B-P200
A standard heat sink equivalent to an OMRON-made one can be
used, on condition that the thermal resistance of the heat sink is
lower than that of the OMRON-made one. For example, the Y92BN100 has a thermal resistance of 1.63°c/W.
Peak current (A)
If the thermal resistance of the standard heat sink is lower than this
value (e.g., 1.5°c/W), the standard heat sink can be used for the
G3NA-220B.
Thermal resistance indicates a temperature rise per unit (W). The
smaller the value is, the higher the efficiency of heat radiation will be.
Heat Sink Mounting
Heat is mainly dissipated from heat sinks by convection. If air cannot
flow freely around the heat sink, heat will not be dissipated properly
and the SSR may malfunction. It is recommended that the heat sink
is mounted with the fins vertical to allow air to flow freely across the
surface of the heat sink. If there is a duct above or below the SSR,
ensure that it does not cover the SSR’s heat sink. Horizontal
mounting and inverted mounting are not recommended. The airflow
is not as good and SSR derating is necessary.
Time (unit: s)
SSR Mounting
Quick-break Fuse Selection
The basic purpose of quick-break fuses is to provide short-circuit
protection for loads with an I2t value (time integral of the current
squared) less than the I2t value for the SSR.
1. Rated voltage: The fuse’s rated voltage must be higher than the
circuit’s peak voltage.
2. Rated current: Allow leeway in the fuse’s rated current so that the
fuse does not operate for inrush current in the load. It is
recommended that the rated current should satisfy the following:
Load’s continuous carry current < 80% of the fuse’s rated current
12
Solid State Relays Technical
The SSR must be mounted on the surface of a heat sink with no
oxidation or dirt. Before mounting, ensure that air does not flow
between the SSR’s mounting surface and the heat sink by applying
heat-conductive silicone grease to the SSR’s mounting surface
(whole surface). The thickness of the silicone grease, how uniformly
it is applied, and how securely the SSR is mounted to the heat sink
are all factors that influence the heat conductivity.
It is recommended that a thin (approx. 0.5-mm) layer of Toshiba
Silicone’s YG6111 or YG6240, Sinetsu Silicone’s G746, or a similar
product is applied before mounting. Mount the SSR by tightening the
mounting screws on both sides to the applicable torque (0.78 N·m for
M3 screws and 0.98 N·m for M4 screws). If the layer of silicone
grease is too thick, the heat conductivity will be reduced.
and Safety Information
Handling the SSRs
Do Not Drop
Handle SSRs in in-line packages with the same care and keep them
free from excessive vibration or shock.
The SSR is a high-precision component. Do not drop the SSR or
subject it to excessive vibration or shock regardless of whether the
SSR is mounted or not.
Panel-mounting SSRs
The maximum vibration and shock that an SSR can withstand varies
with the model. Refer to the relevant datasheet.
The SSR cannot maintain its full performance capability if the SSR is
dropped or subjected to excessive vibration or shock resulting in
possible damage to its internal components.
If SSRs are mounted inside an enclosed panel, the radiated heat of
the SSR will build up inside, thus not only reducing the carry-current
capacity of the SSRs, but also adversely affecting other electronic
devices mounted inside. Open some ventilation holes on the upper
and lower sides of the control panel before use. Refer to the relevant
datasheet for details.
The impact of shock applied to the SSR that is dropped varies, and
depends on the floor material, the angle of collision with the floor,
and the dropping height. For example, if a single SSR is dropped on
a plastic tile from a height of 10 cm, the SSR may receive a shock of
1,000 m/s2 or more.
PCB-mounting SSRs
Suitable PCBs
PCB Material
PCBs are classified into epoxy PCBs and phenol PCBs. The following table lists the characteristics of these PCBs. Select one, taking into account
the application and cost. Epoxy PCBs are recommended for SSR mounting in order to prevent the solder from cracking.
Item
Epoxy
Phenol
Glass epoxy
Paper epoxy
Paper phenol
Electrical
characteristics
High insulation resistance.
Highly resistive to moisture absorption.
Inferior to glass epoxy but superior to New PCBs are highly insulation-resistive
paper phenol PCBs.
but easily affected by moisture absorption
and cannot maintain good insulation
performance over a long time.
Mechanical
characteristics
The dimensions are not easily affected by
temperature or humidity.
Ideal for through-hole or multi-layer PCBs.
Inferior to glass epoxy but superior to The dimensions are easily affected by
paper phenol PCBs.
temperature or humidity.
Not suitable for through-hole PCBs.
Economical
efficiency
Expensive
Rather expensive
Application
Applications that require high reliability.
Applications in comparatively good
Applications that may require less
reliability than those for glass epoxy environments with low-density wiring.
PCBs but require more reliability
than those of paper phenol PCBs.
Inexpensive
PCB Thickness
Mounting Space
The PCB may warp due to the size, mounting method, or ambient
operating temperature of the PCB or the weight of components
mounted to the PCB. Should warping occur, the internal mechanism
of the SSR on the PCB will be deformed and the SSR may not
provide its full capability. Determine the thickness of the PCB by
taking the material of the PCB into consideration.
The ambient temperature around the sections where the SSR is
mounted must be within the permissible ambient operating
temperature. If two or more SSRs are mounted closely together, the
SSRs may radiate excessive heat. Therefore, make sure that the
SSRs are separated from one another at the specified distance
provided in the datasheet. If there is no such specification, maintain a
space that is as wide as a single SSR.
Terminal Hole and Land Diameters
Refer to the following table to select the terminal hole and land
diameters based on the SSR mounting dimensions. The land
diameter may be smaller if the land is processed with through-hole
plating.
Hole dia. (mm)
Nominal value
Tolerance
0.6
±0.1
Minimum land dia.
(mm)
Provide adequate ventilation to the SSRs as shown in the following
diagram.
Correct
Top
Incorrect
Ventilation airflow
SSR
Top
1.5
0.8
1.8
1.0
2.0
1.2
2.5
1.3
2.5
1.5
3.0
1.6
3.0
2.0
3.0
Solid State Relays
Bottom
Bottom
Ventilation airflow
Technical and Safety Information
13
Mounting SSR to PCB
Read the precautions for each model and fully familiarize yourself
with the following information when mounting the SSR to the PCB.
1. Do not bend the terminals to make the
Step 1
SSR self-standing, otherwise the full
SSR mounting
performance of the SSR may not be
possible.
2. Process the PCB properly according to
the mounting dimensions.
Step 2
Flux coating
Flux
Step 3
Preheating
1. The flux must be a non-corrosive rosin
flux, which is suitable to the material of
the SSR.
Apply alcohol solvent to dissolve the flux.
2. Make sure that all parts of the SSR other
than the terminals are free of the flux. The
insulation resistance of the SSR may be
degraded if there is flux on the bottom of
the SSR.
Step 5
Cooling
1. After soldering the SSR, be sure to cool down
the SSR so that the soldering heat will not
deteriorate the SSR or any other components.
2. Do not dip the SSR into cold liquid, such as a
detergent, immediately after soldering the
SSR.
Step 6
Cleaning
1. Refer to the following table for the selection of
the cleaning method and detergent.
Detergent
Boiling or dip cleaning is possible for the
SSR. Do not perform ultrasonic cleaning or
cut the terminals, otherwise the internal
parts of the SSR may be damaged. Make
sure that the temperature of the detergent is
within the permissible ambient operating
temperature of the SSR.
1. Be sure to preheat the SSR to allow better
soldering.
2. Preheat the SSR under the following
conditions.
Temperature
100°C max.
Time
1 min max.
2. Applicability of Detergents
Detergent
Chlorine Perochine
detergent Chlorosolder
Trichloroethylene
Indusco
Aqueous Holys
detergent Pure water
(pure hot water)
3. Do not use the SSR if it is left at high
temperature over a long time. This may
change the characteristics of the SSR.
Step 4
Soldering
Automatic Soldering
1. Flow soldering is recommended for
maintaining a uniform soldering quality.
Solder: JIS Z3282 or H63A
Soldering temperature: Approx. 260°C
Soldering time: Approx. 5 s
(Approx. 2 s for first time and approx. 3 s for
second time for DWS)
Perform solder level adjustments so that
the solder will not overflow on the PCB.
Manual Soldering
1. After smoothing the tip of the soldering
iron, solder the SSR under the following
conditions.
Solder: JIS Z3282, 1160A, or H63A
with rosin-flux-cored solder
Soldering iron: 30 to 60 W
Soldering temperature:
280°C to 300°C
Solder
Soldering time: Approx. 3 s
Flux
2. As shown in the above illustration,
solder with a groove for preventing flux
dispersion.
14
Solid State Relays Technical
Applicability
OK
OK
Alcohol
IPA
Ethanol
OK
Others
Paint thinner
Gasoline
NG
Note: 1. Contact your OMRON representatives
before using any other detergent. Do
not apply Freon TMC, paint thinner, or
gasoline to any SSR.
2. The space between the SSR and PCB
may be not be adequately cleaned with
a hydrocarbon or alcohol detergent.
Actions are being taken worldwide to stop
the use of CFC-113 (chlorofluorocarbon)
and 1.1.1 trichloroethane. Your understanding and cooperation are highly appreciated.
Step 7
Coating
1. Do not fix the whole SSR with resin, otherwise
the characteristics of the SSR may change.
2. The temperature of the coating material must
be within the permissible ambient operating
temperature range.
Coating
Type
Applicability
Epoxy
OK
Urethane
OK
Silicone
OK
and Safety Information
Reliability
SSR Endurance
The effects of heat on the solder also need to be considered in
estimating the total endurance of the SSR. The solder deteriorates
due to heat-stress from a number of causes. OMRON estimates that
the SSR begins to malfunction due to solder deterioration
approximately 10 years after it is first installed. The actual life will
depend on the temperature and other operating conditions.
The SSR is not subject to mechanical wear. Therefore, the
endurance of the SSR depends on the rate of internal component
malfunction. For example, the rate for the G3M-202P is 321 Fit (1 Fit
= 10−9 = λ (malfunctions/operation)). The MTTF calculated from this
value is as follows:
MTTF = 321/λ60 = 3.12 × 106 (operations)
■ Additional Information
Circuit Configuration
Load
specifications
Zero cross
function
Isolation Circuit configuration
AC load
Yes
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
Input
terminals
No
Model
Zero
cross
circuit
Input
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Triac
Snubber
circuit
Output
terminals
Phototriac
Phototriac
coupler
Input
terminals
Yes
Phototriac
Yes
Snubber
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Output
terminals
Phototriac
coupler
Input
terminals
AC load
Triac
Input
circuit
Zero
cross
circuit
Input
circuit
Photocoupler
Triac
Snubber
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Output
terminals
Thyristor module
No
G3CN, G3F, G3B, (1)
G3H, [email protected]
[email protected],
[email protected], [email protected], [email protected],
[email protected],
[email protected],
[email protected],
[email protected],
[email protected]
(2)
[email protected],
G3R, G3M,
G3MB, G3MC,
G3TC-OA
(3)
G3NA-4, G3NH
(4)
Photocoupler
Input
terminals
Zero
cross
circuit
Input
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Snubber
circuit
Output
terminals
Varistor
DC load
---
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
Input
terminals
AC/DC
load
No
Photodiode
coupler
Input
circuit
Drive
circuit
Output
transistor
Counter
electromotive
force
protective
diode
Output
terminals
Photodiode
coupler
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Output
circuit
Drive
circuit
G3NA-D, G3CN- (5)
D, G3TA-OD,
G3FD, G3HD,
G3BD, G3RD,
G3R-I, G3R-OD,
G3TB-OD, G3TCOD
G3FM
(6)
G3DZ, G3RZ
(7)
Output
terminals
MOS.
FET
Photodiode
coupler
Photodiode
coupler
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Solid State Relays
Drive
circuit
Output
terminals
Technical and Safety Information
15
Load
specifications
Zero cross
function
Isolation Circuit configuration
AC load
Yes
Phototriac
Phototriac
coupler
Zero
cross
circuit
Input
terminals
Trigger
circuit
Triac
Model
No
[email protected]
(8)
[email protected]
(9)
Snubber
Varistor Output
circuit
terminals
Input
circuit
Output
terminals
Phototriac
coupler
Zero
cross
circuit
AC load
Yes
Phototriac
Input
circuit
Yes
Triac
Snubber Varistor Output
circuit
terminals
Phototriac
coupler
Input
terminals
AC load
Trigger
circuit
Zero
cross
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Zero
cross
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Zero
cross
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Triac
Snubber
Output
Varistor
circuit
terminals
Triac
Snubber
Output
Varistor
circuit
terminals
Triac
Snubber
VaristorOutput
circuit
terminals
Phototriac
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Zero
cross
circuit
Trigger
circuit
G3PB, G3PA-VD, (10)
G3NA, G3NE
Triac
Output
terminals
Snubber Varistor
circuit
No
Phototriac
Input
terminals
[email protected],
(11)
[email protected], G3S
Triac
Trigger
circuit
Input
circuit
Output
terminals
Snubber Varistor
circuit
Yes
Photocoupler
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Zero
cross
circuit
G3NA (AC input)
(12)
[email protected]
(13)
G3TA-I, G3SD
(14)
G3TB-I
(15)
G3TC-I
(16)
Triac
Output
terminals
Trigger
circuit
Snubber Varistor
circuit
No
Photocoupler
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Triac
Output
terminals
Snubber
circuit
DC load
---
Photocoupler
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Drive
circuit
Output
terminals
Transistor Zener diode
---
Photocoupler
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Drive
circuit
Output
terminals
Transistor Zener diode
---
Photocoupler
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Drive
circuit
Output
terminals
Transistor
16
Solid State Relays Technical
and Safety Information
Load
specifications
Zero cross
function
Isolation Circuit configuration
AC load
No
Phototriac
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Triac
Model
No
G3PX
(17)
G3J
(18)
G3PC
(19)
G3PX-260
(20)
G3J (AC input)
(21)
Output
terminals
Snubber Varistor
circuit
No
Phototriac
Triac
Snubber
circuit Varistor
Trigger
circuit
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Output
terminals
Trigger
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Yes
Phototriac
Input
terminals
Zero
cross
circuit
Input
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Triac
Output
terminals
Snubber Varistor
circuit
AC load
No
Phototriac
Photocoupler
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Thyristor
Output
terminals
Trigger
circuit
Snubber Varistor
circuit
No
Photocoupler
Triac
Snubber
circuit Varistor
Trigger
circuit
Input
terminals
Input
circuit
Trigger
circuit
Output
terminals
Trigger
circuit
Solid State Relays
Technical and Safety Information
17
Classification by Application
Application
Recommended SSR
Heater control
These SSRs are applicable to machines that
require highly sensitive temperature control
for turning heaters ON and OFF, such as
molding equipment, packaging machines,
and solderers. These SSRs feature plug-in
models, replaceable power element
cartridge models, and built-in heat sink
model. They meet the high-capacity, high
switching frequency requirements of heater
control.
Motor control
These SSRs are applicable to machines that
require motor inching operation and
reversible operation, such as machine tools,
conveyors, and packaging equipment.
They have high-speed response time and
high switching frequency, required for
inching and reversible operation.
Interface
These SSRs meet the requirements for
isolated transmission of control outputs from
PLCs and Position Controllers to an
actuator.
In particular, the G3DZ and G3RZ Relays
use MOS FET in the output element to allow
shared use of the Relays in both lowleakage-current AC and DC circuits.
OA, HA, amusement machines
These Relays have high switching
frequency, noiseless operation, and when
compared to mechanical relays, have
greater resistance to vibration, shock, dust
and dirt, and gas, making them ideal for
situations where these factors are important.
18
G3PC
G3J
G3MB
G3CN
Solid State Relays Technical
Single-phase Three-phase
G3PB
G3PB
G3NA
G3M
G3MB
G3NE
G3MC
G3M
G3TB
G3PX
G3PA
G3H (D)
G3F (D)
G3DZ
G3S (D)
G3MC
G3NA
G3NA
G3R (I/O)
G3DZ
and Safety Information
G3NE
G3RZ
G3B
G3TA
G3F
G3H
G3TC
G3NH
List of Recommended Loads
Use the following table for reference when selecting the load of your SSR. The values in this table are all measured at an ambient temperature of
25°C or 40°C. Load current applied to SSR should be considered in relation to ambient temperature. Engineering data of Load Current vs. Ambient
Temperature by each model shows the curve in order to derate the carry current. The peak value in the list applies when the SSR inrush current
is within the permissible range.
Load
voltage
Model
110 VAC
110 VAC
220 VAC
220 VAC
Max.
load
current
Type
Heater
Singlephase
motor
Threephase
motor
Lamp
load
Valve
Transformer
Remarks
[email protected], [email protected]
1A
0.8 A
---
---
0.5 A
0.5 A
50 W
---
[email protected], [email protected],
[email protected], G3MB-102PL
2A
1.6 A
---
---
1A
1A
100 W
---
[email protected], [email protected],
[email protected]
3A
2.4 A
35 W
---
1.5 A
1.5 A
150 W
---
[email protected], G3B-205S,
G3NA-205B
5A
4A
65 W
---
2.5 A
2.5 A
250 W
---
[email protected], G3PA-210B-VD
10 A
8A
100 W
---
5A
5A
500 W
---
G3PB-215B-VD
15 A
12 A
---
---
7.5 A
7.5 A
750 W
---
[email protected], G3PA-220B-VD
20 A
16 A
300 W
---
10 A
10 A
1 kW
---
[email protected]
20 A
16 A
---
---
10 A
---
---
---
G3PC-220BVD
20 A
16 A
---
---
10 A
---
---
---
G3PB-225B-VD
25 A
20 A
---
---
12.5 A
12.5 A
---
---
G3PB-235B-VD
35 A
28 A
---
---
17.5 A
17.5 A
---
---
G3PA-240B-VD
40 A
32 A
750 W
---
20 A
20 A
2 kW
---
[email protected]
40 A
32 A
---
---
20 A
---
---
---
G3PB-245B-VD
45 A
36 A
---
---
22.5 A
22.5 A
---
---
G3PA-260B-VD
60 A
48 A
---
---
30 A
30 A
---
---
[email protected]
60 A
48 A
---
---
30 A
---
---
---
G3NH-2075B
75 A
60 A
---
---
37 A
---
---
---
G3NH-2150B
150 A
120 A
---
---
75 A
---
---
---
[email protected], [email protected],
G3RZ-201SLN
1A
0.8 A
15 W
50 W
0.5 A
0.5 A
100 W
---
[email protected], [email protected],
[email protected], [email protected]
2A
1.6 A
35 W
100 W
1A
1A
200 W
---
[email protected], [email protected],
[email protected], [email protected]
3A
2.4 A
65 W
200 W
1.5 A
1.5 A
300 W
---
[email protected], [email protected],
G3NA-205B
5A
4A
100 W
400 W
2.5 A
2.5 A
500 W
---
G3J-S205BL, G3J-T205BL
4.8 A
---
---
0.75 kW
---
---
---
---
G3J-S211BL, G3J-T211BL
11.1 A
---
---
2.2 kW
---
---
---
---
G3J-T217BL
17.4 A
---
---
3.7 kW
---
---
---
---
[email protected], G3NA-210B,
G3PA-210B-VD
10 A
8A
250 W
750 W
5A
5A
1 kW
---
G3PB-215B-VD
15 A
12 A
---
---
7.5 A
7.5 A
---
---
[email protected]
15 A
12 A
---
---
---
---
---
---
[email protected], G3NA-220B,
G3PA-220B-VD
20 A
16 A
750 W
1.5 kW
10 A
10 A
2 kW
---
[email protected]
20 A
16 A
---
---
10 A
---
---
---
G3PC-220B-VD
20 A
16 A
---
---
10 A
---
---
---
G3NA-225B
25 A
20 A
---
---
12.5 A
12.5 A
---
---
G3PB-225B-VD
25 A
20 A
---
---
12.5 A
12.5 A
---
---
[email protected]
25 A
20 A
---
---
---
---
---
Three-phase
G3PB-235B-VD
35 A
28 A
---
---
17.5 A
17.5 A
---
---
[email protected]
35 A
28 A
---
---
---
---
---
Three-phase
Solid State Relays
Technical and Safety Information
19
Load
voltage
Model
220 VAC
400 VAC
440 VAC
Max.
load
current
Type
Heater
Singlephase
motor
Threephase
motor
Lamp
load
Remarks
G3PA-240B-VD, G3NA-240B
40 A
32 A
1.5 kW
2.2 kW
[email protected]
40 A
32 A
---
---
G3PB-245B-VD
45 A
36 A
---
[email protected]
45 A
36 A
G3PA-260B-VD
60 A
48 A
Valve
Transformer
20 A
20 A
4 kW
---
20 A
---
---
---
---
22.5 A
22.5 A
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
Three-phase
---
2.7 kW
30 A
30 A
---
---
[email protected]
60 A
48 A
---
---
30 A
---
---
---
G3NH-2075B
75 A
60 A
---
3.7 kW
37 A
---
---
---
G3NH-2150B
150 A
120 A
---
7.5 kW
75 A
---
---
---
G3J-S403BL, G3J-T403BL
2.4 A
---
---
0.75 kW
---
---
---
Three-phase
G3J-S405BL, G3J-T405BL
5.5 A
---
---
2.2 kW
---
---
---
Three-phase
G3NA-410B
10 A
8A
---
2.2 kW
5A
---
---
---
[email protected]
15 A
12 A
---
---
7.5 A
---
---
Three-phase
G3NA-420B, G3PA-420B-VD
20 A
16 A
---
3.7 kW
10 A
---
---
---
G3NA-425B
25 A
20 A
---
---
12.5 A
---
---
---
[email protected]
25 A
20 A
---
---
12.5 A
---
---
Three-phase
G3PA-430B-VD
30 A
24 A
---
5.5 kW
15 A
---
---
---
[email protected]
35 A
28 A
---
---
17.5 A
---
---
Three-phase
G3NA-440B
40 A
32 A
---
---
20 A
---
---
---
[email protected]
45 A
36 A
---
---
22.5 A
---
---
Three-phase
G3NA-450B
50 A
40 A
---
---
25 A
---
---
---
G3NH-4075B
75 A
60 A
---
7.5 kW
37 A
---
---
---
G3NH-4150B
150 A
120 A
---
15 kW
75 A
---
---
---
G3PA-420B-VD-2
20 A
16 A
---
---
10 A
---
---
---
G3PA-430B-VD-2
30 A
24 A
---
---
15 A
---
---
---
G3PA-450B-VD-2
50 A
40 A
---
---
25 A
---
---
---
24 VDC
[email protected]
1A
0.8 A
---
---
0.5 A
0.5 A
---
---
48 VDC
[email protected], [email protected]
2A
1.6 A
---
---
1A
1A
---
---
[email protected], G3FD-X03S,
G3HD-X03S
3A
2.4 A
---
---
1.5 A
1.5 A
---
---
G3RZ-201SLN
1A
0.8 A
---
---
0.5 A
0.5 A
---
---
[email protected]
1.5 A
1.2 A
---
---
0.75 A
0.75 A
---
---
[email protected]
2A
1.6 A
---
---
1A
1A
---
---
G3BD-103S
3A
2.4 A
---
---
1.5 A
1.5 A
---
---
G3NA-D210B
480 VAC
100 VDC
200 VDC
10 A
8A
---
---
3A
5A
---
---
G3FM-2R5SLN
24 to
220 VAC, 5
to 110 VDC
0.5 A
---
---
---
0.4 A
0.4 A
50 W
---
G3DZ-2R6PL
5 to
240 VAC, 5
to 100 VDC
0.6 A
---
---
---
0.5 A
0.5 A
60 W
---
G3RZ-201SLN
5 to
240 VAC, 5
to 100 VDC
1A
---
---
---
0.5 A
0.5 A
50 W
---
Note: 1. The data given in this table is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty.
2. If a transformer load is connected to an SSR, limit the inrush current to 1/2 of the maximum rated value to be applied to the SSR.
3. The maximum SSR load current was determined assuming that a single resistive load is installed. It is expected, however, that the SSR
will be exposed to harsher conditions in actual operation than in the trial testing because of power voltage fluctuations and control panel
space limitations. To allow for a sufficient safety margin, the recommended values are 20% to 30% lower than the rated values. The safety
margins for inductive loads, such as transformers and motors, should be higher because these loads generate inrush current.
20
Solid State Relays Technical
and Safety Information
Application Circuit Examples
ON/OFF Control of Three-phase Inductive
Motors
Connection to Sensors
Motor
The SSR connects directly to a Proximity Sensor or Photoelectric
Sensor.
Load power supply
(Brown)
Sensor
R
Input signal
source
(Black)
S
Threephase
power
supply
T
(Blue)
Sensors: TL-X Proximity Sensor
E3S Photoelectric Sensor
Forward and Reverse Operation of Threephase Inductive Motors
Switching Control of Incandescent Lamps
Load power supply
Incandescent lamp
Input
signal
source
Make sure that signals input into the individual SSRs are proper if the
SSRs are applied to the forward and reverse operation of a threephase motor. If SW1 and SW2 as shown in the following circuit
diagram are switched over simultaneously, a phase short-circuit will
result on the load side, which may damage the output elements of
the SSRs. This is because the SSR has a triac as an output element
that is turned ON until the load current becomes zero regardless of
the absence of input signals into the SSR. Therefore, make sure that
there is a time lag of 30 ms or more to switch over SW1 and SW2.
Temperature Control of Electric Furnaces
Load
heater
INPUT
Load power supply
Input signal
source and
Temperature
Controller
The SSR may be damaged due to phase short-circuiting if the SSR
malfunctions with noise in the input circuit of a SSR. To protect the
SSR from phase short-circuiting damage, a protective resistance R
may be inserted into the circuit.
The value of the protective resistance R must be determined
according to the withstanding inrush current of the SSR. For
example, the G3NA-220B withstands an inrush current of 220 A. The
value of the protective resistance R is obtained from the following.
Forward and Reverse Operation of Singlephase Inductive Motors
L
R > 220 V x √2/200A = 1.4 Ω
Considering the circuit current and weld time, insert the protective
resistance into the side that reduces the current consumption.
Motor
Obtain the consumption power of the resistance from the following.
P = I2R x Safety factor
(I = Load current, R = Protective resistance, Safety factor = 3 to 5)
Load power supply
C
Note: 1. The voltage between the load terminals of either SSR 1 or
SSR 2 when turned OFF is approximately twice as high as
the supply voltage due to LC coupling. Be sure to use an
SSR model with a rated output voltage of at least twice the
supply voltage. For example, if the motor operates at a
supply voltage of 100 VAC, the SSR must have an output
voltage of 200 VAC or higher.
2. Make sure that there is a time lag of 30 ms or more to switch
over SW1 and SW2.
Solid State Relays
Technical and Safety Information
21
Temperature Sensor and SSR
Connection Example with SSR
Temperature Controller
Load
Heater
Voltage output
terminal
(for driving SSR)
Load power
Direct connection possible
Max. No. of SSRs
connectable in parallel
→
3 units
(E5CN/E5GN)
5 units
(E5AN/ E5EN)
E5AN
G3PC (SSR with failure
detection)
240 VAC
(20 A)
▲
Rated input voltage:
12 to 24 VDC
Compact and slim models with a built-in heat sink
3 units
(E5CN/E5GN)
5 units
(E5AN/ E5EN)
▲
2 units
(E5CN/E5GN)
4 units
(E5AN/ E5EN)
PV
ALM1 ALM2 ALM3
Rated input voltage:
12 to 24 VDC
Compact and slim models with a built-in heat sink
E5EN
E52
G3PB (Single-phase) 240 VAC
(15 A, 25 A, 35 A, 45 A)
HB
G3PB (Three-phase)
240 VAC/400 VAC
(15 A, 25 A, 35 A, 45 A)
▲
Rated input voltage:
12 to 24 VDC
Simultaneous three-phase control with
a built-in heat sink
OUT1 OUT2 STOP CMW
SV
3 units
(E5CN/E5GN)
5 units
(E5AN/ E5EN)
E5EN
G3PA 240 VAC (10 A, 20 A, 40 A, 60 A)
400 VAC (20 A, 30 A, 50 A)
▲
Rated input voltage:
5 to 24 VDC
E5CN
ES1A
Compact and slim models with a built-in heat sink
PV
ALM1
HB
SV
OUT2 CMW
E5CN
Note:
4 units for
480-VAC
models
E5CN-U
PV
ALM2
HB
Solid State Relays Technical
OUT2 CMW
E5GN
E5GN
CMW
STP
Rated input voltage:
5 to 24 VDC
G3NE 240 VAC (5 A, 10 A, 20 A)
Rated input voltage:
12 VDC
Compact and low-cost models with tab terminals
E5CN
OUT
4 units
(E5CN/E5GN)
8 units
(E5AN/ E5EN)
AL
▲
22
▲
SV
OUT1 STOP
G3NA 240 VAC (5 A, 10 A, 20 A, 40 A)
480 VAC (10 A, 20 A, 40 A)
Standard models with screw terminals
1 unit
(E5CN/E5GN)
2 units
(E5AN/ E5EN)
ALM1
Calculating the Maximum Number of
SSRs Connectable in Parallel
A: Max. load current of Temperature
Controller’s voltage output (driving SSRs) =
21 mA for the E5CN
B: SSR’s input impedance = 7 mA for G3NA
In this case, the maximum number of SSRs
connectable in parallel would be as follows:
A/B = 3
▲
3 units
(see note)
(E5CN/E5GN)
5 units
(E5AN/ E5EN)
ALM2
OUT1 STOP
G3NH 440 VAC (75 A, 150 A)
Rated input voltage:
5 to 24 VDC
For controlling high-power heaters
and Safety Information
Heater Control Types and G3PX Control Methods
Heater Control Types
Heater control
Manual
Temperature Controller
[email protected]
[email protected]
Current output
Cycle control
Phase control
G3PX Power Controller
G32A-EA Cycle
Control Unit and G3PA
SSR
Phase control
Cycle control
G3PX Power Controller
G32A-EA Cycle Control Unit and
G3PA SSR
Relay output
SSR output
Voltage output
Current output
SSR
ON/OFF control
G3PA SSR
G3PX Control Methods
Analog
control
[email protected]
Temperature
Controller with
voltage output
ON/OFF
control
[email protected]
Temperature
Controller with
relay output
Two-position
control
External
variable
resistor
External
variable
resistor
[email protected]
(for external
main setting)
[email protected]
(for external
ramp setting)
Manual control
Fine adjustments of ramp setting output voltage are possible.
G3PX
• Analog Control
The change in current output of the Temperature Controller
between 4 and 20 mA is used for precise heater control by
the G3PX, which outputs smoothly adjusted power. Fine
adjustments of the heater temperature are possible with
external or internal ramp setting.
• ON/OFF Control
The voltage output of the Temperature Controller is used
for ON/OFF heater control. Fine adjustments of the heater
temperature are possible with external or internal ramp
setting.
• Two-position Control
The high level and low level of the output are freely set with
an external variable resistor, either of which is selectable
with the relay output of the Temperature Controller.
• Manual Control
Output adjustments are possible with an external variable
resistor.
Ramp Setting (in all G3PX Single-phase Models)
Output voltage (%)
[email protected]
Temperature
Controller with
current output
Ramp set value
Input current (mA)
Solid State Relays
Technical and Safety Information
23
Phase Control
(Single-phase Model)
Cycle Control
ON/OFF Control
Half cycle
Voltage output
Temperature
Controller
SSR
Enables noiseless
temperature control at low
cost with no complicated
maintenance work required.
Temperature
Controller
Current output
SSR and Cycle
Control Unit
Current output
Temperature
Controller
Power
Controller
Highly accurate temperature
control enables each heater
to withstand long use.
Noiseless, high-speed response
List of Functions
Select most suitable model depending on the application and purpose.
Item
Use
Single phase
Singlefunction
Advanced-function
Basic
models
Singleheater open
circuit
detection
models
MultipleConstantheater open current
circuit
models
detection
models
G3PX
[email protected]@EUN
G3PX
[email protected]@EH
G3PX
[email protected]@EHN
G3PX
[email protected]@EC
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Level indicator
Output LED indicator
Soft-start
Soft up and down time between approximately 0.1 s and 1 s
Extended soft
start
Soft up and down time between approximately 0.5 to 10 s
Yes
Base-up
Continuous output is possible after input is turned OFF. The base-up
variable resistor is adjustable between 0% and 100%
Yes
Yes
Element-ON
Detects failures in power elements caused by short-circuiting
failure detection
Enables heater open circuit detection in phase control of a single
heater
Single-heater
open circuit
detection
Multiple-heater Enables single-heater open circuit detection in phase control of a
maximum of five heaters connected in parallel
open circuit
detection
Yes
Constant
current control
Possible to control heaters that change their resistance values greatly
due to temperature changes
Yes
Current limit
control
Enables current control below rated current
Yes
Overcurrent
detection
Protecting the elements from overcurrent that cannot be suppressed in
constant current control
Yes
Controlled object
24
Solid State Relays Technical
Alloyed heater (Nichrome)
and Safety Information
Pure metal
heater
(Kanthal
super)
Description of Functions
Base-up
Phase Control
This function briefly keeps the output of the G3PX turned ON after
heating when the input signal is OFF.
Output is varied at half-phase intervals. Therefore, highly accurate
temperature control is possible.
This is effective for a smooth start of equipment that is slow in initial
heating operation.
The following is an example of a waveform in single-phase control.
Constant Current
If the load has an extremely high inrush current, the extended softstart function cannot suppress the inrush current. The constantcurrent function suppresses the inrush current automatically, thus
protecting the heater and system from damage.
The change in current output of the Temperature Controller between
4 and 20 mA is used for analog control of the output power of the
G3PX.
This function suppresses heat shock and ensures fine control without
being influenced by external disturbance. As a result, each heater
can withstand long use.
Ramp Setting
As shown in the following graphs, the change of output can be
adjusted with an internal or external variable resistor.
In the case of an electric oven, overshooting may result by using a
heater with a capacity that is excessively high for the size of the
oven.
By adjusting the ramp-setting variable resistor, the overshooting can
be suppressed.
For example, if a ramp of 60% is set for a 5-kW heater, a maximum of
3 kW will be input into the heater. Thus, it operates as a 3-kW heater.
Output voltage (%)
Ramp Setting
All G3PX Single-phase Models
Ramp set value
Input current (mA)
Soft-start
This function suppresses the inrush current that is caused when the
load is turned ON, thus ensuring smooth starting of the load.
This function is especially effective for loads that involve high inrush
current, such as halogen lamps.
The following is an example of a waveform in single-phase control.
Solid State Relays
Technical and Safety Information
25
Connection Examples of Single-phase G3PX and Temperature Controller
•
•
The soft-start time is adjusted between 0.5
and 10 s, thus enabling the heaters to
withstand long use.
Temperature
Controller
Voltage-output
model
If a single Temperature Controller is in control
of more than one heater, by making a proper
ramp setting, the difference in temperature
between the heaters can be improved.
(Connection Example 2)
G3PX
G3PX
G3PX
A
Note: The temperature at point B can be higher
than that at point A due to thermal
interference. In that case, make the ramp
set value for heater B smaller than that for
heater A so that there will be no difference
in temperature between points A and B.
Connection Example 1.
G3PX
B
Heater
Furnace
Fan
Sensor
Ramp Change Using Voltage-output Temperature Controller and One G3PX
Thermac
5 to 24 VDC
Internal DUTY Adjuster
[email protected]
Temperature
Controller
G3PX
G32X-VR External DUTY
Adjuster (3 kW)
100/110 VAC
100/110 VAC
Heater
Connection Example 2.
Ramp Change Using Voltage-output Temperature Controller and Multiple G3PXs
Temperature
Controller
G3PX
Internal DUTY
adjuster
26
Solid State Relays Technical
G3PX
Internal DUTY
adjuster
G3PX
Internal DUTY
adjuster
G3PX
Internal DUTY
adjuster
and Safety Information
Connection Example 3.
Temperature Control Using
Temperature Controller with
Current Output of 4 to 20 mA
and G3PX
Connection Example 4.
Ramp Change Using Temperature Controller
with Current Output of 4 to 20 mA and G3PX
Thermac
[email protected]
Temperature
Controller
5, 12, or
24 VDC
4 to 20 mA
[email protected]
Temperature
Controller
G3PX
100/110 VAC
Internal DUTY
Adjuster
G3PX
100/110
VAC
Heater
G32X-V3K External
DUTY Adjuster (3 kW)
Solid State Relays
Heater
Technical and Safety Information
27
Glossary
Terms
Circuit functions
Input
Output
Photocoupler
Phototriac coupler
Meaning
Transfers the input signal while insulating inputs and outputs.
Zero cross circuit
A circuit which starts operation with the AC load voltage at close to zero-phase.
Trigger circuit
A circuit for controlling the triac trigger signal, which turns the load current ON and OFF.
Snubber circuit
A circuit consisting of a resistor R and capacitor C that prevents faulty ignition from occurring in the
SSR triac by suppressing a sudden rise in the voltage applied to the triac.
Input impedance
The impedance of the input circuit and the resistance of current-limiting resistors used. Impedance
varies with the input signal voltage for the constant current input method.
Must operate voltage
Minimum input voltage when the output status changes from OFF to ON.
Must release voltage
Maximum input voltage when the output status changes from ON to OFF.
Operating voltage
The permissible voltage range within which the voltage of an input signal voltage may fluctuate.
Rated voltage
The voltage that serves as the standard value of an input signal voltage.
Input current
The current value when the rated voltage is applied.
Leakage current
The effective value of the current that can flow into the output terminals when a specified load
voltage is applied to the SSR with the output turned OFF.
Load voltage
The effective supply voltage at which the SSR can be continuously energized with the output
terminals connected to a load and power supply in series.
Maximum load current The effective value of the maximum current that can continuously flow into the output terminals
under specified cooling conditions (such as the size, materials, thickness of the heat sink, and
ambient temperature radiating conditions).
Minimum load current The minimum load current at which the SSR can operate normally.
Characteristics
Others
Output ON voltage
drop
The effective value of the AC voltage that appears across the output terminals when the maximum
load current flows through the SSR under specified cooling conditions (such as the size, materials,
thickness of heat sink, and ambient temperature radiation conditions).
Dielectric strength
The effective AC voltage that the SSR can withstand when it is applied between the input terminals
and output terminals or I/O terminals and metal housing (heat sink) for more than 1 minute.
Insulation resistance
The resistance between the input and output terminals or I/O terminals and metal housing (heat
sink) when DC voltage is imposed.
Operate time
A time lag between the moment a specified signal voltage is imposed to the input terminals and the
output is turned ON.
Release time
A time lag between the moment the imposed signal input is turned OFF and the output is turned
OFF.
Ambient temperature
and humidity
(operating)
The ranges of temperature and humidity in which the SSR can operate normally under specified
cooling, input/output voltage, and current conditions.
Storage temperature
The temperature range in which the SSR can be stored without voltage imposition.
Inrush current
resistance
A current which can be applied for short periods of time to the electrical element.
Counter-electromotive Extremely steep voltage rise which occurs when the load is turned ON or OFF.
force
28
Recommended
applicable load
The recommended load capacity that takes into account the safety factors of ambient temperature
and inrush current.
Bleeder resistance
The resistance connected in parallel to the load in order to increase apparently small load currents,
so that the ON/OFF of minute currents functions normally.
Solid State Relays Technical
and Safety Information
Standards
■ SSR Models Certified by International Standards
Model
Certified by UL
(Report No. E64562)
Certified by CSA
(Report No. LR35535)
Certified by VDE, TÜV, KEMA
CE marking
G3PX
G3PX-220EUN
G3PX-240EUN
G3PX-260EUN
G3PX-220EH
G3PX-240EH
G3PX-260EH
G3PX-220EHN
G3PX-240EHN
G3PX-260EHN
G3PX-220EC
G3PX-240EC
G3PX-260EC
G3PX-220EUN
G3PX-240EUN
G3PX-260EUN
G3PX-220EH
G3PX-240EH
G3PX-260EH
G3PX-220EHN
G3PX-240EHN
G3PX-260EHN
G3PX-220EC
G3PX-240EC
G3PX-260EC
G3J
G3J-205BL (-2)
G3J-211BL (-2)
G3J-S205BL
G3J-S211BL
G3J-S403BL
G3J-S405BL
G3J-T205BL
G3J-T211BL
G3J-T217BL
G3J-T403BL
G3J-T405BL
G3J-205BL (-2)
G3J-211BL (-2)
G3J-S205BL
G3J-S211BL
G3J-S403BL
G3J-S405BL
G3J-T205BL
G3J-T211BL
G3J-T217BL
G3J-T403BL
G3J-T405BL
G3J-S205BL
G3J-S211BL
G3J-S403BL
G3J-S405BL
Certified by KEMA
G3J-S205BL
G3J-S211BL
G3J-S403BL
G3J-S405BL
G3PC
G3PC-220B-VD
G3PC-220B-VD
G3PC-220B-VD
Certified by VDE
G3PC-220B-VD
G3PB
G3PB-215B-VD
G3PB-225B-VD
G3PB-235B-VD
G3PB-245B-VD
G3PB-215B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-225B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-235B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-245B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-415B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-425B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-435B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-445B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-215B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-225B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-235B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-245B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-515B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-525B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-535B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-545B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-215B-VD
G3PB-225B-VD
G3PB-235B-VD
G3PB-245B-VD
G3PB-215B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-225B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-235B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-245B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-415B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-425B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-435B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-445B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-215B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-225B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-235B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-245B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-515B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-525B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-535B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-545B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-215B-VD
G3PB-225B-VD
G3PB-235B-VD
G3PB-245B-VD
G3PB-215B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-225B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-235B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-245B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-415B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-425B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-435B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-445B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-215B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-225B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-235B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-245B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-515B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-525B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-535B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-545B-3(2)N-VD
Certified by VDE
G3PB-215B-VD
G3PB-225B-VD
G3PB-235B-VD
G3PB-245B-VD
G3PB-215B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-225B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-235B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-245B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-415B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-425B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-435B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-445B-3 (2) (H)-VD
G3PB-215B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-225B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-235B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-245B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-515B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-525B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-535B-3(2)N-VD
G3PB-545B-3(2)N-VD
G3PA
G3PA-420B(-VD)(-2)
G3PA-430B(-VD)(-2)
G3PA-450B-VD-2
G3PA-210B-VD
G3PA-220B-VD
G3PA-240B-VD
G3PA-260B-VD
G3PA-420B(-VD)(-2)
G3PA-430B(-VD)(-2)
G3PA-450B-VD-2
G3PA-210B-VD
G3PA-220B-VD
G3PA-240B-VD
G3PA-260B-VD
G3PA-420B(-VD)(-2)
G3PA-430B(-VD)(-2)
G3PA-450B-VD-2
G3PA-210B-VD
G3PA-220B-VD
G3PA-240B-VD
G3PA-260B-VD
Certified by VDE
G3PA-420B(-VD)(-2)
G3PA-430B(-VD)(-2)
G3PA-450B-VD-2
G3PA-210B-VD
G3PA-220B-VD
G3PA-240B-VD
G3PA-260B-VD
G32A
G32A-B-US
G32A-C-US
G32A-A10-US
G32A-A20-US
G32A-A40-US
G32A-A60-VD
G32A-D20-US
G32A-D40-US
G32A-A420(-VD)(-2)
G32A-A430(-VD)(-2)
G32A-A450-VD-2
G32A-EA-US
G32A-B-US
G32A-C-US
G32A-A10-US
G32A-A20-US
G32A-A40-US
G32A-A60-VD
G32A-D20-US
G32A-D40-US
G32A-A420(-VD)(-2)
G32A-A430(-VD)(-2)
G32A-A450-VD-2
G32A-EA-US
G32A-A10-VD
G32A-A20-VD
G32A-A40-VD
G32A-A60-VD
G32A-A420-VD(-2)
G32A-A430-VD(-2)
G32A-A450-VD-2
Certified by VDE
G32A-A10-VD
G32A-A20-VD
G32A-A40-VD
G32A-A60-VD
G32A-A420-VD(-2)
G32A-A430-VD(-2)
G32A-A450-VD-2
G3NA
G3NA-205B(-UTU)
G3NA-210B(-UTU)
G3NA-220B(-UTU)
G3NA-240B(-UTU)
G3NA-D210B(-UTU)
G3NA-410B
G3NA-420B
G3NA-440B
G3NA-205B(-UTU)
G3NA-210B(-UTU)
G3NA-220B(-UTU)
G3NA-240B(-UTU)
G3NA-D210B(-UTU)
G3NA-410B
G3NA-420B
G3NA-440B
G3NA-205B-UTU
G3NA-210B-UTU
G3NA-220B-UTU
G3NA-240B-UTU
G3NA-D210B-UTU
Certified by TÜV
G3NA-205B-UTU
G3NA-210B-UTU
G3NA-220B-UTU
G3NA-240B-UTU
G3NA-D210B-UTU
Solid State Relays
Standards
29
Model
Certified by UL
(Report No. E64562)
Certified by CSA
(Report No. LR35535)
G3NE
G3NE-205T (L)-US
G3NE-210T (L)-US
G3NE-220T (L)-US
G3NE-205T (L)-US
G3NE-210T (L)-US
G3NE-220T (L)-US
G3TA
G3TA-IAZR02S-US
G3TA-IDZR02S (M)-US
G3TA-OA202S (Z) (L)-US
G3TA-ODX02S-US
G3TA-OD201S-US
G3TA-IAZR02S-US
G3TA-IDZR02S (M)-US
G3TA-OA202S (Z) (L)-US
G3TA-ODX02S-US
G3TA-OD201S-US
G3F/G3FD
G3F-202SN-VD
G3F-203S(L)(N)-VD
G3FD-X03S(N)-VD
G3FD-102S(N)-VD
G3B/G3BD
Certified by VDE, TÜV, KEMA
CE marking
G3NE-205T (L)-US
G3NE-210T (L)-US
G3NE-220T (L)-US
Certified by TÜV
G3NE-205T (L)-US
G3NE-210T (L)-US
G3NE-220T (L)-US
G3F-202SN-VD
G3F-203S(L)(N)-VD
G3FD-X03S(N)-VD
G3FD-102S(N)-VD
G3F-202SN-VD
G3F-203S(L)(N)-VD
G3FD-X03S(N)-VD
G3FD-102S(N)-VD
Certified by VDE
G3F-202SN-VD
G3F-203S(L)(N)-VD
G3FD-X03S(N)-VD
G3FD-102S(N)-VD
G3B-205S-VD
G3BD-103S-VD
G3B-205S-VD
G3BD-103S-VD
G3B-205S-VD
G3BD-103S-VD
Certified by VDE
G3B-205S-VD
G3BD-103S-VD
G3H/G3HD
G3H-203S(L)(N)-VD
G3HD-X03S(N)-VD
G3H-203S(L)(N)-VD
G3HD-X03S(N)-VD
G3H-203S(L)(N)-VD
G3HD-X03S(N)-VD
Certified by VDE
G3H-203S(L)(N)-VD
G3HD-X03S(N)-VD
G3R-I/O
G3R-IAZR1SN-UTU
G3R-IDZR1SN-UTU
G3R-IDZR1SN-1-UTU
G3R-OA202SZN-UTU
G3R-OA202SLN-UTU
G3R-ODX02SN-UTU
G3R-OD201SN-UTU
G3R-IAZR1SN-UTU
G3R-IDZR1SN-UTU
G3R-IDZR1SN-1-UTU
G3R-OA202SZN-UTU
G3R-OA202SLN-UTU
G3R-ODX02SN-UTU
G3R-OD201SN-UTU
G3R-IAZR1SN-UTU
G3R-IDZR1SN-UTU
G3R-IDZR1SN-1-UTU
G3R-OA202SZN-UTU
G3R-OA202SLN-UTU
G3R-ODX02SN-UTU
G3R-OD201SN-UTU
Certified by TÜV
G3R-IAZR1SN-UTU
G3R-IDZR1SN-UTU
G3R-IDZR1SN-1-UTU
G3R-OA202SZN-UTU
G3R-OA202SLN-UTU
G3R-ODX02SN-UTU
G3R-OD201SN-UTU
G3R
G3R-101P (L) (N)-US
G3R-102P (L) (N)-US
G3R-201P (L) (N)-US
G3R-202P (L) (N)-US
G3R-101P (L) (N)-US
G3R-102P (L) (N)-US
G3R-201P (L) (N)-US
G3R-202P (L) (N)-US
G3RD
G3RD-X02P (N)-US
G3RD-X02P (N)-US
G3CN
G3CN-202P (L) (1)-US
G3CN-203P (L) (1)-US
G3CN-DX02P (L) (1)-US
G3CN-DX03P (L) (1)-US
G3CN-202P (L) (1)-US
G3CN-203P (L) (1)-US
G3CN-DX02P (L) (1)-US
G3CN-DX03P (L) (1)-US
G3M
G3M-102P(L)-US(-4)
G3M-202P(L)-US(-4)
G3M-202P(L)-UTU(-1)(-4)
G3M-203P(L)(-4)
G3M-203P(L)-UTU-1(-4)
G3M-205P(L)-VD-1(-4)
G3M-102P(L)-US(-4)
G3M-202P(L)-US(-4)
G3M-202P(L)-UTU(-1)(-4)
G3M-203P(L)(-4)
G3M-203P(L)-UTU-1(-4)
G3M-205P(L)-VD-1(-4)
G3M-202P(L)-UTU-1(-1)(-4)
G3M-203P(L)-UTU-1(-4)
Certified by TÜV
G3M-205P(L)-VD-1(-4)
Certified by VDE
G3MB
G3MB-102P(L)(-UTU)
G3MB-202P(L)(-UTU)
G3MB-102P(L)(-UTU)
G3MB-202P(L)(-UTU)
G3MB-102P(L)-UTU
G3MB-202P(L)-UTU
Certified by TÜV
G3MC
G3MC-101P (L)(-VD)
G3MC-201P (L)(-VD)
G3MC-102P (L)(-VD)
G3MC-202P (L)(-VD)
G3MC-101P (L)(-VD)
G3MC-201P (L)(-VD)
G3MC-102P (L)(-VD)
G3MC-202P (L)(-VD)
G3MC-101P (L)-VD
G3MC-201P (L)-VD
G3MC-102P (L)-VD
G3MC-202P (L)-VD
Certified by VDE
G3TB
G3TB-IAZR02P-US
G3TB-IDZR02P-US
G3TB-OA203PZ (M)-US
G3TB-OA203PL (M)-US
G3TB-ODX03P (M)-US
G3TB-OD201P (M)-US
(Report No. E41515)
G3TB-IAZR02P-US
G3TB-IDZR02P-US
G3TB-OA203PZ (M)-US
G3TB-OA203PL (M)-US
G3TB-ODX03P (M)-US
G3TB-OD201P (M)-US
G3TC
G3TC-IDC5
G3TC-IDC15
G3TC-IDC24
G3TC-IAC5(A)
G3TC-IAC15(A)
G3TC-IAC24(A)
G3TC-ODC5(A)
G3TC-ODC15(A)
G3TC-ODC24(A)
G3TC-OAC5(A)
G3TC-OAC15(A)
G3TC-OAC24(A)
G3TC-IDC5
G3TC-IDC15
G3TC-IDC24
G3TC-IAC5(A)
G3TC-IAC15(A)
G3TC-IAC24(A)
G3TC-ODC5(A)
G3TC-ODC15(A)
G3TC-ODC24(A)
G3TC-OAC5(A)
G3TC-OAC15(A)
G3TC-OAC24(A)
G3S
G3S-201P (L)(-PD)-US
G3SD-Z01P(-PD)-US
G3S-201P (L)(-PD)-US
G3SD-Z01P(-PD)-US
G3DZ
G3DZ-2R6PL
G3DZ-2R6PL
30
Solid State Relays Standards
G3TC-IDC5
G3TC-IDC15
G3TC-IDC24
G3TC-IAC5(A)
G3TC-IAC15(A)
G3TC-IAC24(A)
G3TC-ODC5(A)
G3TC-ODC15(A)
G3TC-ODC24(A)
G3TC-OAC5(A)
G3TC-OAC15(A)
G3TC-OAC24(A)
Certified by TÜV
G3TC-IDC5
G3TC-IDC15
G3TC-IDC24
G3TC-IAC5(A)
G3TC-IAC15(A)
G3TC-IAC24(A)
G3TC-ODC5(A)
G3TC-ODC15(A)
G3TC-ODC24(A)
G3TC-OAC5(A)
G3TC-OAC15(A)
G3TC-OAC24(A)
■ EMC Directive Compliance
G3PA-VD, G3PB-VD, and G3NA-UTU
EMC directives can be complied with under the following conditions.
• A capacitor must be connected to the load power supply.
• A capacitor must be connected between the input terminals for SSRs with DC inputs.
• The input cable must be less than 10 m.
10 m max.
Load
G3PA-VD
G3PB-VD
G3NA-UTU
Input
Output
Capacitor: 1 µF, 250 VAC (for 200-VAC SSR)
0.5 µF, 500 VAC (for 480-VAC SSR)
Capacitor: 0.1 µF, 50 VDC
G3NE-US
EMC directives can be complied with under the following conditions.
• A capacitor must be connected to the load power supply.
• The input cable must be less than 10 m.
10 m max.
Load
G3NE-US
Input
Output
Capacitor: 1 µF, 250 VAC
G3B-VD, G3F-VD, and G3H-VD
EMC directives can be complied with under the following conditions.
• A varistor must be connected between the output terminals.
• A capacitor must be connected to the load power supply.
• The input cable must be less than 3 m.
3 m max.
Load
Input
G3B-VD
G3F-VD
G3H-VD
Output
Varistor: 470 VAC, 0.6 W
Capacitor: 1 µF, 250 VAC
Solid State Relays
Standards
31
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
Classification
Model
Features
Power controller
G3PX-220EUN
G3PX-240EUN
G3PX-260EUN
G3PX-220EH
G3PX-240EH
G3PX-260EH
• Phase-control system
• Phase-control system
• Base-up and Extended start-up Functions available
• Possible to detect open circuit in heaters
Appearance and
dimensions (W x H x D)
(mm)
150 max.
70 x 150 x 130 max.
Output
150 max.
85 x 150 x 130 max.
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
VDRM, VCEO,
VDS (V)
Phototriac
Triac
Triac
100/110 VAC, 200/230 VAC
600 (VDRM)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
20 A
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
External
Input
signal for main setting
control
Current
input
Voltage
ON/OFF
input
External
duty setting
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
Ambient temperature
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
40 A
150 max.
150 max.
150 max.
150 max.
100 x 150 x 130 max.
70 x 150 x 130 max.
85 x 150 x 130 max.
100 x 150 x 130 max.
Thyristor
Triac
Triac
Thyristor
60 A
20 A
40 A
60 A
100
500
1,260
50
100
260
50
100
1,260
100
500
1,260
125
125
125
3 kΩ (type B, 2 W min.)
125
Approx. 1.1 kg
67
Approx. 1.7 kg
10 mA max. at 100/110 VAC, 20 mA max. at 200/220 VAC
50
100
260
50
100
1,260
125
125
2 kΩ (type B, 2 W min.)
4 to 20 mA (at 1 to 5 VDC) (input impedance: 250 Ω)
5 to 24 VDC (input impedance: approx. 20 kΩ)
3 kΩ (type B)
No
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–20 to 55°C (with no icing or condensation)
No
Yes (lever indicator)
Yes
--Yes
----Panel mounting
UL, CSA
--Approx. 1.1 kg
67
Approx. 1.4 kg
Approx. 1.7 kg
Approx. 1.4 kg
Note: 1. VDRM : Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the datasheets later in this
catalog before attempting to use a product.
32
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
Classification
Model
Features
Power controller
G3PX-220EHN
G3PX-240EHN
G3PX-260EHN
G3PX-220EC
G3PX-240EC
G3PX-260EC
• Phase-control system
• Overcurrent detecting functions
• Possible to detect open circuit in heaters
• Possible to detect open circuit in heaters
Appearance and
dimensions (W x H x D)
(mm)
150 max.
70 x 150 x 130 max.
Output
150 max.
85 x 150 x 130 max.
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
VDRM, VCEO,
VDS (V)
Phototriac
Triac
Triac
100/110 VAC, 200/230 VAC
600 (VDRM)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
20 A
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
External
Input
signal for main setting
control
Current
input
Voltage
ON/OFF
input
External
duty setting
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
Ambient temperature
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
40 A
150 max.
150 max.
150 max.
150 max.
100 x 150 x 130 max.
70 x 150 x 130 max.
85 x 150 x 130 max.
100 x 150 x 130 max.
Thyristor
Triac
Triac
Thyristor
60 A
20 A
40 A
60 A
100
500
1,260
50
100
260
50
100
1,260
100
500
1,260
125
125
125
125
Approx. 1.1 kg
67
Approx. 1.4 kg
Approx. 1.7 kg
10 mA max. at 100/110 VAC, 20 mA max. at 200/220 VAC
50
100
260
50
100
1,260
125
125
2 kΩ (type B, 2 W min.)
4 to 20 mA (at 1 to 5 VDC) (input impedance: 250 Ω)
5 to 24 VDC (input impedance: approx. 20 kΩ)
3 kΩ (type B)
No
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–20 to 55°C (with no icing or condensation)
No
Yes (lever indicator)
Yes
--Yes
----Panel mounting
UL, CSA
--Approx. 1.2 kg
67
Approx. 1.5 kg
Approx. 1.8 kg
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
33
Classification
Model
G3J
G3J205
BL
G3J211
BL
G3J205
BL-2
G3J211
BL-2
Control panel mounting type
G3J-T
G3JG3J- G3J- G3JG3JT403 T405 T205 T211BL T217BL
BL
BL
BL
G3J-S
G3J- G3JG3JS403 S405BL S205
BL
BL
G3JS211
BL
Appearance and
dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
80 x 89 x 100
Features
Output
• Solid state contactor for threephase motors
• Achieves harmonized
protection with thermal
overload relays.
• Two-element models and
three-element models are
available.
Insulation
Phototriac (DC input)
Phototriac coupler (AC input)
Element
Triac
Triac
Triac
Triac
Load voltage 75 to 264 VAC
VDRM, VCEO,
600 (VDRM)
VDS (V)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
4.8 A
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
50
100
121
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated supply voltage
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
(between input and
output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
11.1 A 4.8 A
50
100
121
50
100
1260
125
130
125
130
12 to 24 VDC, 100 to 240 VAC
DC input: Yes (–26.4 VDC max.)
AC input: --2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
100 x 89 x 110
80 x 89 x 100
• Soft start is available.
• Possible to mount together with
a thermal overload relay.
Phototriac
Triac
Triac
Triac
Triac
Triac
180 to 440 VAC 180 to 264 VAC
1,000 (VDRM)
600 (VDRM)
11.1 A 2.4 A
10 mA max. at 200 VAC
(With the two-element
models, the leakage current
of the S phase increases by
√ 3.)
50
100
1260
80 x 89 x 100
• Soft start/stop is available.
• SSR contactor for three-phase motors
5.5 A
4.8 A
11.1 A
17.4 A
Triac
Triac
Triac
Triac
180 to 440 VAC 180 to 264 VAC
1,000 (VDRM)
600 (VDRM)
2.4 A
5.5 A
4.8 A
11.1 A
10 mA max. at 10 mA max. at 200 VAC
400 VAC
10 mA max. at
400 VAC
10 mA max. at
200 VAC
50
500
260
50
100
121
125
125
12 to 24 VDC
Yes (–26.4 VDC max.)
50
100
1,260
50
100
2,660
50
500
260
50
100
121
50
100
1,260
130
125
125
125
130
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–20° to 60°C (with no icing or
condensation)
No
Yes
–20° to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting (DIN track
mounting)
UL, CSA
--Approx. 700 g
96
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting (DIN track mounting)
UL, CSA
--Approx. 730 g
99
UL, CSA, KEMA, CE
Approx. 800 g Approx. 730 g
102
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
34
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
Control panel mounting type
G3PC
G3PC-220B-VD
Appearance and
dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
22.5 x 80 x 130
Features
Output
• Failure detection
• Slim design
Insulation
Phototriac
Element
Triac
Load voltage 75 to 264 VAC
VDRM, VCEO,
600 (VDRM)
VDS (V)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
(between input and
output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
20 A
10 mA max. at 200 VAC
50
100
260
125
12 to 24 VDC
Yes (−30 VDC max.)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–20° to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting (DIN track mounting)
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
--Approx. 300 g
121
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
35
Classification
Model
Control panel mounting type
G3PB
G3PB-215B-VD
G3PB-225B-VD
G3PB-235B-VD
G3PB-245B-VD
Appearance and
dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
44.5 x 80 x 100
22.5 x 80 x 100
Features
Output
•Monoblock construction incorporating a heat sink
•Thin profile SSR
Insulation
Phototriac
Element
Triac
Triac
Load voltage 75 to 264 VAC
VDRM, VCEO,
600 (VDRM)
VDS (V)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
(between input and
output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
15 A
25 A
Triac
Triac
35 A
45 A
10 mA max. at 200 VAC
50
100
260
50
100
2,660
130
12 to 24 VDC
Yes (–30 VDC max.)
125
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting (DIN track mounting)
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
--Approx. 240 g
128
Approx. 400 g
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provided only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
36
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
Control panel mounting type
G3PB
G3PB-215B-2NVD
G3PB-515B-2NVD
G3PB-225B-2NVD
G3PB-525B-2NVD
G3PB-215B-3NVD
G3PB-515B-3NVD
Appearance and
dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
80 x 80.5 x 150.5
Features
Output
• Integrated 3-phase structure
• 2-element type
Insulation
Phototriac coupler
Element
Triac
Triac
Load voltage 75 to 264 VAC
180 to 528 VAC
VDRM, VCEO,
1,200 (VDRM)
600 (VDRM)
VDS (V)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
(between input and
output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
15 A
• 3-element type
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
600 (VDRM)
Triac
180 to 528 VAC
1,200 (VDRM)
25 A
125
Triac
180 to 528 VAC
1,200 (VDRM)
15 A
10 mA max. at
20 mA max. at
10 mA max. at
20 mA max. at
200 VAC
400 VAC
200 VAC
400 VAC
With the 2-element type, the leakage current for the S-phase increases by a
factor of approx. √3.
50
50
50
50
100
500
100
500
260
260
2,660
1,040
130
125
12 to 24 VDC
Yes (−30 VDC max.)
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
600 (VDRM)
125
10 mA max. at
200 VAC
20 mA max. at
400 VAC
50
100
260
50
500
260
130
125
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting (DIN track mounting)
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
--Approx. 1.25 Kg
137
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
37
Classification
Model
Control panel mounting type
G3PB
G3PB-235B- G3PB-535B- G3PB-225B- G3PB-525B- G3PB-245B- G3PB-545B- G3PB-235B- G3PB-535B2N-VD
2N-VD
3N-VD
3N-VD
2N-VD
2N-VD
3N-VD
3N-VD
Appearance and
dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
80 x 100 x 150.5
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
VDRM, VCEO,
VDS (V)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
(between input and
output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
80 x 120 x 150.5
• 2-element type
• 3-element type
• Integrated 3-phase
structure
• 2-element type
• 3-element type
Phototriac coupler
Triac
Triac
75 to
180 to
264 VAC
528 VAC
1,200 (VDRM)
600 (VDRM)
Triac
75 to
264 VAC
600 (VDRM)
Triac
75 to
264 VAC
600 (VDRM)
Triac
75 to
264 VAC
600 (V DRM)
35 A
25 A
10 mA max. 20 mA max.
at 200 VAC at 400 VAC
With the 2-element type, the
leakage current for the Sphase increases by a factor
of approx. √3.
50
50
100
100
2,660
1,040
10 mA max.
at 200 VAC
20 mA max.
at 400 VAC
50
100
2,660
125
125
125
12 to 24 VDC
Yes (−30 VDC max.)
Triac
180 to
528 VAC
1,200 (VDRM)
Triac
180 to
528 VAC
1,200 (VDRM)
Triac
180 to
528 VAC
1,200 (VDRM)
45 A
35 A
10 mA max.
at 200 VAC
20 mA max.
at 400 VAC
50
100
1,040
10 mA max. 20 mA max.
at 200 VAC at 400 VAC
With the 2-element type, the
leakage current for the Sphase increases by a factor
of approx. √3.
50
50
100
100
2,660
1,040
50
100
2,660
50
100
1,040
125
125
125
125
125
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting (DIN track mounting)
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
--Approx. 1.45 Kg
137
Approx. 1.65 Kg
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
38
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
Control panel mounting type
G3PB
G3PB-245B-3N-VD
G3PB-545B-3N-VD
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
110 x 120 x 150.5
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
• Integrated 3-phase structure
• 3-element type
Phototriac coupler
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
600 (VDRM)
Triac
180 to 528 VAC
1,200 (VDRM)
45 A
10 mA max. at 200 VAC
50
100
2,660
20 mA max. at 400 VAC
50
500
1,040
125
12 to 24 VDC
Yes (–30 VDC max.)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
125
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting (DIN track mounting)
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
--Approx. 2.0 Kg
137
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
39
Classification
Model
Control panel mounting type
G3PB
G3PB-215B-2-VD G3PB-415B-2-VD G3PB-225B-2-VD G3PB-425B-2-VD G3PB-215B-3-VD G3PB-415B-3-VD
Appearance and
dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
110.5 x 80.5 x 100.5
80 x 80.5 x 85.5
Features
Output
• Integrated 3-phase structure
• 2-element type
Insulation
Phototriac coupler
Element
Triac
Triac
Load voltage 75 to 264 VAC
180 to 440 VAC
VDRM, VCEO,
1,000 (VDRM)
600 (VDRM)
VDS (V)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
(between input and
output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
15 A
• 3-element type
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
600 (VDRM)
Triac
180 to 440 VAC
1,000 (VDRM)
25 A
125
Triac
180 to 440 VAC
1,000 (VDRM)
15 A
10 mA max. at
20 mA max. at
10 mA max. at
20 mA max. at
200 VAC
400 VAC
200 VAC
400 VAC
With the 2-element type, the leakage current for the S-phase increases by a
factor of approx. √3.
50
50
50
50
100
500
100
500
260
260
2,660
1,040
130
125
12 to 24 VDC
Yes (–30 VDC max.)
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
600 (VDRM)
125
10 mA max. at
200 VAC
20 mA max. at
400 VAC
50
100
260
50
500
260
130
125
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting (DIN track mounting) Panel mounting
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
--Approx. 750 g
149
Approx. 750 g
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
40
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
Control panel mounting type
G3PB
G3PB-235B- G3PB-435B- G3PB-225B- G3PB-425B- G3PB-245B- G3PB-445B- G3PB-235B- G3PB-435B2-VD
2-VD
3-VD
3-VD
2-VD
2-VD
3-VD
3-VD
Appearance and
dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
110.5 x 110.5 x 100.5
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
VDRM, VCEO,
VDS (V)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
(between input and
output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
130.5 x 130.5 x 100.5
• 2-element type
• 3-element type
• Integrated 3-phase
structure
• 2-element type
• 3-element type
Phototriac coupler
Triac
Triac
75 to
180 to
264 VAC
440 VAC
1,000 (VDRM)
600 (VDRM)
Triac
75 to
264 VAC
600 (VDRM)
Triac
75 to
264 VAC
600 (VDRM)
Triac
75 to
264 VAC
600 (VDRM)
35 A
25 A
10 mA max. 20 mA max.
at 200 VAC at 400 VAC
With the 2-element type, the
leakage current for the Sphase increases by a factor
of approx. √3.
50
50
100
100
2,660
1,040
10 mA max.
at 200 VAC
20 mA max.
at 400 VAC
50
100
2,660
125
125
125
12 to 24 VDC
Yes (–30 VDC max.)
Triac
180 to
440 VAC
1,000 (VDRM)
Triac
180 to
440 VAC
1,000 (VDRM)
Triac
180 to
440 VAC
1,000 (VDRM)
45 A
35 A
10 mA max.
at 200 VAC
20 mA max.
at 400 VAC
50
100
1,040
10 mA max. 20 mA max.
at 200 VAC at 400 VAC
With the 2-element type, the
leakage current for the Sphase increases by a factor
of approx. √3.
50
50
100
100
2,660
1,040
50
100
2,660
50
100
1,040
125
125
125
125
125
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
--Approx. 900 g
149
Approx. 1,150 g
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
41
Classification
Model
Control panel mounting type
G3PB
G3PB-245B-3-VD
G3PB-445B-3-VD
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
130.5 x 190.5 x 100.5
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
• Integrated 3-phase structure
• 3-element type
Phototriac coupler
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
600 (VDRM)
Triac
180 to 440 VAC
1,000 (VDRM)
45 A
10 mA max. at 200 VAC
20 mA max. at 400 VAC
With the 2-element type, the leakage current for the S-phase increases by a factor of approx. √3.
50
50
100
500
2,660
1,040
125
12 to 24 VDC
Yes (–30 VDC max.)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
125
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
--Approx. 1,500 g
149
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
42
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
Control panel mounting type
G3PA
G3PA210B-VD
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
G3PA220B-VD
G3PA240B-VD
100 max.
100 max.
100 max.
27 x 80 max.
37 x 80 max.
47 x 80 max.
• Monoblock construction incorporating a heat sink
• Subminiature, thin profile SSR
• Replaceable power cartridge
Phototriac coupler
Triac
Triac
Triac
19 to 264 VAC
10 A
20 A
40 A
5 mA max. at 100 VAC
10 mA max. at 200 VAC
600 (VDRM)
G3PA260B-VD
100 max.
110 x 80 max.
Triac
60 A
10 mA max. at 100 VAC
20 mA max. at 200 VAC
50
100
260
1,260
125
5 to 24 VDC
Yes (–30 VDC max.)
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting (DIN track mounting)
--UL, CSA, VDE, CE
--Approx. 260 g
166
Approx. 340 g
Approx. 460 g
Approx. 900 g
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
43
Classification
Model
Control panel mounting type
G3PA
G3PA420B-VD
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
100 max.
37 x 80 max.
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
G3PA430B-VD
100 max.
47 x 80 max.
G3PA420B-VD-2
100 max.
37 x 80 max.
• Monoblock construction incorporating a heat sink
• Subminiature, thin profile SSR
• Replaceable power cartridge
Phototriac coupler
Triac
Triac
Triac
150 to 440 VAC
180 to 528 VAC
20 A
30 A
20 A
G3PA430B-VD-2
100 max.
47 x 80 max.
100 max.
110 x 80 max.
Triac
Triac
30 A
50 A
20 mA max. at 400 VAC
1000 (VDRM)
20 mA max. at 480 VAC
1200 (VDRM)
100
300
260
100
300
1800
1800
G3PA450B-VD-2
125
12 to 24 VDC
Yes (–30 VDC max.)
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting (DIN track mounting)
--UL, CSA, VDE, CE
--Approx. 290 g
Approx. 410 g
166
Approx. 290 g
Approx. 410 g
Approx. 900 g
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
44
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
Control panel mounting type
G3NA
G3NA-205B
G3NA-210B
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3NA-220B
G3NA-240B
G3NA-410B
27
max.
43 x 58 max.
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
• All models are of the same size.
• Provided with terminal protection covers.
Phototriac DC input or photocoupler AC input
Triac
Triac
Triac
19 to 264 VAC
5A
10 A
20 A
600 (VDRM)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
100
200
24.5
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
40 A
5 mA max. at 100 VAC
10 mA max. at 200 VAC
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Triac
50
100
112.5
Photocoupler
Thyristor
180 to 528 VAC
10 A
10 mA max. at
200 VAC
20 mA max. at
400 VAC
1,200 (VDRM)
260
1260
125
5 to 24 VDC, 100 to 120 VAC, 200 to 240 VAC
100
300
260
5 to 24 VDC, 100
to 240 VAC
Yes (–30 VDC max.)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting
--UL, CSA, TÜV (with -UTU version), CE
--Approx. 60 g
188
UL, CSA
Approx. 70 g
Approx. 80 g
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
45
Classification
Model
G3NA
G3NA-420B
G3NA-440B
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
Control panel mounting type
G3NH
G3NA-D210B
G3NH-2075B
27
max.
120
150 x 120
43 x 58 max.
Features
Output
• All models are of the same size.
• Provided with terminal protection covers.
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
G3NH-4075B
Transistor
4 to 220 VDC
10 A
• Controlling high-power loads
• Heat sink incorporated
• Replaceable power cartridge
Photocoupler
Thyristor
Thyristor
75 to 264 VAC
150 to 484 VAC
75 A
10 mA max. at 200 VAC
20 mA max. at 400 VAC
1,200 (VDRM)
5 mA max. at
200 VDC
400 (VCEO)
30 mA max. at 200 VAC
60 mA max. at 400 VAC
600 (VDRM)
1,200 (VDRM)
100
300
260
-------
150
500
12,800
150
125
5 to 24 VDC, 100 to 240 VAC
Yes (–30 VDC max.)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Photocoupler
Thyristor
180 to 528 VAC
20 A
Thyristor
40 A
1,800
125
5 to 24 VDC, 100 to 240 VAC
Yes (–32 VDC max.)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or
condensation)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting
---
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting
---
No
Yes
No
UL, CSA
Socket
Weight
Page No.
--Approx. 80 g
188
UL, CSA, TÜV (with ---UTU version), CE
--Approx. 70 g
Approx. 1.8 kg
198
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
46
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
G3NH
G3NH2150B
G3NH4150B
Control panel mounting type
G3NE
G3NE-205T- G3NEG3NE-210T- G3NEUS
205TL-US
US
210TL-US
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3NE-220T- G3NEUS
220TL-US
11.5 max.
156
37.5 x 47 max.
186 x 156
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
• Controlling high-power
loads
• Heat sink incorporated
• Replaceable power
cartridge
Photocoupler
Thyristor
Thyristor
75 to 264 150 to 484
VAC
VAC
150 A
• Miniature, low-cost SSR
• Tab terminals
Phototriac
Triac
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
Triac
Maximum
switching current
Leakage current 30 mA max. at 200 VAC
60 mA max. at 400 VAC
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V) 600 (VDRM) 1200 (VDRM)
5A
10 A
20 A
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
100
200
24.5
50
500
60
100
260
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection
for input
Dielectric strength (between
input and output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
200
500
26,500
Triac
Triac
Triac
5 mA max. at 100 VAC
10 mA max. at 200 VAC
600 (VDRM)
125
125
5 to 24 VDC, 100 to 240 5, 12, 24 VDC
VAC
Yes (–30 VDC max.)
Yes
(5 VDC: –6 VDC max.; 12 VDC: –14.4 VDC max.; 24 VDC: –28.8 VDC max.)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
icing or condensation)
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Panel mounting
---
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Panel mounting
---
----Approx. 3.0 kg
198
UL, CSA, TÜV, CE
--Approx. 37 g
203
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
47
Classification
Model
Socket mounting type
G3TA
G3TA-IAZR02S-US
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3TA-IDZR02S-US
G3TA-IDZR02SM-US
I/O SSR input module
31.7
33.5 x 10 max.
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
• Mounting to I/O relay terminals
• Compatible with OMRON’s G7T
Photocoupler
Transistor
Transistor
4 to 32 VDC
25 mA
5 µA max. at 32 VDC
80 (VCEO)
Transistor
0.1 mA max. at 32 VDC
------150
100 to 240 VAC
--4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
5 to 24 VDC
Yes (–32 VDC max.)
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Socket mounting
4 to 24 VDC
No
Yes
G7T
UL, CSA
P7TF-IS16, P7TF-OS16, P7TF-05
Approx. 16 g
207
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
48
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
Socket mounting type
G3TA
G3TA-OA202SZ-US
G3TA-OA202SL-US
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3TA-ODX02S-US
G3TA-OD201S-US
I/O SSR output module
31.7
33.5 x 10 max.
Features
Output
• Mounting to I/O relay terminals
• Compatible with OMRON’s G7T
Insulation
Phototriac
Element
Triac
Triac
Load voltage
75 to 264 VAC
Maximum switching 2 A
current
Leakage current
5 mA max. at 200 VAC
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
600 (VDRM)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
Photocoupler
Transistor
4 to 60 VDC
50
250
18
Transistor
40 to 200 VDC
1A
1 mA max. at 60 VDC
80 (VCEO)
1 mA max. at 200 VDC
400 (VCEO)
-------
-------
125
150
12, 24 VDC
Yes (12 VDC: –13.2 VDC max.; 24 VDC: –26.4 VDC max.)
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
150
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Socket mounting
G7T
UL, CSA
P7TF-IS16, P7TF-OS16, P7TF-OS08, P7TF-05
Approx. 23 g
207
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
49
Classification
Model
Socket mounting type
G3F/G3FD
G3F-203SN-VD
G3F-203S-VD
G3F-203SLN-VD
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3F-203SL-VD
G3F-202SN-VD
Triac
Photocoupler
Triac
36.5
max.
21.5 x 28 max.
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
Compatible with OMRON’s MY (general-purpose relay)
Photocoupler
Phototriac
Triac
Triac
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
3A
5 mA max. at 100 VAC
10 mA max. at 200 VAC
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
600 (VDRM)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
50
250
18
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
125
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 24 VDC
Reverse polarity protection for input Yes (–28 VDC max.)
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
2A
2.5 mA max. at 100 VAC
5 mA max. at 200 VAC
5 mA max. at
100 VAC
10 mA max. at
200 VAC
5, 12, 24 VDC
100/110 VAC, 200/
220 VAC
---
Yes (5 VDC: –6 VDC max.;
12 VDC: –14.4 VDC max.;
24 VDC: –28.8 VDC max.)
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Socket mounting
No
Yes
Yes
MY
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
PYF08A, PY08, PY08-02, PY08QN(2), PYF08A-E
Approx. 50 g
214
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
50
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
Socket mounting type
G3F/G3FD
G3FD-X03SN-VD
G3FD-X03S-VD
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3FD-102SN-VD
G3FD-102S-VD
36.5
max.
21.5 x 28 max.
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Compatible with OMRON’s MY (general-purpose relay)
Photocoupler
Transistor
Transistor
Transistor
3 to 52.8 VDC
3 to 125 VDC
3A
2A
5 mA max. at 50 VDC
80 (VCEO)
0.1 mA max. at 100 VDC
200 (VDRM)
------150
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 24 VDC
Reverse polarity protection for input Yes (–28 VDC max.)
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
Transistor
5 to 24 VDC,
100/110 VAC,
200/220 VAC
Yes (5 to 24 VDC:
–28 VDC max.;
AC input: ---)
4 to 24 VDC
Yes (–28 VDC max.)
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Socket mounting
Yes
No
MY
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
PYF08A, PY08, PY08-02, PY08QN(2), PYF08A-E
Approx. 50 g
214
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
51
Classification
Model
Socket mounting type
G3B/G3BD
G3H/G3HD
G3B-205S-VD G3BD-103S-VD G3H-203SN- G3H-203SLN- G3HDVD
VD
X03SN-VD
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
Connecting to miniature
loads
52.5
max.
36.5
max.
35 x 35 max.
Features
Output
Compatible with OMRON’s LY
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Phototriac
Photocoupler
Triac
Transistor
75 to 264 VAC 3 to 125 VDC
Phototriac
Phototriac
Triac
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
5A
3A
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
3A
5 mA max. at 5 mA max. at
125 VAC
100 VAC,
10 mA max. at
200 VAC
600 (VDRM)
150 (VCEO)
5 mA max. at
100 VAC
10 mA max. at
200 VAC
600 (VDRM)
50
500
41.6
50
250
18
-------
I2t (A2s)
125
150
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
5 to 24 VDC
Reverse polarity protection for input Yes (–30 VDC max.)
-------
No
Yes
No
No
No
Socket mounting
MK
LY
MY
Yes
Yes
Weight
Page No.
-------
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz
for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation) –30° to 80°C
(with no icing or
condensation)
Yes
No
No
Yes (Models with no operation indicator are Yes
available.)
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Socket mounting
Socket mounting
Function
Certified standards
Socket
2.5 mA max. 5 mA max. at 0.1 mA max. at
50 VDC
125 VDC
at 100 VAC
5 mA max. at
200 VAC
80 (VCEO)
500 (V DS)
150
5, 12, 24 VDC
Yes (5 VDC:
–6 VDC max.;
12 VDC:
–14.4 VDC max.;
24 VDC: –28.8 VDC
max.)
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
21.5 x 28 max.
• No bleeder resistor
• AC/DC SSR
Photocoupler Photodiode array
Transistor
MOSFET
3 to 52.8 VDC 19.2 to 264 VAC, 19.2
to 125 VDC
0.5 A
125
150
5 to 24 VDC 5, 12, 24 VDC 5 to 24 VDC
Yes (–28 VDC Yes (5 VDC: Yes
max.)
–6 VDC max.; (–28 VDC
max.)
12 VDC:
–14.4 VDC
max.;
24 VDC:
–28.8 VDC
max.)
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Zero cross
Operation indicator
36.5
max.
21.5 x 28 max.
Compatible with OMRON’s MK
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
G3FM
G3FM-2R5SLN
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or
condensation)
No
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
UL, CSA, VDE, CE
--PF083A, PL08, PLE08-0, PL08- PTF08A, PT08, PT08-0, PT08QN, PTF08A-E PYF08A, PY08, PY08Q, PF083A-E
02, PY08QN(2),
PYF08A-E
Approx. 70 g
Approx. 50 g
Approx. 50 g
220
224
228
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
52
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
Socket mounting type
G3R I/O
G3RG3RIDZR1SNIAZR1SNUTU
UTU
I/O SSR Input Module
G3RIDZR1SN-1UTU
G3RG3ROA202SZN- OA202SLNUTU
UTU
I/O SSR Output Module
G3RODX02SNUTU
G3ROD201SNUTU
29
max.
29 x 13 max.
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
• Compatible with OMRON’s G2R
• For mounting G70A-ZOC16 Relay Terminal Socket
• For mounting G730-R or G730-Z Remote I/O Terminal
Photocoupler
Phototriac
Transistor
Transistor
Transistor
Triac
Triac
4 to 32 VDC
75 to 264 VAC
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
100 mA
2A
5 µA max. at 32 VDC
1.5 mA max. at 200 VAC
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
80 (VCEO)
600 (V DRM)
1 mA max. at 1 mA max. at
50 VDC
200 VDC
80 (VCEO)
400 (VCEO)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
-------
30
300
10.4
-------
125
5 to 24 VDC
150
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
150
100 to
240 VAC
Reverse polarity protection for input ---
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
Photocoupler
Transistor
Transistor
4 to 60 VDC 40 to
200 VDC
2A
1A
5, 12 to 24 VDC
Yes (5 VDC: –6 VDC max.;
12 VDC: –14.4 VDC max.;
24 VDC: –28.8 VDC max.)
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Yes (–32 VDC max.)
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Socket mounting
No
Yes
Yes
G2R-1-S
UL, CSA, TÜV (with -UTU version), CE
P2RF-05, P2RF-05-E, P2R-05P, P2R-05A, P2RF-05, P2R-05P, P2R-05A, P2R-057P, P2RF-05-E
P2R-057P
Approx. 18 g
231
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
53
Classification
Model
Socket mounting type
G3RZ
G3RZ-201SLN
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
28
max.
13 x 29 max.
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
• Leakage current of 10 µA max.
• Input resistor and varistor incorporated
• Same shape as G2R
• AC/DC SSR
Photodiode array
MOSFET
3 to 264 VAC,
3 to 125 VDC
1.0 A
10 µA max. at 125 VDC
500 (VDS)
------150
5, 12, 24 VDC
Yes (5 VDC: –6 VDC max.; 12 VDC: –14.4 VDC max.; 24 VDC: –28.8 VDC max.)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 85°C (with no icing or condensation)
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Socket mounting
G2R
--P2RF-05 (E), P2R-05P, P2R-05A, P2R-057P
Approx. 20 g
241
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
54
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
PCB mounting type
G3R/G3RD
G3R-102PN-US G3R-102PLN-US
G3R202PN-US
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3R202PLN-US
G3RD101PN-US
G3RDX02PN-US
Photocoupler
Transistor
3 to 125 VDC
1.5 A
Transistor
3 to 52.8 VDC
2A
29
max.
29 x 13 max.
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
Compatible with OMRON’s G2R
Phototriac
Triac
Triac
75 to 132 VAC
2A
Triac
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
2 mA max. at 100 VAC
2 mA max. at 100 VAC
5 mA max. at 200 VAC
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
400 (VDRM)
600 (VDRM)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
30
300
10.4
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
0.1 mA max. at 0.1 mA max.
125 VDC
at
50 VDC
180 (VCEO)
80 (VCEO)
-------
125
150
5, 12, 24 VDC
Yes (5 VDC: –6 VDC max.; 12 VDC: –14.4 VDC max.; 24 VDC: –28.8 VDC max.)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
No
G2R
UL, CSA
--Approx. 18 g
245
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
55
Classification
Model
PCB mounting type
G3CN
G3CN202P(1)-US
G3CN202PL(1)-US
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3CN-203P(1)-US
• Multiple input
Photocoupler
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
2A
33 x 14 max.
Phototriac
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
2A
Photocoupler
Triac
2.5 mA max. at
100 VAC
5 mA max. at
200 VAC
600 (VDRM)
5 mA max. at 100 VAC, 2.5 mA max. at
10 mA max. at 200 VAC 100 VAC,
5 mA max. at
200 VAC
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
50
250
18
Reverse polarity protection
for input
Dielectric strength (between
input and output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
G3CNDX03P(1)-US
26.5
max.
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum
switching current
Leakage current 5 mA max. at
100 VAC
10 mA max. at
200 VAC
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V) 600 (VDRM)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
G3CNDX02P(1)-US
Type (1)
14.5
max.
33 x 25 max.
Features
Output
G3CN203PL(1)-US
50
250
18
Phototriac
Triac
3A
Photocoupler
Transistor
Transistor
3 to 52.8 VDC
2A
3A
5 mA max. at 50 VDC
120 (VCEO)
80 (VCEO)
-------
125
4 to 24 VDC
125
150
5, 12,
4 to 24 VDC
5, 12,
4 to 24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
Yes (5 VDC: –6 VDC max.; 12 VDC: –14.4 VDC max.; 24 VDC: –28.8 VDC max.; 4 to 24 VDC: –28 VDC max.)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
--UL, CSA
--Approx. 25 g
249
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
56
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
PCB mounting type
G3M
G3M102PL
G3M202PL
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3M202P
G3M203P
G3M203PL
G3M205P
20
max.
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
20.5
max.
25 max.
40 x 7.6
40 x 9 max.
Features
Output
G3M205PL
Miniature, low-cost SSR
Phototriac
Triac
Triac
Triac
75 to
75 to 264 VAC
132 VAC
2A
2 mA max. at
2 mA
max. at 100 VAC
100 VAC 5 mA max. at
200 VAC
400
600 (V DRM)
(VDRM)
Triac
Triac
3A
Triac
Triac
5A
1.5 mA at
200 VAC
30
300
10.4
-------
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
---
Socket
Weight
Page No.
--Approx. 15 g
255
Yes
No
UL, CSA, TÜV (with -UTU version)
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
24.5 x 5.5 max.
Miniature, low-cost SSR
Phototriac
Triac
Triac
Triac
75 to
75 to 264 VAC
132 VAC
2A
1 mA
max. at
100 VAC
1.5 mA max. at
200 VAC
400
(VDRM)
600 (VDRM)
40
100
4
125
--5, 12, 24 VDC
No
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
PCB mounting type
G3MB
G3MBG3MBG3MB102PL
202PL
202P
No
UL, CSA
VDE (with -VD version)
Approx. 25 g
125
5, 12, 24 VDC
No
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or
condensation)
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
--UL, CSA, TÜV (with -UTU version)
--Approx. 5 g
260
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
57
Classification
Model
PCB mounting type
G3MC
G3MC-101P
G3MC-101PL
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3MC-201P
G3MC-201PL
G3MC-202P
13.5
max.
20.5
max.
24.5 x 4.5 max.
Features
Output
Miniature, low-cost SSR
Insulation
Phototriac
Element
Triac
Triac
Load voltage
75 to 132 VAC
Maximum switching 1 A
current
Leakage current
1 mA max. at 100 VAC
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
400 (VDRM)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for
input
Dielectric strength (between input and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
G3MC-202PL
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
24.5 x 4.5 max.
Triac
1.5 mA max. at 200 VAC
600 (VDRM)
50
300
0.9
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
2A
Triac
1.5 mA max. at 200 VAC
600 (VDRM)
40
100
4
125
5, 12, 24 VDC
No
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
---
No
UL, CSA, VDE (with -VD version)
--Approx. 2.5 g
265
Yes
No
Yes
No
Approx. 5 g
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
58
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
PCB mounting type
G3TB
G3TB-IAZR02PUS
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3TB-IDZR02PUS
G3TB-OA203PZUS
G3TB-OA203PZMUS
I/O SSR output module
I/O SSR input module
20.5
max.
30.5 max.
43.5 x 10 max.
43.5 x 10 max.
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
• Used for interfaces
• Dielectric strength of 4,000 VAC between input and output terminals
Photocoupler
Transistor
Transistor
Triac
Triac
4 to 32 VDC
75 to 264 VAC
25 mA
3A
0.1 mA max. at 32 VDC
80 (VCEO)
5 mA max. at 200 VAC
600 (VDRM)
-------
50
250
18
150
125
100 to 240 VAC
4 to 24 VDC
5 to 24 VDC
--Yes (–32 VDC max.)
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
--UL, CSA
--Approx. 22 g
271
G3TB-OA203PLUS
Triac
4 to 24 VDC
5 to 24 VDC
No
No
Yes
Approx. 32 g
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
59
Classification
Model
PCB mounting type
G3TB
G3TB-OA203PLMUS
G3TB-ODX03PUS
Appearance and dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
G3TB-ODX03PMUS
G3TB-OD201PUS
G3TB-OD201PMUS
I/O SSR output module
30.5 max.
43.5 x 10 max.
Features
Output
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
• Used for interfaces
• Dielectric strength of 4,000 VAC between input and output terminals
Photocoupler
Triac
Transistor
Transistor
Transistor
75 to 264 VAC
4 to 60 VDC
40 to 200 VDC
3A
1.5 A
Transistor
5 mA max. at
200 VAC
600 (VDRM)
0.1 mA max. at 50 VDC
1 mA max. at 200 VDC
80 (VCEO)
400 (VCEO)
50
250
18
-------
-------
125
150
4 to 24 VDC
5 to 24 VDC
Yes (–32 VDC max.)
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
4 to 24 VDC
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
---
150
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 24 VDC
Yes
No
UL, CSA
--Approx. 32 g
271
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
60
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
PCB mounting type
G3TC
G3TCIDC5
G3TCIDC15
G3TCIDC24
G3TC-IAC5 G3TCIAC15
G3TCIAC24
G3TCIAC5A
G3TCIAC15A
G3TCIAC24A
Appearance and
dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
43.2 x 15.2 x 31.8
Features
Output
43.2 x 15.2 x 31.8
• I/O modules with plug-in type of pin terminals
• Dielectric strength of 4,000 VAC between input and output terminals
Insulation
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
Element
Transistor
Transistor
Load voltage 4.5 to
12 to
20 to
4.5 to
12 to
20 to
6 VDC
18 VDC
30 VDC
6 VDC
18 VDC
30 VDC
VDRM, VCEO,
50 (VCEO)
50 (V CEO)
VDS (V)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
(between input and
output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
Photocoupler
Transistor
4.5 to
12 to
6 VDC
18 VDC
50 (VCEO)
20 to
30 VDC
50 mA max.
50 mA max.
50 mA max.
100 µA max.
100 µA max.
100 µA max.
-------
-------
-------
150
24 VDC/AC
Yes (−32 VDC max.)
150
120 VDC/AC
Yes (−140 VDC max.)
150
240 VDC/AC
Yes (−280 VDC max.)
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or
condensation)
No
No
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or
condensation)
No
No
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or
condensation)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
UL, CSA TÜV, CE
--Approx. 40 g
278
UL, CSA TÜV, CE
--Approx. 40 g
UL, CSA TÜV, CE
--Approx. 40 g
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
61
Classification
Model
PCB mounting type
G3TC
G3TC-OAC5
G3TC-OAC15
G3TC-OAC24
G3TC-OAC5A
G3TC-OAC15A
G3TC-OAC24A
Appearance and
dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
43.2 x 15.2 x 31.8
Features
Output
• I/O modules with plug-in type of pin terminals
• Dielectric strength of 4,000 VAC between input and output terminals
Insulation
Phototriac
Phototriac
Element
Triac
Triac
Load voltage 75 to 140 VAC
75 to 280 VAC
VDRM, VCEO,
600 (VDRM)
600 (VDRM)
VDS (V)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
(between input and
output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
3 A max.
3 A max.
2.5 mA max. at 120 VAC
5 mA max. at 240 VAC
50
250
18
50
250
18
125
2.5 to 8 VDC
9 to 16 VDC
Yes (−8 VDC
Yes (−16 VDC
max.)
max.)
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
18 to 32 VDC
Yes (−32 VDC
max.)
125
2.5 to 8 VDC
9 to 16 VDC
Yes (−8 VDC
Yes (−16 VDC
max.)
max.)
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
18 to 32 VDC
Yes (−32 VDC
max.)
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
UL, CSA TÜV, CE
--Approx. 45 g
278
UL, CSA TÜV, CE
--Approx. 45 g
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
62
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
Classification
Model
PCB mounting type
G3TC
G3TC-ODC5
G3TC-ODC15
G3TC-ODC24
G3TC-ODC5A
G3TC-ODC15A
G3TC-ODC24A
Appearance and
dimensions
(W x H x D) (mm)
43.2 x 15.2 x 31.8
Features
Output
• I/O modules with plug-in type of pin terminals
• Dielectric strength of 4,000 VAC between input and output terminals
Insulation
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
Element
Transistor
Transistor
Load voltage 5 to 60 VDC
5 to 200 VDC
VDRM, VCEO,
300 (VCEO)
70 (V CEO)
VDS (V)
Maximum
switching
current
Leakage
current
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity
protection for input
Dielectric strength
(between input and
output terminals)
Ambient temperature
(operating)
Function Zero cross
Operation
indicator
Built-in
varistor
Terminal Plug-in
type
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting
method
Certified standards
Socket
Weight
Page No.
3 A max.
1 A max.
1 mA max. at 60 VDC
1 mA max. at 200 VDC
-------
-------
150
2.5 to 8 VDC
9 to 16 VDC
Yes (−8 VDC
Yes (−16 VDC
max.)
max.)
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
18 to 32 VDC
Yes (−32 VDC
max.)
150
2.5 to 8 VDC
9 to 16 VDC
Yes (−8 VDC
Yes (−16 VDC
max.)
max.)
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
18 to 32 VDC
Yes (−32 VDC
max.)
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
No
No
No
Yes
PCB mounting
UL, CSA TÜV, CE
--Approx. 45 g
278
UL, CSA TÜV, CE
--Approx. 40 g
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
Solid State Relays
Selection Guide
63
Classification
Model
PCB mounting type
G3S/G3SD
G3S-201PL-US
Appearance and dimensions
(W x D) (mm)
G3DZ
G3S-201PL-PD- G3SD-Z01P-US G3SD-Z01P-PD- G3DZ-2R6PL
US
US
16.5
max.
-PD types each
separated by heat sink
12.5
max.
17.5 x 6.5 max.
20 x 10 max.
Features
Output
Compatible with OMRON’s G6B
•
•
•
•
Insulation
Element
Load voltage
Phototriac
Triac
75 to 264 VAC
Triac
Photocoupler
Transistor
3 to 26 VDC
Transistor
Maximum switching
current
Leakage current
VDRM, VCEO, VDS (V)
1A
1.2 A
1A
1.1 A
di/dt (A/µs)
dv/dt (V/µs)
I2t (A2s)
Tj (°C) max.
Rated input voltage
Reverse polarity protection for input
Dielectric strength (between input
and output terminals)
Ambient temperature (operating)
AC/DC SSR
10-µA leakage current max.
Same shape as G6D
Input resistor and varistor
incorporated
Photodiode array
MOSFET
3 to 264 VAC,
3 to 125 VDC
0.6 A
2 mA max. at 200 VAC
600 (VDRM)
0.1 mA max. at 26 VDC
32 (VCEO)
10 µA max. at 125 VDC
600 (VDS)
30
300
10.4
-------
-------
125
5, 12, 24 VDC
No
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
150
150
5, 12, 24 VDC
No
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for
1 min
–30° to 85°C (with no icing or
condensation)
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Socket mounting/
PCB mounting
–30° to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Function
Zero cross
Operation indicator
Built-in varistor
Terminal type Plug-in
Screw
Tab
PCB
Mounting method
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Socket mounting
Magnet relay with compatible
terminals
G6B
G6D
Certified standards
Socket
UL, CSA
P6BF-4BND (with operating indicator, with counter-electromotive voltage
absorption diode), P6B-04P
Approx. 13 g
287
UL, CSA
P6D-04P
Weight
Page No.
Approx. 3.1 g
293
Note: 1. VDRM: Repetitive forward and reverse OFF-state voltage
VCEO: Collector-emitter voltage
VDS: Drain-source voltage
2. The above values are engineering data (reference values) for each output semiconductor incorporated by the respective SSRs.
3. The selection guide tables provide only specific specifications. Check the detailed specifications and read the precautions in the
datasheets later in this catalog before attempting to use a product.
64
Solid State Relays Selection
Guide
CONTENTS
Warranty and Application Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical and Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Controllers
1
4
6
29
32
G3PX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G32A-EA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67
89
Solid State Relays
Control Panel Mounting Models
G3J
...........................................................
G3J-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3J-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3PB (Single-phase) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3PB (Three-phase New Heat Sink Construction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3PB (Three-phase) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G32A-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G32A-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G32A-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3NA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3NH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3NE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Socket Mounting Models
G3TA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3F/G3FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3B/G3BD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3H/G3HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3R-I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3RZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCB Mounting Models
G3R/G3RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3CN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3TB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3S/G3SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G3DZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
96
99
102
121
128
137
149
166
181
184
186
188
198
203
207
214
220
224
228
231
241
245
249
255
260
265
271
278
287
293
297
65
Power Controllers
G3PX
• Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
• Refer to Heater Control Types and G3PX Control Methods (page 23).
■ Single-phase Models
EUN Series
AC Power Controllers with Phase-control
System Allow Precise Temperature Control
Models with Base-up and Soft-start
Functions
EH Series
Phase Control System Makes It Possible to
Detect Single Heater Open Circuit (EH
Series) and Multiple Heater Open Circuits
(EHN Series)
EC Series
Optimum Devices for Controlling Input
Power for Pure Metal Heater, and
Incorporating Overcurrent Detecting and
Single Heater Open Circuit Detecting
Functions
• OMRON’s unique design and carefully-selected materials made
it possible to produce a compact and lightweight Power
Controller.
• Replaceable, easy-to-install Power Device Cartridge assures
ease of maintenance.
• Detecting component failures and operating errors.
• Certified by UL and CSA.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@[email protected]
1
2 3 4 5
6
1. Basic Model Name
G3PX:
Power Controller
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
100/110 VAC and 200/230 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
20:
20 A
40:
40 A
60:
60 A
4. Number of Phases
E:
Single
5. Functions
UN:
Simple models
H:
Single heater open circuit detection function
HN:
Multiple heater open circuit detection function
C:
Constant-current function
6. CT Unit Type
Note: Refer to CT Unit on page 70.
Power Controllers
G3PX
67
G3PX Cartridge
[email protected]@
1
2 3
1. Basic Model Type
G32X:
Accessory for G3PX
2. Basic Model Name
A:
Power Device Cartridge
3. Rated Load Current
20:
20 A
40:
40 A
60:
60 A
CT Unit
[email protected]@@
1
2 3 4
1. Basic Model Type
G32X:
Accessory for G3PX
2. Basic Model Name
CT:
CT Unit
3. Length of Lead Wires
03:
30 cm
10:
100 cm
4. Series
Blank:
Series for single heater open circuit detection
HN:
Series for multiple heater open circuit detection
C:
Series for constant current
Variable Resistor
[email protected]
1
2
1. Basic Model Type
G32X:
Accessory for G3PX
2. Basic Model Name
V3K:
3-kΩ Variable Resistor
V2K:
2-kΩ Variable Resistor
68
Power Controllers G3PX
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
EUN Series
Phase
Single
Applicable load
Resistive load
Heater
Level indicator
Yes
Base-up function
(See note 1.)
Yes
Soft-start time
Carry
current
Approx. 0.5 to 10 s 20 A
40 A
60 A
Rated voltage
100/110 VAC
200/230 VAC
(See note 2.)
Model
G3PX-220EUN
G3PX-240EUN
G3PX-260EUN
Note: 1. The base-up output with a 0-mA temperature controller output (i.e. the temperature controller is OFF) differs from that with a 4-mA
temperature controller output. Refer the Characteristics data on page 73.
2. When ordering, make sure that the rated voltage is 200/230 VAC. For a rated voltage of 200/220 VAC, the G3PX is available.
EH Series
Phase
Single
Applicable load
Resistive load
Heater
Level indicator
Yes
Single heater
open circuit
detection
Yes
Multiple heater
open circuit
detection
No
Carry
current
20 A
Rated voltage
100/110 VAC
200/230 VAC
(See note 3.)
40 A
Model
(See note 1.)
G3PX-220EH-CT03
G3PX-220EH-CT10
G3PX-240EH-CT03
G3PX-240EH-CT10
60 A
G3PX-260EH-CT03
G3PX-260EH-CT10
Yes (See note 2.)
Yes
20 A
G3PX-220EHN-CT03
G3PX-220EHN-CT10
40 A
G3PX-240EHN-CT03
60 A
G3PX-260EHN-CT03
G3PX-240EHN-CT10
G3PX-260EHN-CT10
Note: 1. EH- and EHN-series models are provided with a CT incorporating 30- or 100-cm-long lead wires and Power Device Cartridge. When
ordering, specify the length of the lead wires by adding a code to the model number as shown below.
[email protected]: CT with 30-cm-long lead wires
[email protected]: CT with 100-cm-long lead wires
2. Adjusts the multiple heater open circuit detection sensitivity of EHN-series models. Enables single heater open circuit detection in control
of a maximum of five heaters.
3. When ordering, make sure that the rated voltage is 200/230 VAC. For a rated voltage of 200/220 VAC, the G3PX is available.
EC Series
Phase
Single
Applicable
load
Resistive load
Heater
Level indicator
Yes
Constant-current
function
Yes
Single heater
open circuit
detection
Yes
Carry
current
20 A
40 A
Rated voltage
100/110 VAC
200/230 VAC
(See note 2.)
Model
(See note 1.)
G3PX-220EC-CT03
G3PX-220EC-CT10
G3PX-240EC-CT03
G3PX-240EC-CT10
60 A
G3PX-260EC-CT03
G3PX-260EC-CT10
Note: 1. EC-series models are provided with a CT Unit with lead wires (30- or 100- cm in length). When ordering, specify the length of the lead
wires by adding a code to the model number as shown below.
[email protected]: CT with 30-cm-long lead wires
[email protected]: CT with 100-cm-long lead wires
2. When ordering, make sure that the rated voltage is 200/230 VAC. For a rated voltage of 200/220 VAC, the G3PX is available.
Power Controllers
G3PX
69
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
CT Unit
Name
Length of lead wires
CT Unit
30 cm
Solderless terminals
Applicable models
Yes
[email protected]@EH
100 cm
Model
G32X-CT03
G32X-CT10
30 cm
[email protected]@EHN
100 cm
G32X-CT03HN
G32X-CT10HN
30 cm
[email protected]@EC
100 cm
G32X-CT03C
G32X-CT10C
Power Device Cartridge
Name
Carry current
Power Device Cartridge
Applicable models
Model
20 A
[email protected]@
G32X-A20
40 A
[email protected]@
G32X-A40
60 A
[email protected]@
G32X-A60
Note: The G32X-A is a dedicated Power Device Cartridge for the G3PX.
Refer to Replacement Parts on page 81.
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Control
Item
G3PX220EUN/
240EUN/
260EUN
Rated voltage
100/110, 200/230 VAC
Frequency
50/60 Hz (See note 1.)
Input
signal for
control
External main 2 kΩ (type B, 2 W min.)
setting
(See note 2.)
G3PX220EH/
240EH/
260EH
G3PX220EHN/
240EHN/
260EHN
3 kΩ (type B, 2 W min.)
2 kΩ (type B, 2 W min.)
Current input
4 to 20 mA (at 1 to 5 VDC) (Input impedance: 250Ω) (See note 3.)
Voltage ON/
OFF input
5 to 24 VDC (Input impedance: approx. 20 kΩ)
External duty
setting
3 kΩ (type B)
Relay output for alarm
---
G3PX220EC/
240EC/
260EC
SPDT: 8 A at 250 VAC/30 VDC
Note: 1. 50/60 Hz (no selector required) (EUN Series)
Terminals 18 and 19 of EHN/EC-series models must be open when the supply frequency is 50 Hz. These terminals must be shortcircuited when the supply frequency is 60 Hz.
2. Use the G32X-V2K 2-kΩ Variable Resistor for external main setting on EUN, EC, and EHN (G32X-V3K 3-kΩ for EN-series models).
3. Input 4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5 VDC linear input to the 4 to 20 mA current input terminal.
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
Load current
Inrush current
1 to 20 A (See note.)
220 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
[email protected]
[email protected]
1 to 40 A (See note.)
440 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
[email protected]
[email protected]
1 to 60 A (See note.)
440 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
[email protected]
[email protected]
70
100/110, 200/230 VAC (50/
60 Hz)
Power Controllers G3PX
Number of phases
Single
Note: The [email protected]@EHN (model with multiple heater open circuit detecting function) and [email protected]@EC (constant-current model) require 20%
min. of the rated current to detect a short mode failure. EC-series models detect an open mode failure if the load current has dropped to
80% of the rated value. A short mode failure will be detected if the current has risen to 20% of the rated value.
■ Characteristics
EU/EH Series
Item
G3PX-220EUN/
240EUN/260EUN
Operating voltage range
±10%
Operating frequency
range
±1 Hz
G3PX-220EH/240EH/260EH
G3PX-220EHN/
240EHN/260EHN
Output voltage adjustable 0% to 95%
range
Internal duty setting
range
0% to 100%
10% to 100% (See note 1.)
0% to 100%
External duty setting
range
0% to 100%
10% to 100% (See note 1.)
0% to 100%
Start-up time
(See note 2.)
Approx. 0.5 to 10 s
(See note 3.)
Approx. 0.1 to 1 s
(See note 3.)
Approx. 0.5 to 10 s
(See note 3.)
Base-up range
0% to 90%
---
Multiple heater open circuit detection
---
20% max. (See note 4.)
Min. phase detection
---
Approx. 1/6 π
Min. phase setting
---
---
Approx. 1/6 π
Min. load current for ON
error detecting
---
1A
30% max. of rated current
(See note 5.)
Abnormality detection
time
---
0.1 s max.
1 s max.
Voltage drop with output
ON
1.6 V max. (RMS)
Leakage current
10 mA max. at 100/110 VAC, 20 mA max. at 200/230 VAC
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 100 m/s2
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 300 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
G3PX-220EUN: approx. 1.1 kg
G3PX-240EUN: approx. 1.4 kg
G3PX-260EUN: approx. 1.7 kg
Note: 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
–25°C to 65°C (with no icing or condensation)
–10°C to 55°C (with no icing or condensation)
G3PX-220EH: approx. 1.1 kg
G3PX-240EH: approx. 1.4 kg
G3PX-260EH: approx. 1.7 kg
G3PX-220EHN: approx. 1.2 kg
G3PX-240EHN: approx. 1.5 kg
G3PX-260EHN: approx. 1.8 kg
Duty setting does not complete to the OFF state (i.e. 10% remains).
The start-up time is factory-set to 1 s on the EH Series, approx. 0.5 s on the EHN and EC Series.
This is the initial start-up time with a 100% duty setting.
Detection is effective when the set current is reduced by 20% or more.
The minimum set value in the G3PX-220EHN is 6 A. If a lower value is required, increase the number of wiring turns around the CT.
Power Controllers
G3PX
71
EC Series
Item
G3PX-220EC
G3PX-240EC
Operating voltage range
±10%
Operating frequency range
±1 Hz
Output voltage adjustable range
0% to 95%
Internal duty setting range
0% to 100%
External duty setting range
0% to 100%
Start-up time
Approx. 0.5 to 10 s
Min. load current for ON error
detecting
20% max. of rated current
Current limit range
0% to 100%
Excess current detection
Peak current of 110 A within
1 cycle
Constant current
±3% max. with 10-time increment of load value
±3% max. with ±10% change of voltage
Abnormality detection time
1 s max.
Voltage drop with output ON
1.6 V max. (RMS)
Leakage current
10 mA max. at 100/110 VAC, 20 mA max. at 200/230 VAC
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.
Peak current of 220 A within
1 cycle
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 100 m/s2
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 300 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –25°C to 65°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage:
–10°C to 55°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
G3PX-220EC: approx. 1.1 kg
G3PX-240EC: approx. 1.4 kg
G3PX-260EC: approx. 1.7 kg
72
Power Controllers G3PX
G3PX-260EC
Peak current of 330 A within
1 cycle
Engineering Data
The following data is for an ambient temperature of 25°C.
Output Characteristics
G3PX-EUN/EH/EHN Models
Duty Setting
G3PX-EC Models
G3PX-EUN/EH/EHN Models
Input current (mA)
60%
Output voltage (%)
Output voltage (%)
Output voltage (%)
100%
Input current (mA)
40%
20%
Input current (mA)
Base-up Characteristics
Output voltage (%)
[email protected] Models
Input current (mA)
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
Ambient temperature (°C)
[email protected] Models
Load current (A)
[email protected] Models
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
[email protected] Models
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Power Controllers
G3PX
73
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Energized time (ms)
[email protected] Models
Inrush current (A.Peak)
[email protected] Models
Inrush current (A.Peak)
Inrush current (A.Peak)
[email protected] Models
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Note: The above are possible on condition that the G3PX is in non-repetitive operation. If the G3PX is in repetitive operation,
reduce the applied current to half.
74
Power Controllers G3PX
Nomenclature
Single-function Model
(EUN-series Model)
Multiple Heater Open Circuit
Detection (EHN-series Model)
[email protected]
[email protected]@@
RUN/SET switch for setting condition for
multiple heater open circuit detection.
Level indicator
Level indicator
POWER indicator
POWER indicator
RESET switch
SHORT indicator
(for short-mode
failure detection)
BASE-UP adjuster
DUTY adjuster
(for internal
slope setting)
Power Device
Cartridge
TIME adjuster
(for Extended
soft-start time)
CT Unit
OPEN indicator
(for multiple heater
open circuit detection)
ALARM adjuster
(for multiple heater
open circuit detection)
DUTY adjuster
(for internal slope
setting)
TIME adjuster
(for extended softstart time)
Power Device
Cartridge
Single Heater Open Circuit
Detection (EH-series Model)
Constant-current Model
(EC-series Model)
[email protected]@@
[email protected]@@
Level indicator
POWER indicator
SHORT indicator
(for short-mode
failure detection)
CT Unit
OPEN indicator
(for single heater
open circuit
detection)
DUTY adjuster
(for internal
slope setting)
TIME adjuster
(for soft-start
time)
Level indicator
POWER indicator
SHORT indicator
(for short-mode
failure detection)
OPEN indicator (for single
heater open circuit
detection)
RESET
switch
CT Unit
CURRENT limit adjuster
(for limiting current)
DUTY adjuster
Power
(for internal slope
Device
setting)
Cartridge
TIME adjuster
(for extended
soft-start time)
Reset
switch
Power
Device
Cartridge
Power Controllers
G3PX
75
Operation
■ Error Detecting Function
Wiring
Single-phase Models
All [email protected]/EHN/EC-series models incorporate terminals 11
and 12 for the CT Unit, 13 and 14 for the external reset switch, and
16 and 17 for relay output as well as power/input terminals 1 through
10.
CT Unit
[email protected]@
(see note 1)
CT Unit
11
Load 1
2. When EH/EHN/EC-series models detect a short-mode failure, the
SHORT indicator is lit and the SPDT relay output is ON.
With continuous load current.
12
13
External reset
switch
14
(see note 2)
[email protected]
15
Relay output
(SPDT)
16
17
Load 2
(see note 3)
Load
Load
Note: 1. Connect either the black or white lead wire of the CT
Unit to terminal 11 and the other lead wire to terminal
12. The G3PX will malfunction if you do not connect
the CT Unit to the G3PX.
2. The rated current and voltage of G3PX models when
reset are as follows:
EH-series models: 12 mA at 12 VDC
EHN- and EC-series models: 1 mA at 12 VDC
3. For more than one heater.
With load current shut off.
Output
Single-phase Models
The following illustrations show the condition of the G3PX LED
indicators when the G3PX detects heater open circuit, a short-mode
failure (ON failure of components), or overcurrent (EC-series
constant-current models only). The indicator and relay output signals
are reset with the internal or external reset switch provided that the
error condition has been remedied.
1. When EH/EHN/EC-series models detect single or multiple heater
open circuit, the OPEN indicator is lit and the SPDT relay output
is ON.
Note: When the G3PX detects a short-mode failure, all LEDs of the
Level indicator and red SHORT indicator are lit. When you use
a breaker to disconnect the load with the relay output, all LEDs
of the Level indicator will be OFF regardless of the input to the
G3PX.
3. When EC-series models detect an overcurrent, the Level
indicator will flash and the SPDT relay output is ON. The input
signal will be shut off.
Note: When the G3PX detects heater open circuit, the Level indicator
will be OFF regardless of the G3PX input condition. The red
OPEN indicator will be lit. EHN-series models, however, will
continue operating with level indication.
Note: When resetting, leave power supply terminals 10 to 9 or 8 ON.
76
Power Controllers G3PX
■ Wiring
Main Circuit
Single-phase Models
The following illustrations show connection examples:
1
Load 1
2
3
4
5
G3PX
6
7
200/230 VAC
8
100/110 VAC
9
10
Load 2
Load
Note: Use a single power supply for the G3PX and the load.
Setting Circuit
Analog Control
Single-phase Models
1. A Temperature Controller with an output of 4 to 20 mA is used to control the G3PX.
1
+
[email protected]
Temperature
Controller −
4 to 20 mA
Load 1
2
+
Temperature
Controller −
3
(600 Ω*)
4 to 20 mA
4
5
G3PX
(250 Ω*)
4
5
G3PX
4
6
5
7
G3PX
(250 Ω*)
8
*Impedance
9
10
Load 2
Note: Two G3PX models can be connected in series to OMRON's single Temperature
Controller (with an internal impedance of 600 Ω) with a current output.
2. A Temperature Controller with an output of 4 to 20 mA is used with the G3PX to change the duty.
1
Load 1
2
Internal DUTY
adjuster
3
[email protected]
+
Temperature
−
Controller
4 to 20 mA
4
5
G3PX
6
DUTY
7
3
2
1
8
9
10
Load 2
G32X-V3K External Variable
Resistor (3 kΩ) for duty setting
Note: You can change the duty with the external or internal ramp adjuster.
Power Controllers
G3PX
77
ON/OFF Control
Single-phase Models
1. A Temperature Controller is used to change the duty of G3PX.
1
[email protected]
Temperature
Controller
+
5/12/24 VDC
ON/OFF
Load 1
2
Internal DUTY
adjuster
3
4
−
5
G3PX
6
DUTY
7
8
3
9
2
10
1
Load 2
G32X-V3K External
DUTY Adjuster (3 kΩ)
Note: You can change the duty with the external or internal variable resistor.
2. A Temperature Controller (with a voltage output) is used to control several G3PXs.
Temperature Controller specifications
No. of G3PX
[email protected]: 40 mA at 12 V
20 sets
[email protected]: 20 mA at 12 V
20 sets
20 mA at 5 V
20 sets
10 mA at 5 V
20 sets
Connection Example
Temperature
controller
+
−
3
5
3
G3PX
5
3
G3PX
5
G3PX
3. A Temperature Controller (with a relay output) is used to vary the duty of G3PX.
Temperature
controller
1
Load 1
2
Internal DUTY
adjuster
3
4
3
G32X-V3K External
DUTY Adjuster (3 kΩ)
2
1
5
G3PX
6
DUTY
7
8
9
10
78
Power Controllers G3PX
Load 2
Manual Control
Single-phase Models
3
G32X-V3K or G32X-V2K
External DUTY Adjuster
1
2
Load 1
2
1
Internal DUTY
adjuster
3
4
3
G32X-V3K External DUTY
Adjuster (3 kΩ) for duty
setting
5
2
G3PX
6
1
DUTY
7
8
9
10
Load 2
Note: Delicate duty adjustment is possible with the external or
internal resistor. Use a right DUTY adjuster (2- or 3-kΩ
type) according to the G3PX model as follows:
G32K-V3K (3 kΩ) for EH-series models
G32X-V2K (2 kΩ) for EUN-, EHN-, and EC-series models
Two-position Control
Single-phase Models
H (High)
1
G32X-V3K or G32X-V2K
External DUTY Adjuster
Load 1
2
3
4
L (Low)
RY
5
G3PX
6
7
8
9
10
Load 2
Note: 1. A temperature controller with relay output or a single relay can be used with the G3PX
in two-position (high-and low-position) control, in which case the relay contact current is
30 mA at 12 VDC with the External DUTY Adjuster set to 0 Ω.
2. Use a right DUTY adjuster (2- or 3-kΩ type) according to the G3PX model as follows:
G32X-V3K (3 kW) for EH-series models
G32X-V21K (2 kW) for EUN-, EHN-, and EC-series models.
■ Setting of Base-up Output ([email protected] Series)
The base-up output can be adjusted with the base-up adjuster knob. It is also possible to control the base-up output for the full scale of 4 to
20-mA input current by adjusting the duty adjuster. Refer to Engineering Data on page 73 for the base-up characteristics.
■ [email protected] Series (Multiple Heater Open Circuit Detection Model)
Setting
1. Use the [email protected]@HN CT Unit and make sure that the G3PX is
wired correctly.
2. The G3PX initially set is shown in the following illustration.
Make sure that the RUN/SET switch has been set to SET.
Make sure that the DUTY adjuster has been turned clockwise to
the maximum.
3. Adjust the sensitivity.
Turn the ALARM adjuster and set to the position where the OPEN
indicator is lit. Stop turning the ALARM adjuster as soon as the
indicator is lit to complete the setting.
Power Controllers
G3PX
79
4. Set the RUN/SET switch to RUN.
When all settings have been finished, the OPEN indicator is OFF.
Note: 1. The G3PX can control any part of the phase as long as the
controlled phase is approximately 1/6π or more in width.
2. Be sure to prepare terminals 18 and 19 corresponding to the
supply frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz. Otherwise, a setting
error will result in a malfunction regardless of the RUN/SET
switch setting.
When the error has occurred, turn the ALARM adjuster
counterclockwise to the minimum setting, reset the G3PX,
and readjust.
80
Power Controllers G3PX
■ Replacement Parts
G32X-A Power Device Cartridge
The temperature indicator will be lit in red if the power element is damaged. If the power element is damaged due to overcurrent or other reasons,
the power element and its peripheral parts can be replaced.
The power element and its peripheral parts can be replaced without disconnecting the wires of the G3PX.
Improve the heat radiation of the G3PX before replacing the Cartridge.
The temperature indicator will not be lit in red if the G3PX has overcurrent due to load short-circuiting or other reasons over a short time.
Appearance
G32X-A20
G32X-A40
Replacement of G32X-A20 Power
Device Cartridge
G32X-A60
3. Insert the Cartridge into the opening of the G3PX so that the
letters on the Cartridge and those on the G3PX are in the same
direction and sides A and B are even.
Use the special tool (provided) to extract the Cartridge for
replacement with a new one.
A
B
Extraction
Follow the procedures below to dismount the Power Device
Cartridge from the G3PX.
1. Switch off the power.
2. Remove the terminal cover.
3. Hook the tool on the indented portions of the Power Device
Cartridge as shown in the illustration below and pull up the Power
Device Cartridge vertically.
Special tool
Indented
portions
4. Attach the terminal cover.
5. Switch on the power and check the G3PX to be sure it works
properly.
Terminal cover
G32X-A40/60
The G32X-A40 and G32X-A60 are secured with screws.
Extraction
The procedures for dismounting the Power Device Cartridge are as
follows:
1. Switch off the G3PX.
Mounting
2. Remove the terminal cover.
The procedures for mounting the Power Device Cartridge are as
follows:
3. Be sure to turn off the G3PX and loosen the screws located in the
upper center and lower center. These screws are connected to
terminals 1 and 2.
1. Apply silicone grease (provided with the G32X-A) to the entire
surface of the heat sink.
Loosen
2. Make sure there is no dust or pieces of wire on the heat sinks of
the G32X-A or the G3PX.
Loosen
Power Controllers
G3PX
81
3. Insert the Cartridge into the opening of the G3PX so that the
letters on the Cartridge and those on the G3PX are in the same
direction and sides A and B are even.
4. Loosen the screws on both corners.
Loosen
A
B
Loosen
5. Hold the indented part of both corners to dismount the Cartridge.
Mounting
1. Apply silicone grease (provided with the G32X-A) to the entire
surface of the heat sink.
2. Make sure there is no dust or pieces of wire on the heat sinks of
the G32X-A or the G3PX.
4. Tighten the screws on both corners with a tightening torque of
0.59 to 0.78 N·m.
5. Tighten the center screws of the G3PX with a tightening torque of
0.59 to 0.78 N·m.
6. Attach the terminal cover.
7. Switch on the power and check the G3PX to be sure it works
properly.
■ External Variable Resistor
The G32X-V3K and G32X-V2K are provided with a set consisting of
adjuster, knob, and nameplate.
Resistive value
(See note 1.)
Note: 1. The G32X-V3K is equivalent to the conventional G32X-VR.
2. Resistive Value
Model
3 kΩ
G32X-V3K (See note 2.)
2 kΩ
G32X-V2K
External DUTY Adjuster
The resistance is
read on the back of
the variable resistor.
Knob
2.5±1
34
2.8±0.2 dia.
M9P0.75
26
0
6 −0.1
dia.
12±0.2
31±1 dia.
Filled with
white resin
1±0.1
R26 max.
15 min. 10±1
1.6±0.2
30 max.
13.4
17 max.
20±1
Mounting Holes
Nameplate
9.5 dia. hole
1.6
%
3 dia. hole
12±0.2
6.5
48
G32X-VR
48
82
Power Controllers G3PX
100
14
17
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
■ Single-phase Models
[email protected] Series
Mounting Holes
Four, 4.5 dia.
or M4 holes
140±0.3
119
50±0.3
Two, 4.6 dia.
holes
8.6
Two, M4 screws
8.6
7.6
140±0.2
130
150 max.
109.8
Two, R2.3
holes
50±0.2
70 max.
108
120
130 max.
[email protected] Series
Mounting Holes
119
Four, 4.5 dia.
or M4 holes
140±0.3
65±0.3
Two, 4.6 dia.
holes
13
Two, M5 screws
13
7.6
140±0.2
150 max.
109.8
130
Two, R2.3
holes
108
120
130 max.
65±0.2
85 max.
Power Controllers
G3PX
83
[email protected] Series
Mounting Holes
Four 4.5-dia.
or M4 holes
114
140±0.3
80±0.3
Two, 4.6 dia.
holes
17
Two, M6 screws
17
7.6
140±0.2
150 max. 130
109.8
Two,
R2.3
holes
80±0.2
100 max.
108
120
130 max.
[email protected] Series
[email protected] Series
60 max.
50
17
40
Mounting Holes
14
17 dia. hole
(15 dia., see
note 1)
Two 4.5-dia. or M4 holes
55
9.5
30
24
35
50±0.2
(see note 2)
Note: 1. Color of the hole
EH Series: Black
EHN Series: White
EC Series: Light gray
The size of the hole of CT Units for EC- and EHN-series models is 15 dia.
2. The [email protected] incorporates 30-cm solderless terminals and the [email protected]
incorporates 100-cm solderless terminals.
84
Power Controllers G3PX
Installation
■ Terminal Arrangement
Single-phase Models
G3PX-220EUN
G3PX-240EUN
G3PX-260EUN
1
External main setting
3 kΩB 2 W
MAN SET
Voltage ON/OFF input
VOLTAGE IN
2
3
G3PX-220EH
G3PX-240EH
G3PX-260EH
2 kΩB, 2 W for
EUN-series models
CT UNIT
G32X-CT
B
1
11
2
12
3
Current input
4 to 20 mA DC CURRENT
13
4
5
W
RESET
(1 to 5 VDC)
(Voltage)
5 to 24 VDC
14
INPUT
(1 to 5 VDC)
(VOLTAGE)
5 to 24 VDC
INPUT
15
ALARM
6
16
7
External duty setting 3 kΩB
MAN DUTY SET
7
SOURCE
8
Internal contact
configuration
200/230 VAC
50/60 Hz
9
10
Current input 4 to 20 mA
DC CURRENT
5
External duty setting
3 kΩB
MAN DUTY SET
6
4
External main setting
3 kΩB 2 W
MAN SET
Voltage ON/OFF input
VOLTAGE IN
100/110 VAC
50/60 Hz
17
8
9
10
SOURCE
100/110 VAC
50/60 Hz
200/230 VAC
50/60 Hz
G3PX-220EHN/220EC
G3PX-240EHN/240EC
G3PX-260EHN/260EC
CT UNIT
G32X-CT
W
B
1
11
2
12
3
13
RESET
4
14
ALARM
Internal
contact
configuration
Current input 4 to 20 mA
DC CURRENT
(1 to 5 VDC)
(VOLTAGE)
5 to 24 VDC
5
INPUT
6
External duty setting
3 kΩB
MAN DUTY SET
15
16
7
17
8
OPEN 50 Hz
SHORT 60 Hz
(see note)
External main setting
2 kΩB 2 W
MAN SET
Voltage ON/OFF input
VOLTAGE IN
SOURCE
18
9
19
100/110 VAC
50/60 Hz
200/230 VAC
50/60 Hz
10
Note: Open the terminals for 50 Hz or short-circuit the terminals for 60 Hz. When the product is shipped, the terminals are short-circuited using a
short-circuiting bar to set to 60 Hz. When using at 50 Hz, remove the short-circuiting bar.
Power Controllers
G3PX
85
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Wiring
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Make sure that the lead wires are thick enough according to the
current.
Load
Be sure to turn off power to the G3PX when wiring. The G3PX has
current leakage although the G3PX is turned off if the power supply
is connected to the G3PX, which may give an electric shock.
Only resistive loads can be connected to the G3PX. Contact your
OMRON representatives if it is necessary to connect inductive or
transformer loads.
Mounting
Do not wire power lines or high-tension lines along with the lines of
the G3PX in the same conduit, otherwise the G3PX may be
damaged or malfunction due to induction. Be sure to wire the lines of
the G3PX separated from power lines or high-tension lines or laid in
an exclusive, shielded conduit.
Pay utmost attention when mounting the G3PX so that the G3PX will
not fall thus resulting in injury.
Tightening Torque
Apply the following tightening torque.
Output terminal:
20-A model: 1.47 N·m
40-A model: 2.45 N·m
60-A model: 4.12 N·m
Terminal block:
Single-phase model: 0.98 N·m
Be sure to protect the terminals with the protective cover after wiring.
Vertical Mounting
Wiring for Error Detection
If a contactor is employed and operated with the relay output signal
of the G3PX for error detection, make sure that the G3PX is closer to
the power supply than the contactor.
Horizontal Mounting
Instruments
Instrument
Thermal type
Remarks
Available
Digital type displaying root-mean-square
values
Moving-iron type
Rectifier type
Note: In the case of flat mounting, the 30%
derating of the load current is required.
Not available (not precise
enough)
Multimeter
Digital multimeter
Close Mounting Example (Single-phase Models)
10 mm
10 mm
The instruments are used for displaying root-mean-square voltage
and current values of the AC circuitry.
Operation Monitoring
The level indicator just indicates the phase of the load and it is not
highly precise.
Ramp Setting
50 mm
There is a decrease in ramp if the internal DUTY adjuster is turned
counterclockwise.
10 mm
10 mm
Note: Make sure that there is a space of at least 50 mm
vertically and at least 10 mm horizontally between
adjacent single-phase models.
86
Power Controllers G3PX
DUTY
DUTY
100%
10%
If the External DUTY Adjuster is used, set the Internal DUTY
Adjuster to 100%.
CT Unit
Troubleshooting
The CT Unit varies with the G3PX-series model. Use the following
CT Units in combination with the G3PX models.
Check the following if the G3PX does not operate or has difficulty in
temperature control.
[email protected] Series: [email protected]@
[email protected] Series: [email protected]@HN
[email protected] Series: [email protected]@C
• The load does not turn on with 100% input.
Check the default internal ramp setting.
If any of the following models is used and the actual load current is
50% of the maximum rated load current or lower, increase the
number of turns of the wire around the CT Unit.
G3PX-20EHN Series (multi-heater open circuit detective models)
G3PX-20EC Series (constant current)
For example, make two turns if the actual load current is 50% of the
maximum rated load current and four turns if the actual load current
is 25% of the maximum rated load current.
If the G3PX is a constant current model, do not increase the number
of turns of the wire around the CT Unit excessively, otherwise the
overcurrent detective function may operate by mistake.
External DUTY Adjuster
Use the External DUTY Adjuster with a resistance of 2 kΩ or that
with a resistance of 3 kΩ according to the G3PX-series model in use.
Refer to the following combinations.
[email protected] Series: G32X-V3K (3 kΩ)
[email protected] Series
[email protected] Series
Make sure that the adjuster
is set to the farthest
clockwise position.
DUTY
Also check the current limit adjuster if the G3PX is a constant DC
model.
CUR LIM
• The G3PX does not operate or is in abnormal operation.
Make sure that all input terminals are connected properly with no
mistakes in polarity.
Make sure that the internal DUTY adjuster is not set to the farthest
clockwise position.
Make sure that the frequency used by the G3PX (i.e., 50 or 60 Hz)
is set properly. (This applies to the EC, and EHN models.)
• The G3PX malfunctions if the external adjusters are turned.
Base-up Function
If the model in use has the model number suffix “EUN,” the base-up
function is available.
The base-up output of the G3PX with a temperature controller output
of 0 mA (i.e., the temperature controller is turned off) and that of the
G3PX with a temperature controller output of 4 mA are different from
each other.
Make sure that the numbers on the external adjusters coincide with
the corresponding terminal numbers on the G3PX.
Make sure that the 2-kΩ and 3-kΩ DUTY adjusters are connected
correctly.
External main setting
External duty setting
Power Device Cartridge
Do not apply power to the G3PX with the Power Device Cartridge
dismounted.
Heater Open Circuit Detection
EH and EHN Models
(Positive)
The heater open circuit detective function is not available for detecting the phase less than the following.
Phase not detectable
(Positive)
Note: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 7 are terminal numbers
of the G3PX.
• Temperature control with a Voltage-output Temperature Controller
is not smooth.
Make sure that the controlled soft-start up/down time has been
adjusted properly. If not, turn the TIME adjuster counterclockwise
to the minimum setting to reduce the controlled start-up/down time.
G3PX-20EH Series: π/8 or less
G3PX-20EHN Series: Approx. π/6 or less
Power Supply
Single-phase Models Only
Do not apply 200 V to the 100-V terminals, otherwise the thermal
fuse of the built-in transformer will be blown and the G3PX will not
operate.
Others
It is not possible to use three single-phase models for three-phase
load control.
Input signal
Controlled
soft-start
up
TIME
Reduce this period.
Input signal
Controlled
soft-start
up
TIME
If three-phase power supply is used for single-phase models
operating in parallel, make sure that the two phases supplied to all
the single-phase models are the same.
Power Controllers
G3PX
87
• The Level indicator is not OFF with a 0% input signal ([email protected] Series).
Make sure that the BASE UP adjuster has been turned counterclockwise to the minimum setting.
BASE UP
The following wiring will be required if the breaker or contactor
connected between the power supply and the G3PX is operated
by the relay output of the G3PX.
Make sure that the
adjuster is turned
counterclockwise to the
minimum setting.
• The OPEN indicator of a multiple heater open circuit detection
model is lit at the initial stage ([email protected] Series).
Make sure that the initial settings are OK. If not, readjust the
G3PX.
Make sure that terminals 18 and 19 are open if the supply
frequency is 50 Hz. These terminals must be short-circuited if the
supply frequency is 60 Hz.
Magnet
contactor
Make sure that the load current is large enough.
• The Level indicator LEDs of a constant-current model are all lit and
no power control operation is possible.
Make sure that the load current is large enough.
Countermeasure 1: Adjust the CUR LIM adjuster so that the LED
on the farthest right of the Level indicator is OFF.
Adjust so that this LED is OFF.
CUR LIM adjuster for limiting current
Countermeasure 2: When the supply current is less than 50%,
increase the number of turns. When the supply current is 50% of
the rated current, the wires must be coiled twice on the CT Unit.
When the supply current is 25% of the rated current, the wires
must be coiled three to four times on the CT Unit.
• No reset will be performed even if the RESET button is pressed.
Check whether the RESET button is pressed while there is nothing
input into to power supply terminals 8 and 10 or 9 and 10 of the
G3PX.
Be sure to press the RESET button with power supplied to the
G3PX.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K076-E1-04
88
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Power Controllers G3PX
Load
Cycle Control Units
G32A-EA
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Used in Combination with the G3PA to
Enable High-precision Temperature Control
• Use cycle control to achieve power control with little noise.
• Used in combination with the G3PA to connect to single- and
three-phase loads.
• Three types of input method available: Internal adjuster,
external adjuster, or DC signals from 4 to 20 mA.
• Streamline design. Both DIN track mounting and screw
mounting possible.
• Use linking terminals for close mounting of the G3PA.
• Built-in isolation transformer.
• Power supply range: 100 to 240 V.
Do Not Remove
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
G32A-EA-US
1
2
3
1. Basic Model Type
G32A:
Accessory for G3PA
2. Basic Model Name
EA:
Cycle Control Unit
3. Certification
US:
Certified by UL and CSA
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Name
Cycle Control Unit
Isolation transformer
Yes
Rated power supply voltage
100 to 240 VAC
Model
G32A-EA-US
Cycle Control Units
G32A-EA
89
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Rated power
supply current
50 Hz
100 (200) VAC
40 mA max.
120 (240) VAC
60 Hz
100 (200) VAC
120 (240) VAC
Output signal
15 mA max. at 12 VDC ±15% (at 25°C)
Input signal
Current signal: 4 to 20 mA (input impedance: 352 Ω)
Internal adjuster: 50 kΩ (1/4 W)
External adjuster: 50 kΩ (1/4 W)
Output cycle rate
0 to 100%
Control cycle
0.2 s
Number of operable Units
2 G3PA Relays max.
■ Characteristics
Power supply voltage range
75 to 264 VAC
Dielectric strength
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute (between AC power supply and input/output terminals)
Vibration resistance
10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375-mm single amplitude (when mounted to DIN track)
Shock resistance
300 m/s2 (approx. 30 G)
Storage temperature
–30 to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient temperature
–30 to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 100 g
Engineering Data
Output cycle rate (%)
Setting value
90
Output Cycle Rate vs. Control Current
Output cycle rate (%)
Output Cycle Rate vs. Setting Value
Cycle Control Units G32A-EA
Control current
Nomenclature
The following diagram shows the terminals, adjusters, and switches on the G32A-EA.
Input terminal C2
−
Control method
Input selection slide switches
External adjuster
Input terminal C1
+
4 to 20 mA
Output terminal (B1)
+
Internal adjuster
(See note 2.)
Input selection slide switches
4 to 20 mA
Internal adjuster
Output terminal (B2)
−
Control current
AC power supply terminal (A1)
4 to 20 mA
AC power supply terminal (A2)
Setting the Input Method
Select external adjuster, internal adjuster, or control current as the
input method using the selection switches as shown in the following
table.
Note: 1. The input selection slide switches are factory-set to internal
adjuster input. Change the setting of the switches for the
input method required.
2. When using the internal adjuster, use with the input
terminals (C1, C2) in the open state. Internal setting is not
possible if there is a Temperature Controller or other device
connected to C1 or C2.
Cycle Control Units
G32A-EA
91
■ Cycle Control Setting Method
The output cycle rate can be adjusted using the internal or external adjuster.
For current control, refer to the Output Cycle Rate vs. Control Current graph on page 90.
Note: When using the internal adjuster or external adjuster, it is necessary to set the input control method in the way described previously.
VR setting
Output cycle rate (%)
Control cycle: 0.2 s
■ Output Power Resolution
■ Cycle Control Method
When power is controlled using the Cycle Control Unit, the output
resolution (minimum variation value) changes depending on the
power supply frequency. (SSR with zero cross function)
The power on the load side can be controlled by adjusting the
number of cycles within the control cycle of 0.2 s and repeating this
control cycle.
Control cycle
Output power resolution
50 Hz
0.2 s
5%
60 Hz
4.2%
Control cycle: 0.2 s
Electric furnace temperature
20 mA
G32A-EA 12 mA
Current control input 4 mA
G32A-EA
Output signal
50 Hz: 5%
60 Hz: 4.2%
Control cycle: 0.2 s
92
Cycle Control Units G32A-EA
Operation
■ Application Examples
High-precision temperature control can be achieved in combination with the G3PA.
Current signalDC,
4 to 20 mA
Internal adjuster
G3PA-VD
10 to 60 A
G32A-EA
2 Relays max.
G32A-E-VR
External Adjuster
1. Control Using Current Input
Currnet output
Temperature Controller
NFB
G3PA
A1
G3PA
A2
Hard-wired heaters
2. Control Using External Adjuster
External resistance
NFB
G3PA
NFB
G3PA
G32A-EA
G32A-D
3. Control Using Internal Adjuster
A1
G3PA
A2
G32A-EA
G32A-D
Hard-wired heaters
Applications 1, 2, and 3 each use a different type of input method
and so it is necessary to change the settings of the input selection
slide switches. Be sure to change the slide switch settings in
accordance with the input method on page 91.
Note: 1. For details of input selection slide switch settings, refer to
Setting the Input Method.
2. The above examples are for when a G3PA-VD (except
60-A models) is used at 200 VAC.
A1
G3PA
A2
G32A-EA
G32A-D
Hard-wired heaters
Cycle Control Units
G32A-EA
93
■ External Adjuster
G32A-E-VR
The external adjuster, its adjuster knob, and its nameplate, all come in a set (G32A-E-VR).
External Adjuster
(50 kΩ, B Characteristic)
When wiring, connect in
the way shown below.
1
7.5±0.4
M9P 0.75
6 0-0.1 dia.
20±1 dia.
2.8±0.2 dia.
1±0.2
20 min.
10±1
1.5 min.
1.6±0.2
20 max.
20
9.5±0.5
Less than 3 m
Mounting Holes
7.5±0.4
9.5 dia.
3 dia.
Note: Wire the external adjuster at a
distance of less than 3 m.
Nameplate
44 dia.
Note: When using the external adjuster for input, be sure
to set the input selection slide switches accordingly.
Knob
Filled with
white resin
94
Cycle Control Units G32A-EA
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G32A-EA-US
8.6
4.5
Six, M3.5 terminal screws
Linking terminal +B1
Internal
adjuster
64
Selection
switch
100 max.
90±0.3
80
Linking terminal −B2
4.6×5.6 elliptic hole
Without Terminal Cover
3.5
20 max.
23.7
100 max.
With Terminal Cover
Two, 4.5-dia. or M4 holes
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connection
Mounting Holes
Cycle control
90±0.3
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. J125-E1-03
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Cycle Control Units
G32A-EA
95
Simple Solid State Contactors
G3J
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Solid State Contactors That Can Drive 3phase Motors Frequently, and Achieve
Harmonized Protection with Thermal
Overload Relays
• Harmonized protection with thermal overload relays complying
with IEC 947-4-1 (Class 10A/10); can be used like a standard
contactor.
• Conform to AC Class 3 (IEC947).
• Comply with UL, CSA, IEC, and JEM requirements.
• Mount with screws or to DIN tracks.
• Compact monoblock construction (W: 80 × H: 100 × D: 100 mm)
with a heat sink.
• Snubber circuit and varistor are built-in.
• Operation indicator.
• Two-element models added to series.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@@[email protected]
1
2 3 4 5 6 7
8
5. Rated Load Current
11:
11.1 A (200-V models)
05:
4.8 A (200-V models)
6. Terminal Type
B:
Screw terminals
7. Zero Cross Function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
8. Number of Elements
Blank:
Standard models (3 elements)
2:
2 elements
1. Basic Model Name
G3J:
Solid State Contactor
2. Load Power Supply
Blank:
AC output
3. Functions
Blank:
Simple models
4. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
96
Simple Solid State Contactors
G3J
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Number of elements
3
2
Insulation method
Rated supply voltage
Applicable motor
Model
Phototriac
12 to 24 VDC
2.2 kW (11.1 A)
200 to 220 VAC
G3J-211BL
0.75 kW (4.8 A)
G3J-205BL
Photocoupler
100 to 240 VAC
2.2 kW (11.1 A)
G3J-211BL
0.75 kW (4.8 A)
G3J-205BL
Phototriac
12 to 24 VDC
2.2 kW (11.1 A)
G3J-211BL-2
0.75 kW (4.8 A)
G3J-205BL-2
Photocoupler
100 to 240 VAC
2.2 kW (11.1 A)
G3J-211BL-2
0.75 kW (4.8 A)
G3J-205BL-2
Note: When ordering, specify the rated supply voltage.
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Operation Circuit
Item
DC-input models
AC-input models
Rated supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC
100 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Operating voltage
range
9.6 to 26.4 VDC
75 to 264 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Rated input current
(impedance)
15 mA max. (at 12 to 24 VDC)
36 kΩ ±20% (100 to 240 VAC)
Must operate voltage
9.6 VDC max.
75 VAC max.
Must release voltage
3.6 VDC min.
20 VAC min.
Main Circuit
Item
G3J-211BL, G3J-211BL-2
G3J-205BL, G3J-205BL-2
Rated load voltage
100 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Load voltage range
75 to 264 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Rated carry current (See note 3.)
11.1 A
(Ta = 40°C)
Min. load current
0.5 A
Peak-value current resistivity
350 A, 60 Hz, 1 cycle
Overload resistance
Refer to Engineering Data on page 105.
Closed current
(effective value)
AC3
111 A
48 A
AC4
133.2 A
57.6 A
Breaking current
(effective value)
AC3
88.8 A
38.4 A
AC4
111 A
48 A
Applicable load
200 to 220 VAC, 0.75 kW, (4.8 A)
3-phase inductive 200 to 220 VAC, 2.2 kW, (11.1 A)
motor (AC3 AC4
Motors passing the AC3-class, AC4-class, and AC53-a-class switching frequency test (Ta = 40°C)
AC53-a)
under conditions specified by OMRON. Refer to Switching Frequency Test Conditions on page 105.
4.8 A
(Ta = 40°C)
150 A, 60 Hz, 1 cycle
Single-phase
motor (AC3)
(See note 1.)
100 VAC, 0.4 kW (11.1 A)
200 VAC, 0.75 kW (8.8 A)
100 VAC, 0.1 kW, (5.1 A)
200 VAC, 0.4 kW (5.5 A)
(See note 2.)
Resistive load
(AC1)
100 to 240 VAC, 11.1 A
100 to 240 VAC, 4.8 A
Note: 1. With 2-element models, L2 and T2 are shorted internally.
2. When using 0.75-W models with 3 poles ON simultaneously, use either combination at 4.8 A max.
3. The rated carry current varies depending on the ambient temperature. Refer to Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature under Engineering
Data for details.
Simple Solid State Contactors
G3J
97
■ Characteristics
Item
DC-input models
AC-input models
Operate time
1 ms max.
50 ms max.
Release time
5/6 of the load power supply cycle time + 1 ms max.
3/2 of the load power supply cycle time + 1 ms max.
Output ON-voltage drop
1.6 VRMS max.
Leakage current
(See note.)
10 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 294 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
–20°C to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30°C to 70°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating:
45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 700 g
Standards
UL508, CSA22.2 No. 14, IEC947-4-2
Note: With 2-element models, the S-phase leakage current will be larger by a factor of
98
Simple Solid State Contactors G3J
3.
Soft-start/stop Solid State Contactors
G3J-T
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Soft-start/stop Function Starts and Stops
Three-phase Motors Smoothly and
Economically
• Function like an inverter by holding down the starting current.
• Harmonized protection with thermal overload relays complying
with IEC 947-4-1 (Class 10A/10); can be used like a standard
contactor.
• Conform to AC Class 3 (IEC947).
• Comply with UL, CSA, IEC (400-V models only), and JEM
requirements.
• Mount with screws or to DIN tracks.
• Compact monoblock construction for the G3J-T217BL
(W: 100 × H: 100 × D: 110 mm) with a heat sink.
• Snubber circuit and varistor are built-in.
• Operation indicator.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@@
1
2 3 4 5 6 7
1. Basic Model Name
G3J:
Solid State Contactor
2. Load Power Supply
Blank:
AC output
3. Functions
T:
Soft-start/stop function
4. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
4:
400 VAC
5. Rated Load Current
17:
17.4 A (200-V models)
11:
11.1 A (200-V models)
05:
4.8 A (200-V models), 5.5 A (400-V models)
03:
2.4 A (400-V) models
6. Terminal Type
B:
Screw terminals
7. Zero Cross Function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
Soft-start/stop Solid State Contactors
G3J-T
99
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Number of
elements
Insulation method
3
Phototriac
Rated supply
voltage
Input method
Applicable motor
2.2 kW (5.5 A)
No-voltage input
(open and short-cir- 0.75 kW (2.4 A)
cuit input)
3.7 kW (17.4 A)
12 to 24 VDC
Model
380 to 400 VAC
G3J-T405BL
200 to 220 VAC
G3J-T217BL
G3J-T403BL
2.2 kW (11.1 A)
G3J-T211BL
0.75 kW (4.8 A)
G3J-T205BL
Note: When ordering, specify the rated supply voltage.
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Power Supply
Rated supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating voltage range
10.2 to 26.4 VDC
Current consumption
50 mA max. (at 12 to 24 VDC)
Operation Circuit
Input current
10 mA max. (at 12 to 24 VDC)
Input method
No-voltage input (short-circuiting and
opening inputs) (See note.)
Short-circuiting or opening terminals 1 and COM or 2 (+) and 1
SSR input turned ON:A maximum residual voltage of 2 V between short-circuited terminals
SSR input turned OFF:A maximum leakage current of 0.15 mA
Relay input: For minute signals
Note: Refer to page 115 for wiring examples.
Main Circuit
Item
G3J-T405BL
G3J-T403BL
G3J-T217BL
G3J-T211BL
G3J-T205BL
Rated load voltage
200 to 400 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Load voltage range
180 to 440 VAC (50/60 Hz)
180 to 264 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Rated carry current
5.5 A
(Ta = 40°C)
2.4 A
(Ta = 40°C)
17.4 A
(Ta = 40°C)
11.1 A
(Ta = 40°C)
4.8 A
(Ta = 40°C)
Min. load current
0.5 A
Peak-value current resistivity
220 A, 60 Hz,
1 cycle
96 A, 60 Hz,
1 cycle
500 A, 60 Hz,
1 cycle
350 A, 60 Hz,
1 cycle
150 A, 60 Hz,
1 cycle
Overload resistance
Refer to Engineering Data on page 105.
Closed current
(effective value)
AC3
55 A
24 A
174 A
111 A
48 A
AC4
66 A
28.8 A
208.8 A
133.2 A
57.6 A
Breaking current
(effective value)
AC3
44 A
19.2 A
139.2 A
88.8 A
38.4 A
AC4
55 A
24 A
174 A
111 A
48 A
Applicable load
3-phase inductive 380 to 400 VAC, 380 to 400 VAC, 200 to 220 VAC, 200 to 220 VAC, 200 to 220 VAC,
0.75 kW, 2.4 A
3.7 kW, 17.4 A
2.2 kW, 11.1 A
0.75 kW, 4.8 A
motor (AC3 AC4 2.2 kW, 5.5 A
AC53-a)
Motors passing the AC3-class, AC4-class, and AC53-a-class switching frequency test
(Ta = 40°C) under conditions specified by OMRON. Refer to Switching Frequency Test
Conditions on page 105.
Resistive load
200 to 400 VAC,
(AC1) (See note.) 5.5 A
200 to 400 VAC,
2.4 A
Note: No single-phase load can be connected.
100
Soft-start/stop Solid State Contactors G3J-T
200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 to 240 VAC,
17.4 A
200 to 240 VAC,
11.1 A
200 to 240 VAC,
4.8 A
■ Characteristics
Item
G3J-T405BL
G3J-T403BL
G3J-T217BL
G3J-T211BL
Ramp-up time
Set within a range from 1 to 25 s.
Ramp-down time
Set within a range from 1 to 25 s.
Starting torque
Set within a range from 200% to 450% In.
Output ON-voltage drop
1.8 VRMS max.
1.6 VRMS max.
Leakage current
20 mA max. (at 400 VAC)
10 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75–mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 294 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –20°C to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 70°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
730 g max.
Standards
UL508 File No. E64562
CSA22.2 No. 14 File No. LR35535
800 g max.
G3J-T205BL
730 g max.
Soft-start/stop Solid State Contactors
G3J-T
101
Soft-start Solid State Contactors
G3J-S
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Soft-start Function Starts Motors Smoothly
and Economically
• The soft-start function allows a smooth startup of motors by
holding down the starting current, and functions like an inverter.
• Harmonized protection with thermal overload relays complying
with IEC 947-4-1 (Class 10A/10); can be used like a standard
contactor.
• Conform to AC Class 3 (IEC947).
• Comply with UL, CSA, IEC, and JEM requirements.
• Mount with screws or to DIN tracks.
• Compact monoblock construction (W: 80 × H: 100 × D: 100 mm)
with a heat sink.
• Snubber circuit and varistor are built-in.
• Operation indicator.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@@
1
2 3 4 5 6 7
1. Basic Model Name
G3J:
Solid State Contactor
2. Load Power Supply
Blank:
AC output
3. Functions
S:
Soft-start function
4. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
4:
400 VAC
102
Soft-start Solid State Contactors
5. Rated Load Current
11:
11.1 A (200-V models)
05:
4.8 A (200-V models), 5.5 A (400-V models)
03:
2.4 A (400-V) models
6. Terminal Type
B:
Screw terminals
7. Zero Cross Function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
G3J-S
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Number of
elements
Insulation method
3
Phototriac
Rated supply
voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Input method
No-voltage input
(open and shortcircuit input)
Applicable motor
2.2 kW (5.5 A)
Model
380 to 400 VAC
G3J-S405BL
200 to 220 VAC
G3J-S211BL
0.75 kW (2.4 A)
G3J-S403BL
2.2 kW (11.1 A)
0.75 kW (4.8 A)
G3J-S205BL
Note: When ordering, specify the rated supply voltage.
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Power Supply
Rated supply voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating voltage range
10.2 to 26.4 VDC
Current consumption
100 mA max. (at 12 to 24 VDC)
Operation Circuit
Input current
10 mA max. (at 12 to 24 VDC)
Input method
No-voltage input (short-circuiting and
opening inputs) (See note.)
Short-circuiting or opening terminals 1 and COM or 2 (+) and 1
SSR input turned ON: A maximum residual voltage of 2 V between short-circuited terminals
SSR input turned OFF: A maximum leakage current of 0.15 mA
Relay input: For minute signals
Note: Refer to page 115 for wiring examples.
Main Circuit
Item
G3J-S405BL
G3J-S403BL
G3J-S211BL
G3J-S205BL
Rated load voltage
200 to 400 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Load voltage range
180 to 440 VAC (50/60 Hz)
180 to 264 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Rated carry current
5.5 A (Ta = 40°C)
2.4 A (Ta = 40°C)
11.1 A (Ta = 40°C)
4.8 A (Ta = 40°C)
Min. load current
0.5 A
Peak-value current resistivity
220 A, 60 Hz, 1 cycle
96 A, 60 Hz, 1 cycle
350 A, 60 Hz, 1 cycle
150 A, 60 Hz, 1 cycle
Overload resistance
Refer to Engineering Data on page 105.
Closed current
(effective value)
AC3
55 A
24 A
111 A
48 A
AC4
66 A
28.8 A
133.2 A
57.6 A
Breaking current
(effective value)
AC3
44 A
19.2 A
88.8 A
38.4 A
AC4
55 A
24 A
111 A
48 A
Applicable load
200 to 220 VAC, 2.2 kW, 200 to 220 VAC,
3-phase inductive 380 to 400 VAC, 2.2 kW, 380 to 400 VAC,
5.5 A
0.75 kW, 2.4 A
11.1 A
0.75 kW, 4.8 A
motor (AC3 AC4
AC53-a)
Motors passing the AC3-class, AC4-class, and AC53-a-class switching frequency test (Ta = 40°C)
under conditions specified by OMRON. Refer to Switching Frequency Test Conditions on page 105.
Resistive load
(AC1) (See note.)
200 to 400 VAC, 5.5 A
200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 to 400 VAC, 2.4 A
200 to 240 VAC, 11.1 A 200 to 240 VAC, 4.8 A
Note: No single-phase load can be connected.
Soft-start Solid State Contactors
G3J-S
103
■ Characteristics
Item
G3J-S405BL
G3J-S403BL
G3J-S211BL
Ramp-up time
Set within a range from 1 to 25 s.
Reset time
5/6 cycles of load power supply + 1 ms max.
Starting torque
Set within a range from 200% to 450% In.
Output ON-voltage drop
1.8 VRMS max.
1.6 VRMS max.
Leakage current
20 mA max. (at 400 VAC)
10 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75–mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 294 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –20°C to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 70°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
730 g max.
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E64562
CSA 22.2 No. 14 File No. LR35535
IEC947-4-2 File No. 96.2597.02
EMC
Emission
Emission
Immunity
AC mains
Electromagnetic
ESD
Immunity
Electromagnetic
Immunity
EFT
Immunity
Surge transient
Immunity
RF disturbance
104
IEC947-4-2, CISPR 11 Class A
IEC947-4-2, CISPR 11 Class A
IEC947-4-2, IEC801-2:
4 kV contact discharge
8 kV air discharge
IEC947-4-2, IEC1000-4-3
10 V/m (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
IEC947-4-2, IEC801-4:
2 kV AC power-signal line
IEC947-4-2, IEC1000-4-5
1 kV differential mode
2 kV common mode
IEC947-4-2, IEC/DIS1000-4-6
10 V (0.15 to 80 MHz)
Soft-start Solid State Contactors G3J-S
G3J-S205BL
Engineering Data
■ G3J, G3J-T, G3J-S
Load current Io (A)
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
G3J-T217BL
G3J-T211BL
G3J-S211BL
G3J-211BL
G3J-T405BL
G3J-S405BL
G3J-T205BL
G3J-S205BL
G3J-205BL
G3J-T403BL
G3J-S403BL
Ambient temperature Ta (°C)
Overload Current Resistivity
Operate time (s)
Operate time (s)
Conditions: 60 Hz, Ta of 25°C, non-repetitive (1/2 for repetitive)
There is harmonized protection
with thermal overload relays
conforming to IEC 947-4-1
(Class 10A/10) in this area.
(Dotted line: Hot start)
There is harmonized protection
with thermal overload relays
conforming to IEC 947-4-1
(Class 10A/10) in this area.
(Dotted line: Hot start)
G3J-S405BL
G3J-T405BL
G3J-T217BL
G3J-T205BL
G3J-S205BL
G3J-205BL
G3J-T211BL
G3J-S211BL
G3J-211BL
G3J-S403BL
G3J-T403BL
Overload current (Arms)
Overload current (Arms)
■ Switching Frequency Test Conditions (AC3/AC4/AC53-a)
AC3 Class (Immediate Start)
0.3 s
AC4 Class (Inching)
AC53-a: 6-6: 25-15
6s
0.45 s
1 min.
10 s
0.75 s
4 min.
10 s
Ie: Rated carry current
Ue: Rated load voltage (200/400 V)
Ie: Rated carry current
Ue: Rated load voltage (200/400 V)
Ie: Rated carry current
Ue: Rated load voltage (200/400 V)
The following Soft-start conditions apply.
The following Soft-start conditions apply.
Ramp-up time:
1s
Starting torque:
450% In
The following Soft-start conditions apply.
The following Soft-start/stop conditions
apply:
Ramp-up time:
1s
Ramp-down time: 1 s
Starting torque:
450% In
The following Soft-start/stop conditions
apply:
Ramp-up time:
1s
Starting torque:
450% In
The following Soft-start/stop conditions
apply:
Ramp-up time:
1s
Ramp-down time: 1 s
Starting torque:
450% In
Solid State Contactors
Ramp-up time:
Starting torque:
1s
450% In
Ramp-up time:
1s
Ramp-down time: 1 s
Starting torque:
450% In
G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S Common
105
■ Recommended Thermal Overload Performance
Operate time (s)
Overload Characteristics
1000
100
(1): Balanced operation, 3-phase, from cold state
(2): Balanced operation, 2-phase, from cold state
(3): Balanced operation, 3-phase, after a long period of set current flow (hot state).
10
(1)
(2)
1
(3)
1
10
Current (set current factor)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
■ Solid State Contactors
G3J-211BL
G3J-205BL
G3J-211BL-2
G3J-205BL-2
Mounting Holes
15.85
4.5 dia. or M4
34.9
72
90±0.2
54.5
89
37.1
50±0.2
Operation
indicator
100 max. 90
4.6 dia.
Two, M4 input terminals
50
89
7.6
4.6 x 5.6
elliptic hole
106
100 max.
5.5
13.2 13.2
80 max.
Solid State Contactors G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S
Six, M4
output terminals
Common
G3J-T211BL
G3J-T205BL
G3J-T405BL
G3J-T403BL
15.85
34.9
72
54.5
89
37.1
Operation
indicator
4.6 dia.
Two, M4 input terminals
50
Mounting Holes
4.5 dia. or M4
100 max. 90 89
90±0.2
7.6
Six, M4 output
terminals
100 max.
50±0.2
5.5
4.6 x 5.6
elliptic hole
13.2 13.2
80 max.
G3J-S211BL
G3J-S205BL
G3J-S405BL
G3J-S403BL
Operation
indicator
4.6 dia. Three, M4 input terminals
Starting torque adjustor
Ramp-up adjustor
Mounting Holes
4.5 dia. or M4
100 max.
4.6 x 5.6
elliptic hole
80 max.
100 max.
Ramp-down adjustor
Six, M4 output
terminals
Solid State Contactors
G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S Common
107
G3J-T217BL
Operation
indicator
4.6 dia. Three, M4 input terminals
Starting torque adjustor
Ramp-up adjustor
Mounting Holes
4.5 dia. or M4
100 max.
110 max.
100 max.
4.6 x 5.6
elliptic hole
108
Ramp-down adjustor
Six, M4 output
terminals
Solid State Contactors G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S
Common
Installation
■ Nomenclature
G3J
Output terminal
Operation indicator
Input terminal
Output terminal
G3J-T
Output terminal (power supply)
Operation indicator
Input terminal
Starting torque adjustor (Set to 200% In before shipping.)
Ramp-up adjustor (Set to 1 s before shipping.)
Ramp-down adjustor (Set to 1 s before shipping.)
Output terminal (load)
G3J-S
Output terminal (power supply)
Operation indicator
Input terminal
Starting torque adjustor (Set to 200% In before shipping.)
Ramp-up adjustor (Set to 1 s before shipping.)
Output terminal (load)
Solid State Contactors
G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S Common
109
■ Internal Connections
Simple 3-element Models
Simple 2-element Models
Three-phase load power supply
(200 to 220 VAC)
G3J-211BL
G3J-205BL
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
Input power supply
(100 to 240 VAC or
12 to 24 VDC)
Three-phase load power supply
(200 to 220 VAC)
G3J-211BL-2
G3J-205BL-2
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
Input power supply
(100 to 240 VAC or
12 to 24 VDC)
Operation
circuit
Main circuit
Thermal overload relay
Operation
circuit
Main circuit
Thermal overload relay
Three-phase induction motor (2.2 kW max.)
Three-phase induction motor (2.2 kW max.)
Soft-start/stop Models
Three-phase load power supply
(200 to 220 VAC or 380 to 400 VAC)
G3J-T217BL
G3J-T211BL
G3J-T205BL
G3J-T405BL
G3J-T403BL
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
Starting torque adjuster
Ramp-up adjuster
Ramp-down adjuster
External power supply
12 to 24 VDC
Internal constant supply voltage
Zero-cross
sensing
7 VDC
Non-voltage input
7 VDC
NPN- and PNPcompatible input circuit
Soft-start/stop
control circuit
Main circuit
Thermal overload relay
Three-phase induction motor (3.7 kW max.)
110
Solid State Contactors G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S
Common
Soft-start Models
Three-phase load power supply
(200 to 220 VAC or 380 to 400 VAC)
G3J-S211BL
G3J-S205BL
G3J-S405BL
G3J-S403BL
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
Ramp-up
adjustor
Internal supply
voltage
External power supply
12 to 24 VDC
Starting torque
adjustor
Zero-cross
sensing
Contact input
NPN- and
PNPcompatible
input
circuit
Soft start
control circuit
Main circuit
Thermal
overload relay
Three-phase induction motor
(2.2 kW max.)
Solid State Contactors
G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S Common
111
Forward/Reverse Rotation: Example 1
G3J-S or G3J-T with a Reversible Contactor with Built-in Mechanical Interlock Function
[email protected] or [email protected]
Three-phase, 200 to 220 VAC (380 to 400 VAC)
Fuse or nonfuse breaker
Switch for reverse rotation
Forward
rotation
Reverse rotation
Switch for forward rotation
ACE
12 to 24 VDC
G3J-S
Thermal overload relay
Motor
Note: 1. Be sure to use a fuse or non-fuse breaker to protect the G3J.
2. Make sure that the interval between forward and reverse operations is at least 100 ms.
3. Be sure to apply the input signal of the G3F-S after the reversible contactor starts operating. If the input signal is applied before the
contactor starts operating, the soft-start function may not operate.
112
Solid State Contactors G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S
Common
G3J-S or G3J-T
Three-phase, 200 to 220 VAC (380 to 400 VAC)
Fuse or non-fuse breaker
Forward
rotation
Reverse rotation
Reversible contactor
PLC relaysequential
timer circuit
G3J-T
PLC relaysequential
timer circuit
24 VDC
Thermal
overload
relay
Motor
For soft-stop control, the G3J-T has enough load current to continue rotating the motor during ramp-down time setting even after the control signal
of the G3J-T is tuned OFF. Therefore, a time lag is required between the time when the G3J-T stops operating up to the time when the reversible
contactor is turned OFF. The ramp-down time of the G3J-T is adjustable up to approximately 25 s max. Therefore, set the time lag to 25 s in the
initial sequence during the adjustment stage. Adjust the time lag of the sequential circuit according to the application.
Forward rotation
Reversible signal
Reverse rotation
G3J-T control signal
Forward rotation
Contactor control signal
Soft-stop time lag
Reverse rotation
Soft-stop time lag
Note: Make sure that the interval between forward and reverse operations is at least 100 ms. If the G3J is turned ON by noise input, short-circuiting
between phases will result. In order to prevent this, insert a protective resistor.
!WARNING
Do not use two G3J-S or G3J-T Units together in reversible
operation.
Solid State Contactors
G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S Common
113
Forward/Reverse Rotation: Example 2
Simple G3J Model with G36 Reversible Unit
Three-phase, 200 to 220 VAC
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
AC input
G3J
(reverse rotation)
G3J
(forward rotation)
G36
R
R
Thermal relay
Motor
Note: 1.
2.
3.
4.
Be sure to use a fuse or non-fuse breaker to protect the G3J.
The G36 can only be used with simple DC-input G3J models at the rated operating voltage.
The G36 operates when the COM and IF (IR, STOP) terminals are connected.
Make sure that the interval between forward and reverse operations is at least 100 ms. If the G3J turns ON erroneously due to, for
example, noise to inputs, an interphase short-circuit will occur. To prevent accidents due to short-circuits, install a protective resistance R.
To prevent accidents due to short-circuits, install a protective
resistance R. Refer to the table below for the formula for calculating
R.
Example: G3J-205BL
The peak-value current resistivity for the G3J-205BL is 150 A and so
R must satisfy the following:
R > 200 V×
2 /150 A = 1.9 Ω
Taking the circuit current and ON time into consideration, install R on
the side with less power consumption.
The power consumption P of the resistance can be calculated using
the following:
P = I2R × safety coefficient
(I = load current; R = protective resistance; Safety coefficient = 4)
Approximate Values for R
Model
Applicable motor
R
G3J-205BL(-2)
0.75 kW
2Ω, 100 W
G3J-211BL(-2)
1.5 kW
1Ω, 200 W
G3J-211BL(-2)
2.2 kW
1Ω, 400 W
114
Solid State Contactors G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S
Common
■ Connections Example
Harmonized protection is ensured for motor overcurrents.
Be sure to supply power to the G3J through a fuse or non-fuse breaker to protect the G3J from damage due to short-circuiting.
Simple DC-input Models
Simple DC-input Models
Simple AC-input Models
[email protected], [email protected]
[email protected], [email protected]
[email protected], [email protected]
Three-phase, 200 to 220 VAC
Three-phase, 200 to 220 VAC
Three-phase, 200 to 220 VAC
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
12 to 24 VDC
G3J
G3J
G3J
12 to 24 VDC
100 to 240 VAC
Thermal
overload relay
Thermal
overload relay
Thermal
overload relay
Motor
Motor
Motor
Soft-start/Soft-start/stop Models
[email protected], [email protected]
Three-phase, 200 to 220 VAC
(380 to 400 VAC)
Three-phase, 200 to 220 VAC
(380 to 400 VAC)
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
12 to 24 VDC
G3J
G3J
12 to 24 VDC
Thermal overload
relay
Motor
Thermal overload
relay
Motor
Note: 1. When the minimum applicable load of the thermal relay auxiliary contacts becomes smaller than the input current of the G3J, insert a
bleeder resistance.
2. Connect the thermal relay NC contact to the 2 (+) or COM (–) line. Connecting the thermal relay NC contact to the 1 input will cause
contact failure.
Solid State Contactors
G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S Common
115
Self-hold Circuits
[email protected], [email protected]
[email protected], [email protected]
Three-phase, 200 to 220 VAC
(380 to 400 VAC)
Three-phase, 200 to 220 VAC
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
Fuse or non-fuse
breaker
DPST-NO relay
12 to 24 VDC
12 to 24 VDC
G3J
G3J
Thermal
overload relay
Thermal
overload relay
Motor
Motor
Note: Be sure to use a fuse or non-fuse breaker to protect the G3J.
■ Fuse Selection
The following table shows the I2t (60 Hz half-wave 1 cyc) values for G3J models.
I2t
Model
G3J-T217BL
2,660A s
G3J-S211BL
G3J-T211BL
1,260A2s
G3J-S205BL
G3J-T205BL
121A2s
G3J-S405BL
G3J-T405BL
260A2s
G3J-S403BL
G3J-T403BL
260A2s
2
When selecting a fuse to protect a G3J, use a quick-breaking fuse for semiconductor protection that satisfies the following condition:
fuse’s I2t < G3J’s I2t.
116
Solid State Contactors G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S
Common
Operation
■ Soft-Start/Stop (Function of G3J-T)
The G3J-T is a solid state contactor that smoothly starts and stops
machines and equipment connected to power supplies without
damaging the machines, equipment, or power supplies.
Soft-start Time
The voltage imposed on the motor increases while ignition α is
gradually reduced, thus gradually increasing the rotation speed of
the motor.
Ramp-up Time
Ramp-up time is a period required for ignition α to become zero
degrees with a 100% voltage imposed on the motor.
Starting Torque
Starting torque is determined by the value of ignition α immediately
after the input signal is turned ON.
Soft-stop Time
The voltage imposed on the motor decreases while ignition α is
gradually increased, thus gradually decreasing the rotation speed of
the motor.
Ramp-down Time
Ramp-down time is a period required for ignition α to become
180 degrees with a 0% voltage imposed on the motor.
Soft-start/stop Characteristics
Input OFF
Input ON
Input voltage
100% supply voltage
100%
Starting torque
Starting torque:
200% In to 450% In
Supply voltage 0%
Soft-start time
(see note 1)
Rated rotation speed
Soft-stop time
(see note 1)
Rated rotation speed
Rotation speed 0 rpm
0A
Motor load current
(The waveform will be deformed by the L of the motor.)
α
Rated current
Ramp-up time: 1 to 25 s
(See note 2)
Ramp-down time: 1 to 25 s
Note: 1. In addition to starting torque, ramp-up time, and ramp-down time, the soft-start time and soft-stop time vary with the load characteristics
such as the inertia and friction factor of the load. Therefore, the soft-start time or soft-stop time will not increase beyond a certain point.
2. Due to the soft-stop control characteristics, the load current continues flowing even after the motor stops. Set to the optimum value
according to the adjustment steps.
Solid State Contactors
G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S Common
117
■ Soft-start/stop Setting Method
Adjuster
Adjustment Steps
Starting Torque Setting with the Starting
Torque Adjuster
The starting torque of a motor can be set within a range from 200%
to 450% In provided that the starting torque is 600% In when the
motor is started at full voltage, which allows optimum motor control
without any time lag at the time the motor starts.
200%
450%
INITIAL
TORQUE
Set with a Phillips or
flat-blade screwdriver.
Further Adjustment or Arrangement
Ramp-up Time Setting with the Ramp-up
Adjuster
The ramp-up time of a motor can be set within a range from 1 to 25 s,
with which the soft-start time of the motor is adjusted until the motor
rotates at full speed.
RAMP
UP
1. Start and stop the motor with the factory settings.
Ramp-up adjuster: 1 s
Starting torque adjuster: 200% In
Ramp-down adjuster: 1 s
2. If the motor does not rotate smoothly, increase the starting torque.
3. Gradually increase the ramp-up time to adjust the start time.
4. Gradually increase the ramp-down time to adjust the stop time.
5. The soft-start time or soft-stop time will not increase beyond a
certain point (depend on load). Do not set the ramp-up time or
ramp-down time beyond this point.
1. Increase the starting torque if the motor does not start with a long
soft-start time.
2. To start normally (i.e., not using soft-start) use a simple G3J
model.
Set with a Phillips or
flat-blade screwdriver.
Ramp-down Time Setting with the Rampdown Adjuster
The ramp-down time of a motor can be set within a range from 1 to
25 s, with which the soft-stop time of the motor is adjusted until the
motor decelerates to a stop.
RAMP
DOWN
118
Set with a Phillips or
flat-blade screwdriver.
Solid State Contactors G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S
Common
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Mounting
Vertical Mounting
Power Supply to Soft-start and Softstart/stop Models
Perform operation input to the Soft-start type or Soft-start/stop type
only after the power supply has sufficiently stabilized to achieve
stable soft-start operation.
Wiring
Make sure that each wire connected to the G3J is thick enough for
the current flow.
Output terminals T1, T2, and T3 may be charged even if power
supply to the G3J is off. An electric shock may occur by touching the
terminals.
Supply power to the G3J through a breaker.
Be sure to shut off power supply to the G3J before wiring, otherwise
an electric shock may occur.
Do not wire any cable connected to the G3J alongside power or hightension lines in the same conduit. Doing so may cause the G3J to
malfunction or break down due to induction noise.
Horizontal Mounting
Note: When the G3J is mounted horizontally, the load current
must be 50% of the rated load current if the G3J is used
at a temperature exceeding 40°C.
Close Mounting
15 mm
60 mm
Note: Minimum distances of 15 mm horizontally and 60 mm
vertically are required between adjacent G3Js with
thermal overload relays.
Thermal overload relays can be directly attached or
separated for use.
Harmonized Protection with Thermal
Relay
The G3J enables harmonized protection with thermal overload relays
complying with IEC947-4-1 (Class 10A/10).
When using the G3J with the thermal overload relay, set the steady
current of the thermal overload relay to a value lower than the current
value at 100% motor load (approx. 80% or less of the rated current of
G3J).
Solid State Contactors
G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S Common
119
System Protection
Tightening Screw
The system will be safer by inserting a contactor into the power line
of the G3J to shut off power supply to the G3J as shown in the
following diagram.
Tighten each screw of the G3J securely so that the G3J will not
malfunction.
Three-phase, 200 to 220 VAC or
200 to 400 VAC
Appropriate tightening torque: 1.2 N·m
Operating Conditions
Make sure that no current exceeding the rated current will flow into
the G3J, otherwise the G3J may generate excessive heat.
Make sure that there is no excess ambient temperature rise due to
the heat generation of the G3J. If the G3J is mounted inside a panel,
install a fan to ventilate the interior of the panel properly.
Fuse, non-fuse
breaker, etc.
Contactor,
etc.
Power Supply to G3J with Soft-start or
Soft-start/stop Function
12 to 24 VDC
Use the soft-start or soft-start/stop function of the [email protected]/[email protected] after
power supply to the [email protected]/[email protected] is stabilized so that the [email protected] /
[email protected] will be in stable soft-start or soft-start/stop operation.
G3J
NPN
Thermal overload relay
Motor
• Do not operate motors that exceed the allowable capacity with
contactors connected in parallel. Doing so may result in
malfunction.
G3J
2.2
M
2 kW G3J
3.7 kW
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. J136-E1-03
120
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Contactors G3J/G3J-T/G3J-S
Common
Solid State Relays with Failure Detection Function
G3PC
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Detects failures in SSR used for heater
temperature control and simultaneously
outputs alarm signal. This SSR supports the
safe design of heater control systems, and
contributes to maintenance improvements
by the user.
• Main detection items:
SSR short-circuits and SSR open-circuits
• Alarm output possible to NPN/PNP-input devices.
• The failure-detection function is built-in and power is supplied
from the main circuit power supply making wiring simple.
• Slim design (width: 22.5 mm) incorporating a heat sink.
• In addition to screw mounting, DIN track mounting is also
possible.
• Certified by EC, UL, and CSA.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@[email protected]
1
2 3 4
5
1. Basic Model Name
G3PC:
SSR with Failure Detection Function
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
100 to 240 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
20:
20 A (carry current)
4. Terminal Type
B:
Screw terminals
5. Certification
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE
Solid State Relays with Failure Detection Function
G3PC
121
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Insulation method
Zero cross function
Phototriac coupler
Yes
Indicators
Rated output load
Yes
(See page 126)
20 A, 100 to 240 VAC
(resistive load: AC, Class1)
Model number
G3PC-220B-VD
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Name
Dimensions
Model number
50 cm (l) × 7.3 mm (t)
Mounting Track
PFP-50N
1 m (l) × 7.3 mm (t)
PFP-100N
1 m (l) × 16 mm (t)
PFP-100N2
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Detection Power Supply
Main Circuit
Rated power supply voltage
100 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Rated load voltage
100 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Operating voltage range
75 to 264 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Operating voltage range
75 to 264 VDC (50/60 Hz)
Current consumption
15 mA AC max. (at 200 VAC)
Rated carry current
20 A (Ta = 40)
Minimum load current
0.1 A
Operating Circuit
Input method
Voltage input
Rated input voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating input voltage
range
9.6 to 30 VDC
Must operate voltage
9.6 VDC max.
Inrush current resistance (peak value)
220 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
Permissible (I2t)
260 A2s
Applicable load
(with Class-1 AC resistive load)
4 kW (at 200 VAC)
Alarm Output
Must release voltage
1 VDC min.
Output OFF collector voltage
30 VDC max.
Input current
7 mA DC max. (at rated input voltage)
Maximum carry current
0.1 A
Output form
Independent NPN open collector
■ Characteristics
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
Main circuit
Alarm output
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V rms max.
OFF leakage current
10 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
Output ON voltage drop
1.5 V max.
OFF leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to10 Hz, 0.35-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 294 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: -20 to 60°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: -30 to 70°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 300 g
Certified standards
UL508, CSA22.2 No. 14, EN60947-4-3 (IEC947-4-3); Certified by VDE
122
Solid State Relays with Failure Detection Function G3PC
EMC
Emission
Immunity
ESD
Immunity
Electromagnetic
Immunity
EFT
Immunity
Surge transient
Immunity
RF disturbance
Immunity
Dips
EN55011 Group 1 Class B
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-2
4 kV contact discharge
8 kV air discharge
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-3
10 V/m (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-4
2 kV AC power-signal line
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-5
2 kV
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-6
10 V (0.15 to 80 MHz)
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-11
Engineering Data
Ta = +25°C
8
The figure will be less than 1/2 the rated
value for repetitive input.
25
20
Input impedance
6
15
4
One Cycle Surge Current:
Non-repetitive
Inrush current (A. Peak)
10
Load Current vs.
Ambient Temperature
Load current (A)
Input impedance (kΩ)
Input current (mA)
Input Voltage vs. Input
Current
Input Voltage vs. Input
Impedance
250
200
150
10
100
5
50
Input current
2
0
0
10
20
30
40
Input voltage (V)
-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
Ambient temperature (˚C)
0
10
30 50
100
300 500 1,000 3,000 5,000
Energized time (ms)
Solid State Relays with Failure Detection Function
G3PC
123
Operation
■ Failure Detection Function
Conditions for SSR Failure Detection
Failure mode
(See note 1.)
Operating input (between
terminals A1 and A2)
Detection time
Alarm display
(See note 3.)
SSR short-circuit
OFF
0.5 s max. (See note 2.)
Red
Open collector transistor
output
SSR half-wave short-circuit OFF
SSR open-circuit
Alarm display (between
terminals X1 and X2)
(See note 3.)
ON
SSR half-wave open-circuit ON
Note: 1. The contents of each of the above failure modes is as follows:
SSR short-circuit: SSR output circuit remains in the ON state.
SSR half-wave short-circuit: SSR output circuit remains in the ON state in one direction.
SSR open-circuit: SSR output circuit remains in the OFF state.
SSR half-wave open-circuit: SSR output circuit remains in the OFF state in one direction.
In addition to the failure modes listed above, detection of circuit disconnections for the load circuit is also possible. (As a rough guide,
circuit disconnection will be detected if the load impedance is greater than or equal to 1 MΩ.)
2. The same power supply is used for both the detection and for the output circuit and so detection is not performed during power
interruptions.
3. If power supply (terminal 3) is in the open state, the SSR will still turn ON and OFF in the same way but the failure detection function and
alarm display will not operate properly.
Connection Diagrams (Main Circuit)
The following diagrams show the applicable load connection configurations for SSR failure detection.
Single Phase
G3PC
3-phase Star
Connection
G3PC
3-phase Delta
Connection (3-phase,
2-wire Switching)
G3PC
G3PC
G3PC
G3PC
3-phase V
Connection
G3PC
G3PC
Heater
er
at
He
er
at
He
r
at
e
He
er
at
er
at
He
er
at
He
He
Heater
Heater
Note: With 3-phase connection, so that the power supply voltage is applied between the G3PC’s terminals 1/L1 and 3, connect the desired phase
to terminal 3.
Timing Chart
SSR failure detection
SSR ON normally
Main circuit power
supply (load side)
SSR OFF normally
SSR short-circuit
Reset (See note.)
SSR open-circuit
Circuit disconnection detection on the load side
Reset (See note.)
Load circuit disconnection
Reset (See note.)
Operating input
(between terminals
A1 and A2)
Input LED
(yellow)
Load current
RDY/ALM LED
(Green:
; Red:
)
Alarm output
(between terminals
X1 and X2)
Note: After failure detection, if the detection conditions differ to the conditions given under Conditions for SSR Failure Detection, alarm output is
reset.
124
Solid State Relays with Failure Detection Function G3PC
Dimensions
G3PC-220B-VD
Mounting Holes
22.5 max.
Tow, 4.6 dia.
130 max.
1
Terminal cover
114.4
Three, 4.5 dia. or M4
13.5
68
100 max.
90±0.2 80
8.5x3
90±0.3
4.6x5.6 elliptic hole
Note The above diagram is
for when the terminal
cover is open.
84.2
13±0.3
Note The above diagram is
for when the terminal
cover is closed.
Accessories (Order Separately)
Mounting Tracks
PFP-100N, PFP-50N
PFP-100N2
16
7.3±0.15
4.5
35±0.3
25
25
15 25 10 25
1,000(500)
(500) 10
1,000
(seenote)
note)
(see
27±0.15
15 (5)
(see note)
4.5
35±0.3 27 24
15 25
10
25
25
1,000
10
25 15
1
29.2
1.5
Note Values in parentheses indicate dimensions for the
PFP-50N.
Solid State Relays with Failure Detection Function
G3PC
125
Installation
■ External Specifications
Appearance
Terminal Arrangement
Terminal name
Terminal number
Main circuit terminals 1/L1, 2/T1
(output)
1/L1
Screw size
M4
3
RDY/ALM
Detection power sup- 3
ply terminal (input)
A1(IN+)
Operating circuit terminals (input)
A1, A2
Alarm output terminals (output)
X1, X2
INPUT
A2(IN−)
M3.5
X1(ALM+)
X2(ALM−)
2/T1
Indicators
Name
Symbol
Status indicators
Input indicator
Color
Meaning
RDY
Green
SSR normal
ALM
Red
SSR failure detection
and circuit
disconnection
detection
INPUT
Yellow
Operating
Note: The same indicator is used as both the power supply indicator
and the alarm indicator.
■ Connection Example
(See note 1.)
Display Labels
L1
1
AC
3
Voltage output for Temperature
Controller, sequencer
A1
12 to 24
VDC
IN
A2
X1
Input for Temperature
Controller, sequencer
ALM
X2
30 VDC
min.
2
T1
(See note 2.)
Heater
Note: 1. If the detection power supply terminal (terminal 3) is not connected, failure detection is not performed and so be sure to connect this
terminal.
2. If the load is connected to terminal 1/L1, failure detection may not operate correctly and so connect the load to terminal 2/T1.
3. With inductive loads (relay coil, etc.), connect back-current prevention diodes to both sides of the load.
126
Solid State Relays with Failure Detection Function G3PC
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Wiring
• When using crimp terminals, observe the terminal clearances
shown below.
Main Circuit Power Supply Operating Input/Alarm Output
(Terminals 1 to 3)
(Terminals A1, A2, X1, and X2)
Mounting Method
10
7.0
DIN Track Mounting
When mounting to a DIN track, mount the G3PC until it clicks into
place, otherwise it become loose during use and fall. Fix both ends
with end plates.
12.4
10
M3.5
Panel Mounting
When mounting directly to a panel, observe the following conditions:
Screw diameter: M4
Tightening torque: 0.98 to 1.47 N·m
Horizontal Mounting
Tightening Torque
Vertical direction
Vertical Mounting
• Make sure that all lead wires are of a thickness appropriate for the
current.
• The output terminals are charged, and touching them may result in
electric shock, even when the G3PC is OFF. Separate the outputs
from the power supply by installing a circuit-breaker at a higher
level in the circuit.
Be sure to tighten the screws to the specified torques given below.
Not doing so may result in malfunction.
Terminal number
Panel
Panel
Note: Use the G3PC at a load current of 50% of the rated load current
when it is mounted horizontally.
Screw terminal
diameter
Tightening torque
A1, A2, X1, X2
M3.5
0.59 to 1.18 N·m
1/L1, 2/T1, 3
M4
0.98 to 1.47 N·m
Close Mounting
Wiring duct
5 mm
80 mm min.
Wiring duct
80 mm min.
Note: Use the G3PC at a load current of 80% of the rated load current
when it is mounted side by side.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. J127-E1-03
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays with Failure Detection Function
G3PC
127
Solid State Relays (Single-phase)
G3PB
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
New Single-phase Solid State Relays with
Compact Size for Heater Control
• Slim models with a thickness of only 22.5 mm are also available.
• Compact design achieved by optimizing heat sink shape.
• DIN track mounting possible in addition to screw mounting.
• Comply with EN60947-4-3 (IEC947-4-3) UL508, and
CSA22.2 No. 14, and bear CE marking.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@[email protected]@[email protected]
1
2 3 4
5 6
7
1. Basic Model Name
G3PB:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
15:
15 A
25:
25 A
35:
35 A
45:
45 A
4. Terminal Type
B:
Screw terminals
5. Single-phase/3-phase and Number of Elements for 3-phase
Blank:
Single-phase models
6. Single-phase Type
Blank:
DIN track mounting and built-in heat sink
7. Certification
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE
128
Solid State Relays (Single-phase)
G3PB
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation method
Phototriac coupler
Zero cross
function
Yes
Operation
indicator
Yes (yellow)
Rated input
voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Rated output load
Model number
15 A, 100 to 240 VAC
G3PB-215B-VD 12 to 24 VDC
25 A, 100 to 240 VAC
G3PB-225B-VD 12 to 24 VDC
35 A, 100 to 240 VAC
G3PB-235B-VD 12 to 24 VDC
45 A, 100 to 240 VAC
G3PB-245B-VD 12 to 24 VDC
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Mounting Track
50 cm (1) x 7.3 mm (t)
PFP-50N
1 m (1) x 7.3 mm (t)
PFP-100N
1 m (1) x 16 mm (t)
PFP-100N2
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Item
Common
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating voltage range
9.6 to 30 VDC
Rated input current
7 mA max.
Must operate voltage
9.6 VDC max.
Must release voltage
1 VDC min.
Insulation method
Phototriac
Operation indicator
Yellow LED
Output
Item
G3PB-215B-VD
G3PB-225B-VD
G3PB-235B-VD
Rated load voltage
100 to 240 VAC
Load voltage range
75 to 264 VAC
Applicable load current (See note.)
0.1 to 15 A
0.1 to 25 A
0.5 to 35 A
Inrush current resistance (peak value)
150 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
220 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
440 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
Permissible I2t
(half 60-Hz wave)
260 A2s
260 A2s
2,660 A2s
Applicable load
(with Class-1 AC resistive load)
3 kW max.
(at 200 VAC)
5 kW max.
(at 200 VAC)
7 kW max.
(at 200 VAC)
G3PB-245B-VD
0.5 to 45 A
9 kW max.
(at 200 VAC)
Note: The applicable load current varies depending on the ambient temperature. For details, refer to Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature in
Engineering Data.
Solid State Relays (Single-phase)
G3PB
129
■ Characteristics
Item
G3PB-215B-VD
G3PB-225B-VD
G3PB-235B-VD
G3PB-245B-VD
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
10 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375-mm single amplitude (Mounted to DIN track)
Shock resistance
Destruction: 294 m/s2 (DIN track mounting)
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E64562
CSA22.2 No. 14 File No. LR35535
IEC947-4-3 File No. 6825 UG
Weight
Approx. 240 g
130
–30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Solid State Relays (Single-phase) G3PB
Approx. 240 g
Approx. 400 g
Approx. 400 g
Engineering Data
G3PB-215B-VD
G3PB-225B-VD
G3PB-235B-VD
G3PB-245B-VD
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
G3PB-225B-VD
G3PB-245B-VD
G3PB-235B-VD
G3PB-215B-VD
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Close Mounting (3 Relays, 8 Relays)
G3PB-225B-VD
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3PB-215B-VD
3 Relays
3 Relays
8 Relays
8 Relays
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
G3PB-245B-VD
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3PB-235B-VD
3 Relays
8 Relays
Ambient temperature (°C)
3 Relays
8 Relays
Ambient temperature (°C)
Close Mounting Example
DIN track
Solid State Relays (Single-phase)
G3PB
131
Input impedance (kΩ)
Input current (mA)
Input Voltage vs. Input Current and Input Voltage vs. Input Impedance
Input current
Input impedance
Input voltage (V)
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Note: Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.
Energized time (ms)
132
G3PB-225B-VD
G3PB-235B-VD
G3PB-245B-VD
Inrush current
Inrush current
Inrush current
G3PB-215B-VD
Energized time (ms)
Solid State Relays (Single-phase) G3PB
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G3PB-215B-VD
G3PB-225B-VD
Two, 4.6 dia.
Two, M4
68
100 max. 90±0.2 80
24
Two, M3.5
4.5
13±0.2
4.2
6.3
Elliptical hole: 4.6 x 5.6
22.5 max.
Note: Without terminal cover.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Circuit Diagram
Note: With terminal cover.
Mounting Holes
(+)
1
13±0.3
Input side
90±0.3
Input circuit
88.6
83.2
Trigger circuit
100 max.
Output side
A1
A2
2
Three, 4.5 dia. or M4
G3PB-235B-VD
G3PB-245B-VD
)−(
4.6 dia.
Two, M5
68
100 max. 90±0.2 80
24
Two, M3.5
13.4
6.1
Elliptical hole: 4.6 x 5.6
4.5
25±0.2
44.5 max.
Note: Without terminal cover.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Circuit Diagram
Note: With terminal cover.
Mounting Holes
1
25±0.3
(+)
Input side
90±0.3
88.6
Input circuit
83.2
Trigger circuit
100 max.
Output side
A1
A2
Two, 4.5 dia. or M4
2
)−(
Solid State Relays (Single-phase)
G3PB
133
Accessories (Order Separately)
Mounting Tracks
PFP-100N, PFP-50N
PFP-100N2
16
7.3±0.15
4.5
35±0.3
15 25 10 25
25
25
10
1,000 (500)
(see note)
4.5
27±0.15
15 (5)
(see note)
Note: Values in parentheses indicate dimensions for the
PFP-50N.
134
Solid State Relays (Single-phase) G3PB
35±0.3 27 24
15 25
10
25
25
1,000
10
25 15
1
29.2
1.5
Safety Precautions
Relationship between SSRs and Ducts
Countermeasure 1
Mounting surface
Vertical mounting
Vertical Mounting
G3PB
Vertical
direction
→
Mounting Method
Countermeasure 2
50 mm max.
(A height of no more
than half
the SSR's
height is
recommended)
Duct or
airflow
obstruction
G3PB
G3PB
Airflow
Mounting surface
Duct Height
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Mounting surface
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Duct or
airflow
obstruction
Panel
Do not surround the SSR
with ducts, otherwise
the heat radiation of the
SSR will be adversely
affected.
Horizontal Mounting
Use short ducts.
If the ducts cannot be
shortened, place the
SSR on a metal
base so that it is not
surrounded by the
ducts.
Ventilation
Be aware of air flow
Duct or air flow
obstruction
Panel
Note: Make sure that the load current is 50% of the rated load current
when the G3PB is mounted horizontally.
Ventilation
outlet
G3PB
G3PB
G3PB
Close Mounting
Air inlet
SSR Mounting Pitch
If the air inlet or air outlet has a filter, clean the filter regularly to
prevent it from clogging and ensure an efficient flow of air.
Panel Mounting
Between duct or
airflow
obstruction
and SSR
Duct or airflow obstruction
SSR
60 mm min.
A heat exchanger, if used, should be located in front of the SSR
Units to ensure the efficiency of the heat exchanger.
Please reduce the ambient temperature of SSRs.
The rated load current of an SSR is measured at an ambient
temperature of 25 or 40 °C.
Mounting direction
Host and
slave
Vertical direction
30 mm min.
80 mm min.
Close
mounting
Do not locate any objects around the air inlet or air outlet, otherwise
the objects may obstruct the proper ventilation of the control panel.
10 mm min.
An SSR uses a semiconductor in the output element. This causes
the temperature inside the control panel to increase due to heating
resulting from the passage of electrical current through the load. To
restrict heating, attach a fan to the ventilation outlet or air inlet of the
control panel to ventilate the panel. This will reduce the ambient
temperature of the SSRs and thus increase reliability. (Generally,
each 10 °C reduction in temperature will double the expected life.)
Load current (A)
15 A
Required number of fans 0.23
per SSR
25 A
0.39
35 A
0.54
45 A
0.70
Example: For 10 SSRs with load currents of 20 A,
0.23 x 10 = 2.3
Thus, 3 fans would be required.
Size of fans: 92 mm2, Air volume: 0.7 m3/min,
Ambient temperature of control panel: 30 °C
If there are other instruments that generate heat in the control
panel other than SSRs, additional ventilation will be required.
Solid State Relays (Single-phase)
G3PB
135
Wiring
• When using crimp terminals, refer to the terminal clearances shown
below.
Output Terminal Section
(Single-phase Models)
15-A and
25-A Models
Input Terminal Section
35-A and
45-A Models
10
7.0
13
12.4
10
12.9
M4 (15 A, 25 A)
M5 (35 A, 45 A)
M3.5
• Make sure that all lead wires are appropriate for the current.
• Output terminals are charged even when the Relay is turned OFF.
Touching the terminals may result in electric shock. To isolate the
Relay from the power supply, install an appropriate circuit breaker
between the power supply and the Relay.
Be sure to turn OFF the power supply before wiring the Relay.
Tightening Torque
• Refer to the following and be sure to tighten each screw of the
Relay to the specified torque in order to prevent the Relay from
malfunctioning.
Item
Screw terminal
diameter
Tightening torque
Input terminal
M3.5
0.8 N·m
Output terminal
M4
1.2 N·m
M5
2.0 N·m
136
Solid State Relays (Single-phase) G3PB
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction)
G3PB
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Space and working time saved with new heat
sink construction. Series now includes
480-VAC models to allow use in a greater
range of applications.
• A comprehensive lineup that now includes 480-VAC models.
• Slim design with 3-phase output and built-in heat sinks.
• New heat sink construction with smaller mounting section.
• DIN track mounting supported as standard. (Screw mounting is
also possible.)
• Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@[email protected]@[email protected]
1
2 3 4
5 6
7
1. Basic Model Name
G3PB:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
5:
480 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
15:
15 A
25:
25 A
35:
35 A
45:
45 A
4. Terminal Type
B:
Screw terminals
5. Single-phase/3-phase and Number of Elements for 3-phase
2:
3-phase, 2-element models
3:
3-phase, 3-element models
6. 3-phase Type
N:
DIN track mounting and built-in heat sink
7. Certification
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction)
G3PB
137
Ordering Information
■ List of Models (Built-in Heat Sinks)
Applicable
phase
3
Main circuit voltage
100 to 240 VAC
Zero cross
function
Yes
200 to 480 VAC
Applicable heater capacity (with
Class-1 AC resistive load)
5.1 kW max. (15 A)
3
Model
G3PB-215B-3N-VD
2
G3PB-215B-2N-VD
8.6 kW max. (25 A)
3
G3PB-225B-3N-VD
2
G3PB-225B-2N-VD
12.1 kW max. (35 A)
3
G3PB-235B-3N-VD
2
G3PB-235B-2N-VD
15.5 kW max. (45 A)
3
G3PB-245B-3N-VD
2
G3PB-245B-2N-VD
12.5 kW max. (15 A)
3
G3PB-515B-3N-VD
2
G3PB-515B-2N-VD
20.7 kW max. (25 A)
3
G3PB-525B-3N-VD
2
G3PB-525B-2N-VD
29.0 kW max. (35 A)
3
G3PB-535B-3N-VD
2
G3PB-535B-2N-VD
37.4 kW max. (45 A)
3
G3PB-545B-3N-VD
2
G3PB-545B-2N-VD
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
138
Number of
poles
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction) G3PB
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Operating Circuit (Common)
Item
Common
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating voltage range
9.6 to 30 VDC
Rated input current (Impedance)
10 mA max. (at 24 VDC)
Must operate voltage
9.6 VDC max.
Must release voltage
1 VDC min.
Insulation method
Phototriac coupler
Operation indicator
Yellow LED
Main Circuit of Models with Built-in Heat Sinks
Item
G3PB215B3N-VD
G3PB215B2N-VD
G3PB225B3N-VD
G3PB225B2N-VD
G3PB235B3N-VD
Rated load voltage
100 to 240 VAC
Load voltage range
75 to 264 VAC
Applicable load current
(See note.)
0.2 to 15 A
0.2 to 25 A
0.5 to 35 A
Inrush current resistance
(peak value)
150 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
220 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
440 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
Permissible I2t
(half 60-Hz wave)
260 A2s
2,660 A2s
2,660 A2s
Item
G3PB515B3N-VD
Rated load voltage
200 to 480 VAC
Load voltage range
180 to 528 VAC
Applicable load current
(See note.)
0.5 to 15 A
Inrush current resistance
(peak value)
220 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
Permissible I2t
(half 60-Hz wave)
260 A2s
G3PB515B2N-VD
G3PB525B3N-VD
0.5 to 25 A
G3PB525B2N-VD
G3PB535B3N-VD
0.5 to 35 A
G3PB235B2N-VD
G3PB245B3N-VD
G3PB245B2N-VD
0.5 to 45 A
G3PB535B2N-VD
G3PB545B3N-VD
G3PB545B2N-VD
0.5 to 45 A
440 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
1,040 A2s
1,040 A2s
Note: Applicable load current varies depending on the ambient temperature. For details, refer to Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature in
Engineering Data.
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction)
G3PB
139
■ Characteristics
Models with Built-in Heat Sinks
Item
G3PB215B3N-VD
G3PB215B2N-VD
G3PB225B3N-VD
G3PB225B2N-VD
G3PB235B3N-VD
G3PB235B2N-VD
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
(See note.)
10 mA (at 200 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.175-mm single amplitude (Mounted to DIN track)
Shock resistance
Destruction: 294 m/s2 (98 m/s2 with reverse mounting)
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 1.25 kg
Certified standards
UL508, CSA22.2 No. 14, EN60947-4-3 (IEC947-4-3); Certified by VDE
(From April 2001)
EMC
Emission
Immunity
ESD
Immunity
Electromagnetic
Immunity
EFT
Immunity
Surge transient
Immunity
RF disturbance
Immunity
Dips
Approx. 1.45 kg
Note: The leakage current of phase S will be approximately
140
Approx. 1.65 kg
EN55011 Group 1 Class B
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-2
4 kV contact discharge
8 kV air discharge
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-3
10 V/m (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-4
2 kV AC power-signal line
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-5
Normal mode ±1 kV, Common mode ±2 kV
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-6
10 V (0.15 to 80 MHz)
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-11
3 times larger if the 2-element model is applied.
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction) G3PB
G3PB245B3N-VD
Approx. 2.0 kg
G3PB245B2N-VD
Item
G3PB515B3N-VD
G3PB515B2N-VD
G3PB525B3N-VD
G3PB525B2N-VD
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Output ON voltage drop
1.8 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
(See note.)
20 mA (at 480 VAC)
G3PB535B3N-VD
G3PB535B2N-VD
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.175-mm single amplitude (Mounted to DIN track)
Shock resistance
Destruction: 294 m/s2 (98 m/s2 with reverse mounting)
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage:
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 1.25 kg
Certified standards
UL508, CSA22.2 No. 14, EN60947-4-3 (IEC947-4-3); Certified by VDE
(From April 2001)
EMC
Emission
Immunity
ESD
Immunity
Electromagnetic
Immunity
EFT
Immunity
Surge transient
Immunity
RF disturbance
Immunity
Dips
Approx. 1.45 kg
Note: The leakage current of phase S will be approximately
Approx. 1.65 kg
G3PB545B3N-VD
G3PB545B2N-VD
Approx. 2.0 kg
EN55011 Group 1 Class B
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-2
4 kV contact discharge
8 kV air discharge
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-3
10 V/m (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-4
2 kV AC power-signal line
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-5
Normal mode ±1 kV, Common mode ±2 kV
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-6
10 V (0.15 to 80 MHz)
IEC947-4-3, EN61000-4-11
3 times larger if the 2-element model is applied.
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction)
G3PB
141
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
Models with Built-in Heat Sinks
G3PB-225B-3N-VD
G3PB-225B-2N-VD
G3PB-525B-3N-VD
G3PB-525B-2N-VD
G3PB-235B-3N-VD
G3PB-235B-2N-VD
G3PB-535B-3N-VD
G3PB-535B-2N-VD
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3PB-215B-3N-VD
G3PB-215B-2N-VD
G3PB-515B-3N-VD
G3PB-515B-2N-VD
G3PB-225B-3N-VD
G3PB-225B-2N-VD
G3PB-525B-3N-VD
G3PB-525B-2N-VD
G3PB-245B-3N-VD
G3PB-245B-2N-VD
G3PB-545B-3N-VD
G3PB-545B-2N-VD
G3PB-245B-3N-VD
G3PB-245B-2N-VD
G3PB-545B-3N-VD
G3PB-545B-2N-VD
G3PB-235B-3N-VD
G3PB-235B-2N-VD
G3PB-535B-3N-VD
G3PB-535B-2N-VD
G3PB-215B-3N-VD
G3PB-215B-2N-VD
G3PB-515B-3N-VD
G3PB-515B-2N-VD
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Input impedance (kΩ )
Input current (mA)
Input Voltage vs. Input Current and Input Voltage vs. Input Impedance
Input current
Input impedance
Input voltage (V)
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Note: Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.
G3PB-225B-3N-VD G3PB-225B-2N-VD
G3PB-515B-3N-VD G3PB-515B-2N-VD
G3PB-525B-3N-VD G3PB-525B-2N-VD
Energized time (ms)
142
G3PB-235B-3N-VD
G3PB-235B-2N-VD
G3PB-535B-3N-VD
G3PB-535B-2N-VD
G3PB-245B-3N-VD
G3PB-245B-2N-VD
G3PB-545B-3N-VD
G3PB-545B-2N-VD
Inrush current
Inrush current
Inrush current
G3PB-215B-3N-VD
G3PB-215B-2N-VD
Energized time (ms)
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction) G3PB
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G3PB-215B-3N-VD G3PB-515B-3N-VD
G3PB-215B-2N-VD G3PB-515B-2N-VD
G3PB-225B-2N-VD G3PB-525B-2N-VD
Without Terminal Cover
With Terminal Cover
Two, 4.6-dia. mounting holes
Four, 8 dia.
Two, M3.5
80.5
max.
100 max.
Two, R2.3
mounting
holes
Six, M4
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
80 max.
[email protected]@@B-3N-VD
Input circuit
Mounting Hole Dimensions
30.5 max.
120 max.
[email protected]@@B-2N-VD
Input circuit
Four, 4.5-dia. or M4
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction)
G3PB
143
G3PB-225B-3N-VD
G3PB-235B-2N-VD
G3PB-525B-3N-VD
G3PB-535B-2N-VD
Without Terminal Cover
With Terminal Cover
Two, 4.6-dia. mounting holes
Four, 8 dia.
Two, M3.5
80.5
max.
120
max.
Two, R2.3
mounting
holes
Six, M5 (35 A type)
Six, M4 (25 A type)
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
80 max.
[email protected]@@B-3N-VD
30.5 max.
120 max.
Input circuit
Mounting Hole Dimensions
[email protected]@@B-2N-VD
Input circuit
Four, 4.5-dia. or M4
144
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction) G3PB
G3PB-235B-3N-VD
G3PB-245B-2N-VD
G3PB-535B-3N-VD
G3PB-545B-2N-VD
Without Terminal Cover
With Terminal Cover
Two, 4.6-dia. mounting holes
Four, 8 dia.
Two, M3.5
80.5
max.
140
max.
Two, R2.3
mounting
holes
Six, M5
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
80 max.
[email protected]@@B-3N-VD
Input circuit
Mounting Hole Dimensions
30.5 max.
[email protected]@@B-2N-VD
120 max.
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction)
Input circuit
Four, 4.5-dia. or M4
G3PB
145
G3PB-245B-3N-VD
G3PB-545B-3N-VD
Without Terminal Cover
With Terminal Cover
Two, 4.6-dia. mounting holes
Four, 8 dia.
Two, M3.5
80.5
max.
140
max.
Two, R2.3
mounting
holes
Six, M5
80 max.
110 max.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
[email protected]@@B-3N-VD
Mounting Hole Dimensions
Input circuit
30.5 max.
120 max.
Four, 4.5-dia.
or M4
146
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction) G3PB
Safety Precautions
Since the Relay is heavy, firmly mount the DIN track and fix both
ends with End Plates for DIN-track-mounting models.
Applicable DIN Tracks
The G3PB can be mounted to TH35-15Fe (IEC60715) DIN tracks.
The manufacturers and models of DIN tracks to which mounting is
possible are shown in the following table.
Manufacturer
Thickness
1.5 mm
150.5mm
Countermeasure 1
75mm max.
Duct or
airflow
obstruction
150.5mm
SSR
Vertical
direction
(A height of no
more than half
the SSR's
height is
recommended)
AM1-DE200
---
WAGO
210-114, 210-197
210-118
PHOENIX
NS35/15
NS35/15-2.3
Ventilation
Direct Mounting
Be aware of air flow
Duct or
air flow
obstruction
Ventilation
outlet
SSR
SSR
SSR
When mounting directly onto a panel, mount securely under the
following conditions.
Screw diameter: M4
Tightening torque: 0.98 to 1.47 N·m
Air inlet
Mounted State
Horizontal Mounting
Vertical direction
Vertical Mounting
SSR
If the ducts cannot be
shortened, place the SSR
on a metal base so that it
is not surrounded by the
ducts.
Use short ducts.
2.3 mm
Schneider
Airflow
SSR
Duct or
airflow
obstruction
Do not surround the SSR
with ducts, otherwise the
heat radiation of the SSR
will be adversely affected.
Countermeasure 2
Mounting surface
Mounting Method
Duct Height
Mounting surface
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Relationship between SSRs and Ducts
Mounting surface
■ Precautions for Correct Use
If the air inlet or air outlet has a filter, clean the filter regularly to
prevent it from clogging and ensure an efficient flow of air.
Do not locate any objects around the air inlet or air outlet, otherwise
the objects may obstruct the proper ventilation of the control panel.
A heat exchanger, if used, should be located in front of the SSR
Units to ensure the efficiency of the heat exchanger.
Please reduce the ambient temperature of SSRs.
Panel
Panel
Note: When the G3PB is
mounted horizontally,
use at 50% of the rated
load current.
Note: Mount the G3PB so
that the markings
can be read.
Close Mounting
The rated load current of an SSR is measured at an ambient
temperature of 25 or 40 °C.
An SSR uses a semiconductor in the output element. This causes
the temperature inside the control panel to increase due to heating
resulting from the passage of electrical current through the load. To
restrict heating, attach a fan to the ventilation outlet or air inlet of the
control panel to ventilate the panel. This will reduce the ambient
temperature of the SSRs and thus increase reliability. (Generally,
each 10 °C reduction in temperature will double the expected life.)
Three-element Devices
SSR Mounting Pitch
Load current (A)
15 A
Required number of fans 0.70
per SSR
Panel Mounting
25 A
1.06
35 A
1.63
45 A
2.09
Duct or airflow obstruction
Two-element Devices
80 mm min.
SSR
Mounting direction
Vertical direction
80 mm min.
80 mm min.
Space between
SSRs
Load current (A)
Between duct
or airflow
obstruction
and SSR
10mm min.
Close mounting
15 A
Required number of fans 0.47
per SSR
25 A
0.78
35 A
1.09
45 A
1.40
Example: For 10 SSRs with load currents of 11 A (3-element
devices,
1.63 x 10 = 16.3
Thus, 17 fans would be required.
Size of fans: 92 mm2, Air volume: 0.7 m3/min,
Ambient temperature of control panel: 30 °C
If there are other instruments that generate heat in the control
panel other than SSRs, additional ventilation will be required.
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction)
G3PB
147
Wiring
When using crimp terminals, refer to the terminal clearances shown
below.
Output Terminals
Input Terminals
M4 (15 A, 25 A)
M5 (35 A, 45 A)
• Make sure that all lead wires are thick enough for the current.
• Output terminals T1, T2, and T3 are charged regardless of whether
the Unit is a 2- or 3-element model that is turned on or off. Do not
touch these terminals, otherwise an electric shock may be
received.
To isolate the Unit from the power supply, install an appropriate
circuit breaker between the power supply and Unit.
Be sure to turn off the power supply before wiring the Unit.
• Terminal L2 and terminal T2 of the 2-element model are internally
short-circuited to each other. Therefore, connect terminal L2 to the
ground terminal side of the power supply. If terminal L2 is
connected to a terminal other than the ground terminal, cover all
the charged terminals, such as heater terminals, for the prevention
of electric shock accidents and ground faults.
Tightening Torque
Refer to the following and be sure to tighten each screw of the Unit to
the specified torque in order to prevent the Unit from malfunctioning.
Item
Screw terminal
diameter
Tightening torque
Input terminal
M3.5
0.59 to 1.18 N·m
Output terminal
M4
0.98 to 1.47 N·m
M5
1.47 to 2.45 N·m
148
Solid State Contactors (New Heat Sink Construction) G3PB
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase)
G3PB
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Compact, Low-cost Solid State Contactors
of an Innovative Construction Ideal for
Three-phase Heaters
• Slim Units with three-phase output.
• Optimum heat sinks attach to models without built-in heat sinks.
• Compact design achieved by optimizing heat sink shape.
• DIN track mounting possible (when using the Y92B-P50 Heat
Sink) in addition to screw mounting.
• Comply with EN60947-4-3 (IEC947-4-3) UL508, and
CSA22.2 No. 14, and bear CE marking.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@[email protected]@[email protected]
1
2 3 4
5 6
7
1. Basic Model Name
G3PB:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
4:
400 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
15:
15 A
25:
25 A
35:
35 A
45:
45 A
4. Terminal Type
B:
Screw terminals
5. Single-phase/3-phase and Number of Elements for 3-phase
2:
3-phase, 2-element models
3:
3-phase, 3-element models
6. 3-phase Type
Blank:
Built-in heat sink
H:
No heat sink (“hockey puck” type)
7. Certification
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase)
G3PB
149
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Models with Built-in Heat Sinks
Number of
phases
3
Main circuit voltage
100 to 240 VAC
Zero cross
function
Yes
Applicable heater capacity
(with Class-1 AC resistive load)
Number of
elements
5.1 kW max. (15 A)
200 to 400 VAC
3
Model
G3PB-215B-3-VD
2
G3PB-215B-2-VD
8.6 kW max. (25 A)
3
G3PB-225B-3-VD
2
G3PB-225B-2-VD
12.1 kW max. (35 A)
3
G3PB-235B-3-VD
2
G3PB-235B-2-VD
15.5 kW max. (45 A)
3
G3PB-245B-3-VD
2
G3PB-245B-2-VD
10.3 kW max. (15 A)
3
G3PB-415B-3-VD
2
G3PB-415B-2-VD
17.3 kW max. (25 A)
3
G3PB-425B-3-VD
2
G3PB-425B-2-VD
24.2 kW max. (35 A)
3
G3PB-435B-3-VD
2
G3PB-435B-2-VD
31.1 kW max. (45 A)
3
G3PB-445B-3-VD
2
G3PB-445B-2-VD
Note: 1. The load current vs. ambient temperature characteristics of the Unit vary with the heat radiation of the Unit. Refer to page 157,
Engineering Data for details.]
2. When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
Models without Built-in Heat Sinks
Number of
phases
3
Main circuit voltage
100 to 240 VAC
Zero cross
function
Yes
200 to 400 VAC
Rated carry current
15 A max.
Number of
elements
3
Model
G3PB-215B-3H-VD
2
G3PB-215B-2H-VD
25 A max.
3
G3PB-225B-3H-VD
2
G3PB-225B-2H-VD
35 A max.
3
G3PB-235B-3H-VD
2
G3PB-235B-2H-VD
45 A max.
3
G3PB-245B-3H-VD
2
G3PB-245B-2H-VD
15 A max.
3
G3PB-415B-3H-VD
2
G3PB-415B-2H-VD
25 A max.
3
G3PB-425B-3H-VD
2
G3PB-425B-2H-VD
35 A max.
3
G3PB-435B-3H-VD
2
G3PB-435B-2H-VD
45 A max.
3
G3PB-445B-3H-VD
2
G3PB-445B-2H-VD
Note: 1. The load current vs. ambient temperature characteristics of the Unit vary with the heat radiation of the Unit. Refer to page 157,
Engineering Data for details.
2. When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
150
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase) G3PB
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Heat Sinks
Heat resistance (°C/W)
Model
Mounting Track
50 cm (1) x 7.3 mm (t)
PFP-50N
1.67
Y92B-P50
1 m (1) x 7.3 mm (t)
PFP-100N
1.01
Y92B-P100
1 m (1) x 16 mm (t)
PFP-100N2
0.63
Y92B-P150
0.43
Y92B-P200
0.36
Y92B-P250
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Operating Circuit (Common)
Item
Common
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating voltage range
9.6 to 30 VDC
Rated input current
10 mA max. (at 24 VDC)
Must operate voltage
9.6 VDC max.
Must release voltage
1 VDC min.
Insulation method
Phototriac
Operation indicator
Yellow LED
Main Circuit of Models with Built-in Heat Sinks
Item
G3PB215B-3-VD
G3PB215B-2-VD
G3PB225B-3-VD
G3PB225B-2-VD
G3PB235B-3-VD
G3PB235B-2-VD
Rated load voltage
100 to 240 VAC
Load voltage range
75 to 264 VAC
Applicable load current
(See note.)
0.2 to 15 A
0.2 to 25 A
0.5 to 35 A
Inrush current resistance
(peak value)
150 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
220 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
440 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
Permissible I2t
(half 60-Hz wave)
260 A2s
2,660 A2s
2,660 A2s
Applicable load
(with Class-1 AC resistive
load)
5.1 kW max.
(at 200 VAC)
8.6 kW
(at 200 VAC)
12.1 kW max.
(at 200 VAC)
Item
G3PB415B-3-VD
G3PB415B-2-VD
G3PB425B-3-VD
G3PB425B-2-VD
G3PB435B-3-VD
Rated load voltage
200 to 400 VAC
Load voltage range
180 to 440 VAC
Applicable load current
(See note.)
0.5 to 15 A
Inrush current resistance
(peak value)
220 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
Permissible I2t
(half 60-Hz wave)
260 A2s
1,040 A2s
2,660 A2s
Applicable load
(with Class-1 AC resistive
load)
10.3 kW max.
(at 400 VAC)
17.3 kW max.
(at 400 VAC)
24.2 kW max.
(at 400 VAC)
0.5 to 25 A
G3PB245B-3-VD
G3PB245B-2-VD
0.5 to 45 A
15.5 kW max.
(at 200 VAC)
G3PB435B-2-VD
0.5 to 35 A
G3PB445B-3-VD
G3PB445B-2-VD
0.5 to 45 A
440 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
31.1 kW max.
(at 400 VAC)
Note: Rated carry current varies depending on the ambient temperature. For details, refer to Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature in Engineering
Data.
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase)
G3PB
151
Main Circuit of Models without Built-in Heat Sinks
Item
G3PB-215B- G3PB-215B- G3PB-225B- G3PB-225B- G3PB-235B- G3PB-235B- G3PB-245B- G3PB-245B3H-VD
2H-VD
3H-VD
2H-VD
3H-VD
2H-VD
3H-VD
2H-VD
Rated load voltage
100 to 240 VAC
Load voltage range
75 to 264 VAC
Applicable load current
(See note.)
0.2 to 15 A
0.2 to 25 A
0.2 to 35 A
Inrush current resistance
(peak value)
150 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
220 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
440 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
Permissible I2t
(half 60-Hz wave)
260 A2s
2,260 A2s
2,260 A2s
Applicable load
(with Class-1 AC resistive
load)
The applicable load varies with the heat radiation of the Unit. Refer to page 157, Engineering Data for details.
Item
0.2 to 45 A
G3PB-415B- G3PB-415B- G3PB-425B- G3PB-425B- G3PB-435B- G3PB-435B- G3PB-445B- G3PB-445B3H-VD
2H-VD
3H-VD
2H-VD
3H-VD
2H-VD
3H-VD
2H-VD
Rated load voltage
200 to 400 VAC
Load voltage range
180 to 440 VAC
Applicable load current
(See note.)
0.5 to 15 A
Inrush current resistance
(peak value)
220 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
Permissible I2t
(half 60-Hz wave)
260 A2s
Applicable load
(with Class-1 AC resistive
load)
Refer to page 157, Engineering Data for details.
0.5 to 25 A
0.5 to 35 A
0.5 to 45 A
440 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
1,040 A2s
2,660 A2s
Note: The applicable load current varies depending on the radiation device or radiation plate to be connected and the ambient temperature. For
details, refer to Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature in Engineering Data.
152
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase) G3PB
■ Characteristics
Models with Built-in Heat Sinks
Item
G3PB215B-3-VD
G3PB215B-2-VD
G3PB225B-3-VD
G3PB225B-2-VD
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
(See note.)
10 mA (at 200 VAC)
G3PB235B-3-VD
G3PB235B-2-VD
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375–mm single amplitude (Mounted to DIN track)
Shock resistance
Destruction: 294 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx.
750 g
Certified standards
UL508, CSA22.2 No. 14, EN60947-4-3 (IEC947-4-3)
(From April 1999)
EMC
Emission
Emission
Immunity
AC mains
Electromagnetic
ESD
Immunity
Electromagnetic
Immunity
EFT
Immunity
Surge transient
Immunity
RF disturbance
G3PB245B-3-VD
G3PB245B-2-VD
Approx.
1,500 g
Approx.
1,150 g
–30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Approx.
750 g
Note: The leakage current of phase S will be approximately
Approx.
900 g
Approx.
750 g
Approx.
1,150 g
Approx.
900 g
EN55011 Group 1 Class B
EN55011 Group 1 Class B
IEC947-4-3
4 kV contact discharge
8 kV air discharge
IEC947-4-3
10 V/m (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
IEC947-4-3
2 kV AC power-signal line
IEC947-4-3
2 kV
IEC947-4-3, EN50082-2
10 V (0.15 to 80 MHz)
3 times larger if the 2-element model is applied.
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase)
G3PB
153
Item
G3PB415B-3-VD
G3PB415B-2-VD
G3PB425B-3-VD
G3PB425B-2-VD
G3PB435B-3-VD
G3PB435B-2-VD
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Output ON voltage drop
1.8 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
(See note.)
20 mA (at 400 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375–mm single amplitude (Mounted to DIN track)
Shock resistance
Destruction: 294 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx.
750 g
Certified standards
UL508, CSA22.2 No. 14, EN60947-4-3 (IEC947-4-3)
EMC
Emission
Emission
Immunity
AC mains
Electromagnetic
ESD
Immunity
Electromagnetic
Immunity
EFT
Immunity
Surge transient
Immunity
RF disturbance
G3PB445B-2-VD
–30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Approx.
750 g
Approx.
900 g
Note: The leakage current of phase S will be approximately
154
G3PB445B-3-VD
Approx.
750 g
Approx.
1,150 g
Approx.
900 g
EN55011 Group 1 Class B
EN55011 Group 1 Class B
IEC947-4-3
4 kV contact discharge
8 kV air discharge
IEC947-4-3
10 V/m (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
IEC947-4-3
2 kV AC power-signal line
IEC947-4-3
2 kV
IEC947-4-3, EN50082-2
10 V (0.15 to 80 MHz)
3 times larger if the 2-element model is applied.
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase) G3PB
Approx.
1,500 g
Approx.
1,150 g
Models without Built-in Heat Sinks
Item
G3PB215B3H-VD
G3PB215B2H-VD
G3PB225B3H-VD
G3PB225B2H-VD
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
(See note.)
10 mA (at 200 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375–mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 294 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
UL508, CSA22.2 No. 14, EN60947-4-3 (IEC947-4-3)
Weight (Max.)
300 g max.
EMC
Emission
Emission
Immunity
AC mains
Electromagnetic
ESD
Immunity
Electromagnetic
Immunity
EFT
Immunity
Surge transient
Immunity
RF disturbance
G3PB235B3H-VD
G3PB235B2H-VD
G3PB245B3H-VD
G3PB245B2H-VD
–30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Note: The leakage current of phase S will be approximately
EN55011 Group 1 Class B
EN55011 Group 1 Class B
IEC947-4-3
4 kV contact discharge
8 kV air discharge
IEC947-4-3
10 V/m (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
IEC947-4-3
2 kV AC power-signal line
IEC947-4-3
2 kV
IEC947-4-3, EN50082-2
10 V (0.15 to 80 MHz)
3 times larger if the 2-element model is applied.
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase)
G3PB
155
Item
G3PB415B3H-VD
G3PB415B2H-VD
G3PB425B3H-VD
G3PB425B2H-VD
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
Output ON voltage drop
1.8 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
(See note.)
20 mA (at 400 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 294 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
UL508, CSA22.2 No. 14, EN60947-4-3 (IEC947-4-3)
Weight
Approx. 300 g
EMC
Emission
Emission
Immunity
AC mains
Electromagnetic
ESD
Immunity
Electromagnetic
Immunity
EFT
Immunity
Surge transient
Immunity
RF disturbance
EN55011 Group 1 Class B
EN55011 Group 1 Class B
IEC947-4-3
4 kV contact discharge
8 kV air discharge
IEC947-4-3
10 V/m (80 MHz to 1 GHz)
IEC947-4-3
2 kV AC power-signal line
IEC947-4-3
2 kV
IEC947-4-3, EN50082-2
10 V (0.15 to 80 MHz)
3 times larger if the 2-element model is applied.
Heat Sinks
Model
Weight
Approx. 450 g
Y92B-P100
Approx. 450 g
Y92B-P150
Approx. 600 g
Y92B-P200
Approx. 850 g
Y92B-P250
Approx. 1,200 g
156
G3PB435B2H-VD
–30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Note: The leakage current of phase S will be approximately
Y92B-P50
G3PB435B3H-VD
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase) G3PB
G3PB445B3H-VD
G3PB445B2H-VD
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
Models with Built-in Heat Sinks
G3PB-225B-3-VD
G3PB-225B-2-VD
G3PB-425B-3-VD
G3PB-425B-2-VD
G3PB-235B-3-VD
G3PB-235B-2-VD
G3PB-435B-3-VD
G3PB-435B-2-VD
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3PB-215B-3-VD
G3PB-215B-2-VD
G3PB-415B-3-VD
G3PB-415B-2-VD
G3PB-225B-3-VD
G3PB-225B-2-VD
G3PB-425B-3-VD
G3PB-425B-2-VD
G3PB-245B-3-VD
G3PB-245B-2-VD
G3PB-445B-3-VD
G3PB-445B-2-VD
G3PB-245B-3-VD
G3PB-245B-2-VD
G3PB-445B-3-VD
G3PB-445B-2-VD
G3PB-235B-3-VD
G3PB-235B-2-VD
G3PB-435B-3-VD
G3PB-435B-2-VD
G3PB-215B-3-VD
G3PB-215B-2-VD
G3PB-415B-3-VD
G3PB-415B-2-VD
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
G3PB-215B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-225B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-415B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-425B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-235B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-245B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-435B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-445B-3H (-2H)-VD
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
Models without Built-in Heat Sinks
G3PB-225B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-425B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-235B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-245B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-435B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-445B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-215B-3H (-2H)-VD
G3PB-415B-3H (-2H)-VD
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Input impedance (kΩ)
Input current (mA)
Input Voltage vs. Input Current and Input Voltage vs. Input Impedance
Input current
Input impedance
Input voltage (V)
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase)
G3PB
157
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Note: Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.
G3PB-235B-3 (H)-VD
G3PB-235B-2 (H)-VD
G3PB-245B-3 (H)-VD
G3PB-245B-2 (H)-VD
G3PB-435B-3 (H)-VD
G3PB-435B-2 (H)-VD
G3PB-445B-3 (H)-VD
G3PB-445B-2 (H)-VD
Inrush current
Inrush current
G3PB-225B-3 (H)-VD G3PB-425B-3 (H)-VD
G3PB-225B-2 (H)-VD
G3PB-415B-3 (H)-VD G3PB-425B-2 (H)-VD
G3PB-415B-2 (H)-VD
Inrush current
G3PB-215B-3 (H)-VD
G3PB-215B-2 (H)-VD
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Heat Sink Area vs. Load Current
G3PB-425B-3H-VD
Ambient temperature: 80°C
Ambient temperature: 40°C
Aluminum plate (t=3.0 mm)
Heat sink area (cm2)
Heat sink area (cm2)
G3PB-225B-3H-VD
Ambient temperature: 80°C
Ambient temperature: 40°C
Aluminum plate (t=3.0 mm)
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
Note: The heat sink area refers to the combined area of the sides of the heat sink that radiate heat. In the case of G3PB-425B-3H-VD, when a
current of 18 A is allowed to flow through the SSR at 40°C, the graph shows that the heat sink area is about 2,500 cm2. Therefore, if the heat
sink is square, one side of the heat sink must be 36 cm (362 × 2 = 2,592) or longer.
Thermal Resistance Rth (Junction/SSR Back Surface)
Three-phase Models without Heat Sink
Rth (°C/W)
Model
G3PB-215B-3H-VD
1.05
G3PB-225B-3H-VD
0.57
G3PB-235B-3H-VD
0.57
G3PB-245B-3H-VD
0.57
158
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase) G3PB
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Models with Built-in Heat Sinks
G3PB-215B-2-VD
G3PB-415B-2-VD
Without Terminal Cover
With Terminal Cover
4.6 dia.
80.5
max.
100 max.
Two, M3.5
Six, M4
80 max.
Elliptical hole: 4.6 x 5.6
30.5 max.
Two, 4.5 dia or M4
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Circuit Diagram
L1/R
L2/S
L3/T
T1/U
T2/V
T3/W
Input circuit
55 max.
Without Terminal Cover
With Terminal Cover
Four, R2.5
50.5
max.
Two, M3.5
80.5 max.
80 max.
Six, M4
110.5 max.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Circuit Diagram
[email protected]@@B-3-VD
Four, 4.5 dia or M4
30.5 max.
L1/R
L2/S
L3/T
T1/U
T2/V
T3/W
Input circuit
Mounting Holes
70 max.
[email protected]@@B-2-VD
L1/R
L2/S
L3/T
T1/U
T2/V
T3/W
Input circuit
G3PB-215B-3-VD
G3PB-225B-2-VD
G3PB-415B-3-VD
G3PB-425B-2-VD
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase)
G3PB
159
G3PB-225B-3-VD
G3PB-235B-2-VD
G3PB-425B-3-VD
G3PB-435B-2-VD
Without Terminal Cover
With Terminal Cover
Four, R2.5
80.5
max.
110.5 max.
Two, M3.5
80 max.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Circuit Diagram
[email protected]@@B-3-VD
110.5 max.
L1/R
L2/S
L3/T
T1/U
T2/V
T3/W
Input circuit
Six, M5
([email protected])
Six, M4
([email protected])
Mounting Holes
Four, 4.5 dia or M4
30.5 max.
70 max.
[email protected]@@B-2-VD
L2/S
L3/T
T1/U
T2/V
T3/W
Input circuit
L1/R
G3PB-235B-3-VD
G3PB-245B-2-VD
G3PB-435B-3-VD
G3PB-445B-2-VD
Without Terminal Cover
With Terminal Cover
Four, R2.5
80.5
max.
130.5
max.
Two, M3.5
Six, M5
80 max.
130.5 max.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Circuit Diagram
[email protected]@@B-3-VD
Mounting Holes
L2/S
L3/T
T1/U
T2/V
T3/W
30.5 max.
Input circuit
Four, 4.5 dia or M4
L1/R
70 max.
[email protected]@@B-2-VD
L2/S
L3/T
T1/U
T2/V
T3/W
Input circuit
L1/R
160
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase) G3PB
Without Terminal Cover
With Terminal Cover
Four, R2.5
80.5
max.
190.5
max.
Two, M3.5
Six, M5
80 max.
130.5 max.
Mounting Holes
Four, 4.5 dia or M4
30.5 max.
70 max.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Circuit Diagram
L1/R
L2/S
L3/T
T1/U
T2/V
T3/W
Input circuit
G3PB-245B-3-VD
G3PB-445B-3-VD
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase)
G3PB
161
Models without Built-in Heat Sinks
G3PB-215B-3H-VD
G3PB-215B-2H-VD
G3PB-225B-3H-VD
G3PB-225B-2H-VD
G3PB-235B-3H-VD
G3PB-235B-2H-VD
G3PB-245B-3H-VD
G3PB-245B-2H-VD
Four, 8 dia.
G3PB-415B-3H-VD
G3PB-415B-2H-VD
G3PB-425B-3H-VD
G3PB-425B-2H-VD
G3PB-435B-3H-VD
G3PB-435B-2H-VD
G3PB-445B-3H-VD
G3PB-445B-2H-VD
Four, 4.5 dia.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Circuit Diagram
80.5 max.
[email protected]@@B-3H-VD
Two, M3.5
L1/R
L2/S
L3/T
T1/U
T2/V
T3/W
Input circuit
80 max.
Six, M4
([email protected]@H-VD/[email protected]@H-VD)
Six, M5
([email protected]@H-VD/[email protected]@H-VD)
Mounting Holes
30.5 max.
Four, 4.5 dia or M4
[email protected]@@B-2H-VD
L2/S
L3/T
Input circuit
L1/R
T1/U
T2/V
T3/W
Heat Sinks
Y92B-P50
For model
Y92B-P100
For G3PB-215B-3H-VD
G3PB-225B-2H-VD
G3PB-415B-3H-VD
G3PB-425B-2H-VD
G3PB-215B-2H-VD
G3PB-415B-2H-VD
4.6 dia.
Four, M4
80.5 90
max.
100
max.
80.5 max.
Elliptical
hole:
4.6 x 5.6
80 max.
Mounting Holes
Mounting Holes
Four, R2.5
110.5 max.
Two, 4.5 dia. or M4
Four, 4.5 dia. or M4
55 max.
70 max.
162
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase) G3PB
Y92B-P150
For model G3PB-225B-3H-VD
G3PB-235B-2H-VD
G3PB-425B-3H-VD
G3PB-435B-2H-VD
Y92B-P200
For model G3PB-235B-3H-VD
G3PB-245B-2H-VD
G3PB-435B-3H-VD
G3PB-445B-2H-VD
Y92B-P250
For model G3PB-245B-3-VD
G3PB-445B-3-VD
Four, M4
Four, M4
Four, M4
110.5 max.
130.5 max.
190.5 max.
Four,
R2.5
Four, R2.5
110.5 max.
130.5 max.
Four, R2.5
130.5 max.
70 max.
70 max.
70 max.
Mounting Holes
Mounting Holes
Four, 4.5 dia. or M4
Mounting Holes
Four, 4.5 dia. or M4
Four, 4.5 dia. or M4
Accessories (Order Separately)
Mounting Tracks
PFP-100N, PFP-50N
PFP-100N2
16
7.3±0.15
4.5
4.5
35±0.3
15 25
10
25
25
25
1,000 (500) 10
(see note)
15 (5)
(see note)
35±0.3 27 24
27±0.15
15 25
10
25
25
1,000
10
25 15
1
29.2
1.5
Note: Values in parentheses indicate dimensions
for the PFP-50N.
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase)
G3PB
163
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Close Mounting
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
SSR Mounting Pitch
Panel Mounting
Connection Circuit Example
R
S
Duct or airflow obstruction
T
SSR
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
G3PB
Three-phase
model
60 mm min.
Between duct
or airflow
obstruction
and SSR
30 mm min.
Mounting direction
A1
+
+
INPUT
A2
−
−
Temperature
Controller
(voltage
output)
Vertical direction
60 mm min.
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
30 mm min.
Space between
SSRs
Heater
Close mounting
Temperature
sensor
Relationship between SSRs and Ducts
Electric furnace
Countermeasure 1
Duct Height
SSR
Vertical
direction
Vertical mounting
Duct or
airflow
obstruction
Do not surround the SSR
with ducts, otherwise the
heat radiation of the SSR
will be adversely affected.
Panel
Horizontal Mounting
Panel
Note: Make sure that the load current is 50% of the rated load current
when the G3PB is mounted horizontally.
164
Duct or
airflow
obstruction
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase) G3PB
(A height of no more
than half the SSR's
height is
recommended for
the G3PB-215B-2-VD
and G3PB-415B-2-VD.)
Mounting surface
Vertical Mounting
Mounting surface
100.5 mm
Since the Relay is heavy, firmly mount the DIN track and fix both
ends with End Plates for DIN-track-mounting models.
For direct mounting, firmly mount the Relay on the panel.
Countermeasure 2
50 mm max.
Mounting surface
Mounting Method
Airflow
SSR
SSR
Use short ducts.
If the ducts cannot be
shortened, place the SSR
on a metal base so that it
is not surrounded by the
ducts.
Wiring
Ventilation
Be aware of airflow
When using crimp terminals, refer to the terminal clearances shown
below.
Duct or
airflow
obstruction
Ventilation
outlet
SSR
Output terminal section
SSR
SSR
7
13
12
Air inlet
If the air inlet or air outlet has a filter, clean the filter regularly to
prevent it from clogging and ensure an efficient flow of air.
Input terminal section
M4 (15 A, 25 A)
M5 (35 A, 45 A)
7.0
Do not locate any objects around the air inlet or air outlet, otherwise
the objects may obstruct the proper ventilation of the control panel.
10
A heat exchanger, if used, should be located in front of the SSR Units
to ensure the efficiency of the heat exchanger.
M3.5
Please reduce the ambient temperature of SSRs.
Make sure that all lead wires are thick enough according to the
current.
The rated load current of an SSR is measured at an ambient
temperature of 25 or 40 °C.
Output terminals T1, T2, and T3 are charged regardless of whether
the Unit is a 2- or 3-element model that is turned on or off. Do not
touch these terminals, otherwise an electric shock may be received.
An SSR uses a semiconductor in the output element. This causes
the temperature inside the control panel to increase due to heating
resulting from the passage of electrical current through the load. To
restrict heating, attach a fan to the ventilation outlet or air inlet of the
control panel to ventilate the panel. This will reduce the ambient
temperature of the SSRs and thus increase reliability. (Generally,
each 10 °C reduction in temperature will double the expected life.)
To isolate the Unit from the power supply, install an appropriate
circuit breaker between the power supply and Unit.
Be sure to turn off the power supply before wiring the Unit.
Terminal L2 and terminal T2 of the 2-element model are internally
short-circuited to each other. Therefore, connect terminal L2 to the
ground terminal of the power supply. If terminal L2 is connected to a
terminal other than the ground terminal, cover all the charged
terminals, such as heater terminals, for the prevention of electric
shock accidents and ground faults.
Three-element Devices
Load current (A)
15 A
Required number of fans 0.70
per SSR
25 A
1.06
35 A
1.63
45 A
2.09
Tightening Torque
Two-element Devices
Load current (A)
15 A
Required number of fans 0.47
per SSR
25 A
0.78
35 A
1.09
Refer to the following and be sure to tighten each screw of the Unit to
the specified torque in order to prevent the Unit from malfunctioning.
45 A
1.40
Item
Example: For 10 SSRs with load currents of 11 A (3-element
devices,
1.63 x 10 = 16.3
Thus, 17 fans would be required.
2
3
Size of fans: 92 mm , Air volume: 0.7 m /min,
Ambient temperature of control panel: 30 °C
Screw terminal
diameter
Tightening torque
Input terminal
M3.5
0.8 N·m
Output terminal
M4
1.2 N·m
M5
2.0 N·m
Mounting Models without Built-in Heat
Sink
If there are other instruments that generate heat in the control
panel other than SSRs, additional ventilation will be required.
Before attaching an external Heat Sink to the Unit, be sure to apply
silicone grease for heat radiation, such as Toshiba Silicone’s YG6260
or Sinetsu Silicone’s G746, to the surface where the Heat Sink is
attached.
Be sure to apply the following torque to secure the Unit and external
Heat Sink for proper heat radiation.
Tightening torque: 2.0 N·m
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. J135-E1-03
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Contactors (Three-phase)
G3PB
165
Solid State Relays
G3PA
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Extremely Thin Relays Integrated with Heat
Sinks
• Downsizing achieved through optimum design of heat sink.
• Mounting possible via screws or via DIN track.
• Close mounting possible for linking terminals. (Except for
G3PA-260B-VD and G3PA-450B-VD-2.)
• Applicable with 3-phase loads.
• Replaceable power element cartridges.
• Comply with VDE 0160 (finger protection), with a dielectric
strength of 4,000 V between input and load.
• Comply with VDE 0805, IEC 950.
• Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE (reinforced insulation).
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@[email protected]@
1
2 3 4 5
6
7
1. Basic Model Name
G3PA:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
4:
400 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
10:
10 A
20:
20 A
30:
30 A
40:
40 A
50:
50 A
60:
60 A
4. Terminal Type
B:
Screw terminals
5. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
Equipped with zero cross function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
6. Certification
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE
7. Special Specifications
Blank:
Standard models
2:
480-V models
166
Solid State Relays
G3PA
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Model
Isolation
G3PA-210B-VD
Phototriac
coupler
G3PA-220B-VD
Zero cross function
Yes
Indicator
Yes
Rated output load
10 A at 24 to 240 VAC
Rated input voltage
5 to 24 VDC
20 A at 24 to 240 VAC
G3PA-240B-VD
40 A at 24 to 240 VAC
G3PA-260B-VD
60 A at 24 to 240 VAC
G3PA-210BL-VD
No
10 A at 24 to 240 VAC
G3PA-220BL-VD
20 A at 24 to 240 VAC
G3PA-240BL-VD
40 A at 24 to 240 VAC
G3PA-260BL-VD
60 A at 24 to 240 VAC
G3PA-210B-VD
Yes
10 A at 24 to 240 VAC
G3PA-220B-VD
20 A at 24 to 240 VAC
G3PA-240B-VD
40 A at 24 to 240 VAC
G3PA-260B-VD
60 A at 24 to 240 VAC
G3PA-420B-VD
20 A at 180 to 400 VAC
G3PA-430B-VD
30 A at 180 to 400 VAC
G3PA-420B-VD-2
20 A at 200 to 480 VAC
G3PA-430B-VD-2
30 A at 200 to 480 VAC
G3PA-450B-VD-2
50 A at 200 to 480 VAC
24 VAC
12 to 24 VDC
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
Replacement Parts
Name
Carry current
Power Device
Cartridge
10 A
Load voltage range
19 to 264 VAC
20 A
40 A
60 A
20 A
150 to 440 VAC
30 A
20 A
180 to 528 VAC
Model
Applicable SSR
G32A-A10-VD DC5-24
G3PA-210B-VD DC5-24
G32A-A10L-VD DC5-24
G3PA-210BL-VD DC5-24
G32A-A10-VD AC24
G3PA-210B-VD AC24
G32A-A20-VD DC5-24
G3PA-220B-VD DC5-24
G32A-A20L-VD DC5-24
G3PA-220BL-VD DC5-24
G32A-A20-VD AC24
G3PA-220B-VD AC24
G32A-A40-VD DC5-24
G3PA-240B-VD DC5-24
G32A-A40L-VD DC5-24
G3PA-240BL-VD DC5-24
G32A-A40-VD AC24
G3PA-240B-VD AC24
G32A-A60-VD DC5-24
G3PA-260B-VD DC5-24
G32A-A60L-VD DC5-24
G3PA-260BL-VD DC5-24
G32A-A60-VD AC24
G3PA-260B-VD AC24
G32A-A420-VD DC12-24
G3PA-420B-VD DC12-24
G32A-A430-VD DC12-24
G3PA-430B-VD DC12-24
G32A-A420-VD-2 DC12-24
G3PA-420B-VD-2 DC12-24
30 A
G32A-A430-VD-2 DC12-24
G3PA-430B-VD-2 DC12-24
50 A
G32A-A450-VD-2 DC12-24
G3PA-450B-VD-2 DC12-24
VDE
certification
Yes
■ Other Units (Order Separately)
Units that Enable 2-line Switching of 3-phase Power
Name
Short-circuit Unit
Current flow
10 A
Model
G32A-D20
20 A
30 A
40 A
Applicable SSR
G3PA-210B-VD, G3PA-210BL-VD
G3PA-220B-VD, G3PA-220BL-VD
G3PA-420B-VD, G3PA-420B-VD-2
G32A-D40
G3PA-430B-VD, G3PA-430B-VD-2
G3PA-240B-VD, G3PA-240BL-VD
Solid State Relays
G3PA
167
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Model
G3PA-210B-VD
Rated voltage
Operating Voltage
range
Input current
impedance
Voltage level
Must operate voltage
Must release voltage
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 30 VDC
7 mA max.
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 30 VDC
20 mA max.
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
24 VAC
19.2 to 26.4 VAC
1.4 kΩ±20%
19.2 VAC max.
4.8 VAC min.
12 to 24 VDC
9.6 to 30 VDC
7 mA max.
9.2 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
G3PA-220B-VD
G3PA-240B-VD
G3PA-260B-VD
G3PA-210BL-VD
G3PA-220BL-VD
G3PA-240BL-VD
G3PA-260BL-VD
G3PA-210B-VD
G3PA-220B-VD
G3PA-240B-VD
G3PA-260B-VD
G3PA-420B-VD
G3PA-430B-VD
G3PA-420B-VD-2
G3PA-430B-VD-2
G3PA-450B-VD-2
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
G3PA-210B(L)-VD
24 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Load voltage range
19 to 264 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Load current
Inrush current
0.1 to 10 A
150 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3PA-220B(L)-VD
0.1 to 20 A
220 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3PA-240B(L)-VD
0.5 to 40 A
440 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3PA-260B(L)-VD
0.5 to 60 A
440 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
220 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3PA-420B-VD
180 to 400 VAC (50/60 Hz)
150 to 440 VAC (50/60 Hz)
0.5 to 20 A
0.5 to 30 A
440 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
200 to 480 VAC (50/60 Hz)
180 to 528 VAC (50/60 Hz)
0.5 to 20 A
220 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3PA-430B-VD-2
0.5 to 30 A
440 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3PA-450B-VD-2
0.5 to 50 A
440 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3PA-430B-VD
G3PA-420B-VD-2
Refer to Engineering Data for further details.
168
Solid State Relays G3PA
■ Characteristics
Item
G3PA210B(L)-VD
G3PA220B(L)-VD
G3PA240B(L)-VD
G3PA260B(L)-VD
G3PA420B-VD
G3PA420B-VD-2
G3PA430B-VD
G3PA430B-VD-2
G3PA450B-VD-2
Operate time 1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC Input, -B models)
1 1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (AC Input)
1 ms max. (-BL models)
Release time 1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC Input)
1 1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (AC Input)
Output ON
voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage
current
5 mA max. (at 100 VAC)
10 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
10 mA max. (at 100 VAC)
20 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
20 mA
max. (at
400 VAC)
20 mA max. (at 20 mA
480 VAC)
max. (at
400 VAC)
I 2t
260 A2s
1,260 A2s
260 A2s
1,800 A2s
Insulation
resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric
strength
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration
resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375–mm single amplitude (Mounted to DIN track)
Shock
resistance
Destruction: 300 m/s2 (mounted to DIN track)
Ambient
temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Certified
standards
UL508, CSA C22.2 (No.14, No.950), EN60950 File No.
5915ÜG
Ambient
humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx.
260 g
Approx.
340 g
1.8 V (RMS) max.
Approx.
460 g
Approx.
900 g
20 mA max. (at 480 VAC)
1,800 A2s
1,800 A2s
UL508,
CSA
C22.2
(No.14),
EN609474-3 File
No.
6642ÜG
UL508, CSA
C22.2 (No.14),
EN60947-4-3
File No.
133127ÜG
UL508, CSA C22.2 (No.14),
UL508,
EN60947-4-3 File No.
CSA
133127ÜG
C22.2
(No.14),
EN609474-3 File
No.
6642ÜG
Approx.
290 g
Approx.
290 g
Approx.
410 g
Approx.
410 g
Solid State Relays
Approx.
900 g
G3PA
169
Operation
■ Replacement Parts
G32A-A Power Device Cartridge
The G32A-A Power Device Cartridge (a Triac Unit) can be replaced with a new one. When the temperature indicator has changed from pink to
red, the triac circuitry may have malfunctioned possibly by an excessive flow of current, in which case, dismount the damaged cartridge for
replacement.
The damaged cartridge can be replaced with a new one without disconnecting the wires from the G3PA.
Improve the heat radiation efficiency of the G3PA before replacing the cartridge.
The G32A-A Power Device Cartridge can withstand an excessive current for a short period of time, such as may be caused accidentally by the
short circuitry of the load, in which case the temperature indicator will not turn red.
Be sure to turn OFF the power supply when replacing the Cartridge. Supplying power with the Cartridge removed may result in malfunction.
Appearance
G32A-A10(L)-VD G32A-A20(L)-VD
G32A-A420-VD(-2)
G32A-A40(L)-VD
G32A-A430-VD(-2)
G32A-A60(L)-VD
G32A-A450-VD-2
Replacing Power Device Cartridges
When replacing Power Device Cartridges, use the specified model. Using a Power Device Cartridge other than the specified one will result in faulty
operation and destruction of the elements.
170
Solid State Relays G3PA
■ Replacement Procedure
G32A-A10(L)-VD/G32A-A20(L)-VD/G32-A420-VD(-2)
Use the special tool (provided) to extract the cartridge for replacement with a new one.
Extraction
Follow the procedures below to dismount the Power Device
Cartridge from the G3PA.
1. Switch off the power.
2. Remove the terminal cover.
3. Hook the indented part of the cartridge with the tool and pull up on
the cartridge to remove it.
Remover
Hook here with
Remover.
Apply silicone grease here.
2. Make sure that there is no dust or pieces of wire on the heat sink
of the G32A-A or the G3PA.
3. Insert the cartridge into the opening of the G3PA so that the
letters on the cartridge and those on the G3PA are in the same
direction and side A and side B are even.
Side A
Side B
Mounting
Follow the procedures below to mount the Power Device Cartridge
on the G3PA.
1. Apply silicone grease (provided with the G32A-A) to the entire
surface of the heat sink.
4. Attach the terminal cover.
5. Switch on the power and check the G3PA to be sure it works
properly.
G32A-A40(L)-VD/G32A-A60(L)-VD/G32A-A430-VD(-2)/G32A-A450-VD-2
The G32A Power Device Cartridge is mounted and secured with screws to the G3PA Unit.
Extraction
Mounting
Follow the procedures below to dismount the G32A-A Power Device
Cartridge from the G3PA.
1. Apply silicone grease to the entire surface of the heat sink.
1. Switch off the power.
2. Remove the terminal cover.
3. Loosen the two centered screws on the sides to dismount the
cartridge. The screws are connected to terminals 1 and 2.
Apply silicone grease here.
Loosen
2. Make sure that there is no dust or pieces of wire on the heat sink
of the G32A-A or the G3PA.
Loosen
4. Loosen the screws on both the corners.
Loosen
Loosen
5. Hold the indented part of both the corners to dismount the
cartridge.
Solid State Relays
G3PA
171
3. Insert the cartridge into the opening of the G3PA so that side A
and side B are even.
Side A
4. Tighten the screws on both the corners with a tightening torque of
0.59 to 0.78 N·m.
5. Tighten the screws on both the sides with a tightening torque of
0.59 to 0.78 N·m.
6. Attach the terminal cover.
7. Switch on the power and check the G3PA to be sure it works
properly.
Side B
■ Linking Terminal Connection
• Connecting with linking terminal for G3PA-210B(L)-VD, -220B(L)VD, -240B(L)-VD and G3PA-420B-VD(-2), G3PA-430B-VD(-2).
• Connecting with linking terminal for G32A.
SSR
SSR1
SSR2
SSR1
G32A Unit
SSR
G32A Unit
SSR2
*
* The cover will not fit if
the terminal protrudes.
1. When SSRs are close
mounted, loosen the
M3.5 Sems screw and
flip the linking terminal
down.
2. Insert the linking
terminal securely
into the center of
the screw and
tighten the screw.
1. When SSR are close
mounted, loosen the
M3.5 Sems screw on
the G32A and flip the
linking terminal down.
2. Insert the linking terminal
securely into the center
of the screw and tighten
the screw. Ensure that
the linking terminal does
not protrude.
Connect the terminal with power off.
Linking terminal
G3PA-420B-VD
Refer to the instruction manual for
the G32A-A Power Device Cartridge
to replace the G3PA's triac part.
Linking terminal
When the temperature indicator has turned from pink to red, the G32-A-A Power Device Cartridge
may have malfunctioned, in which case the cartridge must be replaced with a new one.
172
Solid State Relays G3PA
Linking
terminal
Linking
terminal
Use the terminal cover to prevent accidents
due to electric shock.
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
Vertical Mounting
Panel
Ground
G3PA-210B(L)-VD, G3PA-220B(L)-VD
G3PA-240B(L)-VD
G3PA-260B(L)-VD
G3PA-220B(L)-VD
80
15
Load current (A)
G3PA-210B(L)-VD
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
25
60
40
25
20
-30 -20
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
20
40
60
80
100
G3PA-450B-VD-2
Load current (A)
G3PA-430B-VD, G3PA-430B-VD-2
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3PA-420B-VD, G3PA-420B-VD-2
0
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Note: Close mounting is possible for a maximum of three Units by reducing the load current by 20%. (A minimum clearance of 10 mm must be
provided when mounting four or more Units.)
Solid State Relays
G3PA
173
Input Voltage vs. Input Current
[email protected], [email protected]
Input impedance (kΩ)
Input current (mA)
Input impedance (kΩ)
Input current (mA)
[email protected]
Ta = 25°C
8
6
4
Input current
2
1
0.8
0.6
Input impedance
10
Input
current
4
2
Input impedance
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2
0.1
1
T = 25°C
8
6
0.1
2
4
6
8 10
20
1
40
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
Input voltage (V)
Input voltage (V)
Horizontal Mounting
Panel
Ground
G3PA-220B(L)-VD
15
14
11
10
G3PA-210B(L)-VD
7
5.5
5
3.5
G3PA-260B(L)-VD
Load current (A)
20
G3PA-240B(L)-VD
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3PA-210B(L)-VD, G3PA-220B(L)-VD
28
11
10
60
42
40
20
18
−30 −20
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
G3PA-430B-VD
G3PA-420B-VD
Ambient temperature (°C)
174
Solid State Relays G3PA
G3PA-450B-VD-2
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3PA-420B-VD, G3PA-430B-VD
G3PA-420B -VD-2, G3PA-430B-VD-2
Ambient temperature (°C)
0
20
40
60
80
Ambient temperature (°C)
100
Close Mounting (Up to Three)
Panel
Ground
DIN track
G3PA-210B(L)-VD, G3PA-220B(L)-VD
G3PA-240B(L)-VD
G3PA-260B(L)-VD
30
45
27
G3PA-220B-VD
15
13
9
G3PA-210B-VD
7
5
4.5
64
36
Load current (A)
20
18
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
40
30
20
14
48
40
20
10
-30 -20
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
G3PA-420B-VD, G3PA-420B-VD-2
20
40
60
80
100
G3PA-430B-VD, G3PA-430B-VD-2
30
40
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
0
Ambient temperature (°C)
20
16
10
30
24
20
10
−30
10
30
80
Ambient temperature (°C)
100
−30
10
30
80
Ambient temperature (°C)
Load current (A)
G3PA-450B-VD-2
Ambient temperature (°C)
Solid State Relays
G3PA
175
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Note: Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.
Energized time (ms)
176
Solid State Relays G3PA
G3PA-240B(L)-VD/260B(L)-VD,
G3PA-430B-VD, G3PA-430B-VD-2,
G3PA-450B-VD-2
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3PA-220B(L)-VD, G3PA-420B-VD,
G3PA-420B-VD-2
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3PA-210B(L)-VD
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G3PA-210B(L)-VD
With Terminal
Cover
Without Terminal
Cover
4.6 dia.
Two, M4
Linking terminal B1
Mounting
Holes
Terminal
Arrangement/
Internal Connections
Two, 4.5 dia. or M4 holes
Input circuit
Trigger circuit
Two,
M3.5
Linking
terminal B2
4.6 x 5.6 elliptical
hole
100 max.
G3PA-220B(L)-VD
Without Terminal
Cover
With Terminal
Cover
4.6 dia.
Linking terminal B1
Mounting
Holes
Two, M4
Terminal
Arrangement/
Internal Connections
Two, 4.5 dia. or M4 holes
Input circuit
Trigger circuit
Two,
M3.5
Linking terminal B2
4.6 x 5.6 elliptical
hole
100 max.
Linking
terminal B1
With Terminal
Cover
4.6 dia.
Two, M5
Mounting
Holes
Two, 4.5 dia. or M4 holes
Two,
M3.5
Terminal
Arrangement/
Internal Connections
Input circuit
Without Terminal
Cover
Trigger circuit
G3PA-240B(L)-VD
Linking
terminal B2
4.6 x 5.6 elliptical
hole
100 max.
Solid State Relays
G3PA
177
G3PA-260B(L)-VD
G3PA-450B-VD-2
With Terminal
Cover
Without Terminal
Cover
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
Mounting Holes
4.6 dia.
Two, M5
Two, M3.5
4.6 x 5.6
elliptical hole
Input circuit
Trigger circuit
Two, 4.5 dia. or M4 holes
110 max.
100 max.
G3PA-420B-VD, G3PA-420B-VD-2
Without Terminal
Cover
With Terminal
Cover
Mounting Holes
Two, 4.5 dia. or M4
4.6 dia.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
Two, M4
7.6
Linking
terminal
−B2
90±0.3
80
Trigger circuit
38 100
max.
Input circuit
90±0.2
Linking
terminal
67+B1
8.6
Two, M3.5
2.2
8.8
25±0.2
4.5 x 5.6 elliptic hole
100 max.
37 max.
4.5
13.2
91
90
G3PA-430B-VD, G3PA-430B-VD-2
Without Terminal
Cover
With Terminal
Cover
Mounting Holes
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
4.6 dia.
Two, M5
Two, 4.5 dia. or M4
Linking
terminal
+B1
38 100 90±0.2 80
max.
Linking
terminal
−B2
90±0.3
13
18
13
4.6 x 5.6
elliptic hole
89
178
Solid State Relays G3PA
35±0.2
4.5
100 max.
47 max.
91
35±0.3
Input circuit
67
Trigger circuit
7.6
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Load
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Load Connection
Load power
supply
SSR
Input
When attaching a heat sink to the G3PA-(VD), in order to facilitate
heat dissipation, apply silicone grease or equivalent heat-conductive
grease on the heat sink. (Toshiba Silicone, Shinetsu Silicone, etc.)
For an AC load, use a power supply rated at 50 or 60 Hz.
The maximum operating frequency is 10 Hz.
The G3PA-(VD) has a built-in varistor for overvoltage protection.
Tighten the mounting screws of the heat sink with a torque of 0.78 to
0.98 N·m.
At a low applied voltage, such as 24 VAC, the load current is not fully
supplied. When the Unit is switched ON, the voltage required to
power the Unit deprives the output signal of the necessary voltage
level and thus creates loss time. The lower the load voltage is, the
greater the loss time is. This condition, however, will not create any
serious problems.
Noise Terminal Voltage according to
EN55011
The G3PA-(VD) complies with EN55011 standards when a capacitor
is connected to the load power supply as shown in the following
circuit diagram.
Load
Input
G3PA-(VD)
Output
Loss time
Recommended Capacitor: 1 µF, 250 VAC
For a DC or L load, a diode should be connected in parallel the load
to absorb the counter electromotive force of the load.
Mounting
Vertical
↔
• Screw or DIN track
mounting is possible.
• Vertical mounting should
usually be used.
Vertical mounting
DIN track
G3PA
80 mm
DIN track
Close mounting
Horizontal mounting
Vertical
G3PA
↔
The rated ambient
temperature is
40°C. (30°C for
400 V.)
Vertical
↔
Panel
Panel
• Close mounting is also
possible.
• Close mounting is possible for
up to 3 G3PA SSRs. (If there
are 4 or more SSRs, mount at
intervals of 10 mm min.)
Reduce the load current by
10% for G3PA-210B-VD,
-220B-VD, -240B-VD and by
20% for G3PA-260B-VD, 420B-VD(-2), -430B-VD(-2),
-450B-VD-2.
• Leave a distance of 80 mm
• With vertical mounting,
reduce the load current by
30%. (Refer to the Load
Current vs. Ambient
Temperature graph.)
Note: Leave a distance of 60 mm min. between SSRs and ducts (especially above the SSR).
Solid State Relays
G3PA
179
Close Mounting
A heat exchanger, if used, should be located in front of the SSR
Units to ensure the efficiency of the heat exchanger.
SSR Mounting Pitch
Please reduce the ambient temperature of SSRs.
Panel Mounting (At a rated ambient temperature of 40°C).
The rated load current of an SSR is measured at an ambient
temperature of 25 or 40 °C.
Duct or airflow obstruction
SSR
An SSR uses a semiconductor in the output element. This causes
the temperature inside the control panel to increase due to heating
resulting from the passage of electrical current through the load. To
restrict heating, attach a fan to the ventilation outlet or air inlet of the
control panel to ventilate the panel. This will reduce the ambient
temperature of the SSRs and thus increase reliability. (Generally,
each 10 °C reduction in temperature will double the expected life.)
60 mm min.
Between duct
or airflow
obstruction
and SSR
Mounting direction
Vertical direction
Load current (A)
30 mm min.
80 mm min.
Space between
SSRs
10 A
Required number of fans 0.16
per SSR
20 A
0.31
30 A
0.47
40 A
0.62
60 A
0.93
Example: For 10 SSRs with load currents of 20 A,
0.31 x 10 = 3.1
Thus, 4 fans would be required.
Close Mounting
min.
Size of fans: 92 mm2, Air volume: 0.7 m3/min,
Ambient temperature of control panel: 30 °C
If there are other instruments that generate heat in the control
panel other than SSRs, additional ventilation will be required.
Relationship between SSRs and Ducts
Countermeasure (1)
Duct Height
Countermeasure (2)
50 mm max.
Vertical
direction
(A height of no
more than half
the SSR's height is
recommended.)
G3PA
G3PA
Mounting surface
G3PA
Mounting surface
Mounting surface
Duct or
airflow
obstruction
Airflow
Duct or
airflow
obstruction
Do not surround the SSR
with ducts, otherwise the
heat radiation of the SSR
will be adversely affected.
Use short ducts.
If the ducts cannot be
shortened, place the SSR
on a metal base so that it
is not surrounded by the
ducts.
Ventilation
Be aware of air flow
Duct or
air flow
obstruction
Ventilation
outlet
G3PA
G3PA
G3PA
Air inlet
If the air inlet or air outlet has a filter, clean the filter regularly to
prevent it from clogging and ensure an efficient flow of air.
Do not locate any objects around the air inlet or air outlet, otherwise
the objects may obstruct the proper ventilation of the control panel.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K094-E1-06
180
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays G3PA
AC Input Unit
G32A-B
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
AC Input Unit Enabling AC Operation
• Connects to a maximum of two G3PA-VD Relays.
Do Not Remove
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
G32A-B-US
1
2
3
1. Basic Model Type
G32A:
Accessory for G3PA
2. Basic Model Name
B:
AC Input Unit
3. Certification
US:
Certified by UL and CSA
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Name
AC Input Unit
Rated input voltage
100/120 VAC
Model
G32A-B-US
200/240 VAC
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
AC Input Unit
G32A-B
181
Application Examples
AC Operation
Note: 1. Two voltage specifications are available for the G32A-B,
100/120 VAC and 200/240 VAC.
2. The G32A-B can only be used with the G3PA-VD.
Two G3PA-VD Relays and One G32A-B AC Input Unit
NFB
A1
G3PA
A2
G3PA
G32A-B
G32A-D
Hard-wired heaters
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Item
Rated input voltage
100/120 VAC
Rated input 50 Hz
current
200/240 VAC
100 (200)
VAC
21.4 mA TYP
20.9 mA TYP
120 (240)
VAC
26.5 mA TYP
25.4 mA TYP
100 (200)
VAC
25.4 mA TYP
24.9 mA TYP
120 (240)
VAC
31.6 mA TYP
30.3 mA TYP
Must operate voltage
75% max. of the rated voltage
75% max. of the rated voltage
Must release voltage
10% min. of the rated voltage
10% min. of the rated voltage
Output voltage/current
12 VDC ±15%/15 mA max.
12 VDC ±15%/15 mA max.
60 Hz
■ Characteristics
Item
Rated input voltage
100/120 VAC
200/240 VAC
Input voltage range
75 to 132 VAC
Operate time
1.5 cycles max. of load power supply
Release time
1.5 cycles max. of load power supply
Vibration resistance
10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375-mm single amplitude (when mounted to DIN track)
Shock resistance
300 m/s2 (Approx. 30 G)
Ambient temperature
Storage: –30 to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Operating: –30 to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 80 g
182
AC Input Unit G32A-B
150 to 264 VAC
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
For details on connecting linking terminals, refer to page 172.
Input
The capacitor drop method is used in the internal circuit of the
G32A-B. As a result, if the input of the G32A-B is switched using
relay contacts, when power is OFF, the capacitor will cause a voltage
approximately twice the power supply voltage to be applied to the
relay contacts.
AC Input Unit
G32A-B
183
Voltage Detection Unit
G32A-C
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Prevents G3PA Malfunction
• Connects to a maximum of two G3PA-VD Relays.
• Prevents malfunction of the G3PA-VD due to residual voltage,
leakage current, or input noise.
Do Not Remove
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
G32A-C-US
1
2
3
1. Basic Model Type
G32A:
Accessory for G3PA
2. Basic Model Name
C:
Voltage Detection Unit
3. Certification
US:
Certified by UL and CSA
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Name
Voltage Detection Unit
Rated input voltage
12/24 VDC
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
184
Voltage Detection Unit
G32A-C
Model
G32A-C-US
Application Examples
• The G32A-C can be used to prevent malfunction due to residual
voltage, leakage current, and input noise.
Residual Voltage
In rated operation, the G3PA turns ON at 4 V max. Ordinarily, the
G3PA might turn ON if the residual voltage in transistor circuits
exceeds 3 V. (The G32A-C makes voltage output at voltages
exceeding 9.6 V.)
• The G32A-C can be used to improve the synchronization of input
signals during 3-phase load switching.
• The G32A-C can be used to fix the trigger voltage when using a
timing circuit.
G3PA
Residual voltage
G32A-C
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Item
Specifications
Rated input voltage
Rated input current
12/24 VDC
One G3PA
8 mA max. (when 24 VDC applied)
Two G3PAs
14 mA max. (when 24 VDC applied)
Must operate voltage
9.6 V ±10%
Must release voltage
5 V min.
Output voltage
12 VDC ±15%
■ Characteristics
Item
Specifications
Input voltage range
10.2 to 30 VDC
Operate time
1 ms max.
Release time
1 ms max.
Vibration resistance
10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375-mm single amplitude (when mounted using screws)
Shock resistance
300 m/s2 (approx. 30 G)
Ambient temperature
Storage: –30 to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Operating: –30 to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient operating humidity
45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 65 g
Voltage Detection Unit
G32A-C
185
Short-circuit Units
G32A-D
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Allows 2-wire Switching of 3-phase Power
• Ideal for 2-wire switching of 3-phase heaters.
• Improve ease of operation.
Do Not Remove
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]
1
2 3
4
1. Basic Model Type
G32A:
Accessory for G3PA
2. Basic Model Name
D:
Short-circuit Unit
3. Rated Carry Current
20:
20 A
40:
40 A
4. Certification
US:
Certified by UL and CSA
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Name
Short-circuit Unit
186
Short-circuit Units
Current flow
Applicable SSR
10 A
G3PA-210B-VD
20 A
G3PA-220B-VD
G3PA-420B-VD
30 A
G3PA-430B-VD
40 A
G3PA-240B-VD
G32A-D
Model
G32A-D20-US
G32A-D40-US
Application Example
NFB
G32A-D
G3PA
A1
G3PA
A2
Temperature
Controller
(voltageoutput model)
Hard-wired heaters
Note: When performing 2-wire switching of 3-phase power, the
leakage current that is generated when the SSR with the
shorted phase is turned OFF will increase by a factor of 1.7.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. J124-E1-03
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Short-circuit Units
G32A-D
187
Solid State Relays
G3NA
NA
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
A Wide Range of Models with 5- to 50-A
Output Currents and Up to 480-VAC/200-VDC
Output Voltages
• All models feature the same compact dimensions to provide a
uniform mounting pitch.
• Built-in varistor effectively absorbs external surges.
• Operation indicator (red LED) enables monitoring operation.
• Protective cover for greater safety.
• Standard models certified by UL and CSA and -UTU models by
VDE (TÜV) (TÜV-version not available for G3NA-410B,
G3NA-420B, and G3NA-440B).
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@[email protected]
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
1. Basic Model Name
G3NA:
Solid State Relay
2. Load Power Supply
Blank:
AC output
D:
DC output
3. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC or 200 VDC
4:
400 VAC
4. Rated Load Current
05:
5A
10:
10 A
20:
20 A
40:
40 A
50:
50 A
188
Solid State Relays
G3NA
5. Terminal Type
B:
Screw terminals
6. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
Equipped with zero cross function
(AC-output models only)
7. Certification
Blank:
Standard models (certified by UL and CSA)
UTU:
Certified by UL, CSA, and TÜV
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Zero cross
function
Phototriac
Yes
Indicator
Yes
Rated output load
Rated input voltage
5 A at 24 to 240 VAC*
5 to 24 VDC
Photocoupler
Model
G3NA-205B
100 to 120 VAC
200 to 240 VAC
Phototriac
10 A at 24 to 240 VAC*
5 to 24 VDC
Photocoupler
G3NA-210B
100 to 120 VAC
200 to 240 VAC
10 A at 200 to 480 VAC*
5 to 24 VDC
G3NA-410B
100 to 240 VAC
---
10 A at 5 to 200 VDC
5 to 24 VDC
G3NA-D210B
100 to 240 VAC
Phototriac
Yes
20 A at 24 to 240 VAC*
5 to 24 VDC
Photocoupler
G3NA-220B
100 to 120 VAC
200 to 240 VAC
20 A at 200 to 480 VAC*
5 to 24 VDC
G3NA-420B
100 to 240 VAC
Phototriac
40 A at 24 to 240 VAC*
5 to 24 VDC
Photocoupler
G3NA-240B
100 to 120 VAC
200 to 240 VAC
40 A at 200 to 480 VAC*
5 to 24 VDC
G3NA-440B
100 to 240 VAC
50 A at 200 to 480 VAC*
5 to 24 VDC
G3NA-450B
*Loss time increases under 75 VAC. (Refer to page 196.) Confirm operation with the actual load.
Note: 1. When ordering a TÜV-certified model, add “-UTU” to the model number as shown below. (There are no TÜV-certified versions of
400-V models.)
Example: G3NA-210B-UTU
2. When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Heat Sinks
Low-cost Models
The following heat sinks are thin and can be DIN-track mounted
(except Y92B-P250).
See Dimensions for details.
Y92B-A100
G3NA-205B, G3NA-210B, G3NA-D210B,
G3NA-220B, G3NA-410B, G3NA-420B
Model
Applicable SSR
Y92B-A150N
G3NA-240B, G3NA-440B
Y92B-N50
G3NA-205B, G3NA-210B, G3NA-D210B,
G3NA-410B
Y92B-A250
G3NA-440B
Y92B-N100
G3NA-220B, G3NA-420B
Mounting Bracket
Y92B-N150
G3NA-240B, G3NA-440B
Y92B-P250
G3NA-450B
Model
Applicable SSR
Used to mount the G3NA with a mounting dimension of 56 mm.
Model
R99-11
Applicable SSR
G3NA-240B, G3NA-440B
See Dimensions for details. (Refer to page 194.)
Solid State Relays
G3NA
189
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Impedance
Voltage level
Must operate voltage
[email protected]@B
Must release voltage
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 32 VDC
7 mA max.*
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
100 to 120 VAC
75 to 132 VAC
36 kΩ±20%
75 VAC max.**
20 VAC min.**
200 to 240 VAC
150 to 264 VAC
72 kΩ±20%
150 VAC max.**
40 VAC min.**
[email protected]@B
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 32 VDC
5 mA max.*
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
G3NA-D210B
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
72 kΩ±20%
75 VAC max.
20 VAC min.
Note: The input impedance is measured at the maximum value of the rated supply voltage (for example, with the model rated at 100 to 120 VAC,
the input impedance is measured at 120 VAC).
*With constant current input circuit system. The impedance for the [email protected]@@B-UTU is 15 mA max.
**Refer to the Engineering Data for further details.
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
Load voltage range
Load current (See note 1.)
With heat sink
(See note 2.)
G3NA-205B
24 to 240 VAC
19 to 264 VAC
G3NA-210B
Inrush current
Without heat sink
0.1 to 5 A
0.1 to 3 A
60 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
0.1 to 10 A
0.1 to 4 A
150 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3NA-410B
200 to 480 VAC
180 to 528 VAC
0.2 to 10 A
0.2 to 4 A
G3NA-220B
24 to 240 VAC
19 to 264 VAC
0.1 to 20 A
0.1 to 4 A
G3NA-420B
200 to 480 VAC
180 to 528 VAC
0.2 to 20 A
0.2 to 4 A
G3NA-240B
24 to 240 VAC
19 to 264 VAC
0.1 to 40 A
0.1 to 6 A
G3NA-440B
200 to 480 VAC
180 to 528 VAC
0.2 to 40 A
0.2 to 6 A
G3NA-450B
200 to 480 VAC
180 to 528 VAC
0.2 to 50 A
0.2 to 6 A
G3NA-D210B
5 to 200 VDC
4 to 220 VDC
0.1 to 10 A
0.1 to 4 A
220 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
440 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
20 A (10 ms)
Note: 1. The load current varies depending on the ambient temperature. Refer to Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature under Engineering Data.
2. When OMRON’s heat sink (refer to the accessories) or a heat sink of specified size is used.
■ Characteristics
Item
G3NA-205B,
-210B, -220B
G3NA-240B
G3NA-410B, -420B,
-440B, -450B
G3NA-D210B
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
3/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (AC input)
1 ms max. (DC input)
30 ms max. (AC input)
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
3/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (AC input)
5 ms max. (DC input)
30 ms max. (AC input)
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
1.8 V (RMS) max.
1.5 V max.
Leakage current
5 mA max. (at 100 VAC)
10 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
10 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
20 mA max. (at 400 VAC)
5 mA max. (at 200 VDC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E64562/CSA C22.2 (No.0, No.14) File No. LR35535 (except for G3NA-450B)
TÜV R9151660 (EN60950) (except for [email protected])
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 60 g
190
–30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Solid State Relays G3NA
Approx. 70 g
Approx. 80 g
Approx. 70 g
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
G3NA-205B
G3NA-210B/410B
G3NA-220B/420B
Without heat sink
Load current (A)
With standard heat sink
(Y92B-A100 or Y92BN50) or aluminum plate
measuring 75 mm x
75 mm x t3.2 mm
(W x H x t)
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
20
16
10
With standard heat sink
(Y92B-A100 or Y92BN50) or aluminum plate
8 measuring 150 mm x
150 mm x t3.2 mm
(W x H x t)
6
5 With iron plate measuring
100 x 100 x t0.8 (W x H x t)
4
Without heat sink
With standard heat sink
(Y92B-A100 or Y92BN100) or aluminum plate
measuring 200 mm x
200 mm x t3.2 mm
(W x H x t)
With iron plate measuring
100 x 100 x t0.8 (W x H x t)
2
Without heat sink
0
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
G3NA-240B
G3NA-440B
G3NA-D210B
50
20
With Y92B-A250
or heat sink with a
radiation efficiency
of 1°C/W.
With iron plate measuring
100 x 100 x t0.8 (W x H x t)
Without heat sink
Ambient temperature (°C)
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
40
With standard heat
sink (Y92B-A150N or
Y92B-N150)
30
With standard heat
sink (Y92B-A150N
or Y92B-N150)
20
12
10
6
4
2
0
With iron plate measuring
100 x 100 x t0.8 (W x H x t)
Without heat sink
10
Load current (A)
45
With standard heat sink
(Y92B-A100 or Y92B-N50)
or aluminum plate measuring
150 mm x 150 mm x t3.2 mm
(W x H x t)
6
iron plate measuring
5 With
100 x 100 x t0.8 (W x H x t)
4
Without heat sink
2
0
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Load current (A)
G3NA-450B
With standard heat sink
(Y92B-P250)
Without heat sink
Ambient temperature (°C)
Solid State Relays
G3NA
191
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Note: Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.
G3NA-220B/420B
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3NA-210B/410B
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3NA-205B
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Temperature
Characteristics (with
Must Operate Voltage
and Must Release
Voltage)
[email protected]@B AC Input
G3NA-D210B
Variation rate (%)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3NA-240B/440B/450B
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Heat Sink Area vs. Load Current
G3NA-220B
Heat sink area (cm2)
Ambient temperature
80°C
Ambient temperature
40°C
Note: The heat sink area refers to the combined area of the sides of the heat
sink that radiate heat. For example, when a current of 18 A is allowed
to flow through the SSR at 40°C, the graph shows that the heat sink
area is about 450 cm2. Therefore, if the heat sink is square, one side of
the heat sink must be 15 cm ( 450 (cm2)/2 ) or longer.
Aluminum plate
3.2 mm thick
Load current (A)
192
Solid State Relays G3NA
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G3NA-205B, G3NA-210B, G3NA-220B, G3NA-410B, G3NA-420B
Four, M4 x 8
4.5 dia. screws
Mounting Holes
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Top View)
Two, 4.3-dia.
or M4 holes
Load
Load
power
supply
58 max. 47.5 44
Output
1
2
47.6±0.2
4.5
25
43 max.
Operating
indicator
(−)
4
13.8
25 max.
27 max.
(+)
3
Input
G3NA-240B, G3NA-440B, G3NA-450B
Mounting Holes
4.5 dia. Two, M5 x 12 screws
Two, 4.3-dia.
or M4 holes
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Top View)
Load
Load
power
supply
58 min. 47.5 44
Output
1
47.6±0.2
Operating
indicator
4.5
25
43 max.
Two,
M4x8
2
(−)
4
13.8
25 max.
27 max.
(+)
3
Input
G3NA-D210B
Note: The load can be connected to either the positive or negative side.
Four, M4 x 8
4.5 dia. screws
Mounting Holes
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Top View)
Two, 4.3-dia.
or M4 holes
58 max. 47.5 44
Load
Load
power
supply
Output
4.5
25
43 max.
Operating
indicator
47.6±0.2
13.8
25 max.
27 max.
1
−
2
+
(−)
4
(+)
3
Input
Heat Sink
Y92B-N50
In the case of surface mounting, a 30% derating of the load current is required.
The orientation indicated by the external dimensions is not the correct mounting orientation. When opening mounting holes, refer to the
mounting hole dimensions.
Mounting Holes
4.6 dia.
35±0.2
Two, M3 holes
Two, 3.2-dia. holes
Two, M4 holes
44 max. 30
35 30.5±0.3
47.6
77 max.
90±0.3
100 max.
5.6
5
Two, 4.4-dia.
or M4 holes
47 max.
90±0.4
6
4.5
51 max.
Weight: approx. 200 g
Solid State Relays
G3NA
193
Y92B-N100
4.6 dia.
Two, M3 holes Two, M4
holes
Mounting Holes
Two, 3.2-dia. holes
35±0.2
71 max. 30
35 30.5±0.3
75 max.
Two, 4.4-dia.
or M4 holes
90±0.4
5.6
47.6
77 max.
90±0.3
28
13
5
100 max.
4.5
100 max.
Weight: approx. 400 g
Y92B-N150
Mounting Holes
Two, 3.2-dia. holes
47.6
35±0.2
Three,
M4 holes
4.6 dia.
35
100 max. 30
Two, 4.4-dia.
or M4 holes
104 max.
90±0.4
56±0.3
77 max.
90±0.3
100 max.
5.6
28
5
100 max.
13
4.5
Weight: approx. 560 g
Y92B-P250
Four, M4
Mounting Holes
Four, 4.5 dia. or M4
190.5 max.
Four, R2.5
130.5 max.
70 max.
194
Solid State Relays G3NA
Y92B-A100
Y92B-A150N
Y92B-A250
Three, M4 holes
R2.2
90±0.1
90±0.1
Two, M4 holes
90±0.1
Three, M4 holes
47.6
R2.2
80.5 max.
1.5
47.6
100.5 max.
9.6
2
47.6
50±0.1
100 max.
50±0.1
56±0.5
150 max.
Weight: approx. 210 g
Weight: approx. 310 g
50±0.1
56±0.5
250 max.
30
45.5 max.
1.5
Weight: approx. 510 g
Mounting Holes
Y92B-A100
Y92B-A150N
Y92B-A250
Four, 4.3-dia. or M4 holes
90±0.1
50±0.1
R99-11
Use Mounting Bracket R99-11 so that the
G3NA-240B can be mounted with the same
pitch as that of the G3N-240B.
Model
R99-11
16
8
5
Applicable SSR
G3NA-240B
G3NA-440B
12.5
56
21
4
4.6
Solid State Relays
G3NA
195
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Load Connection
Noise Terminal Voltage according to
EN55011
The G3NA-UTU complies with EN55011 standards when a capacitor
is connected to the load power supply as shown in the following
circuit diagram.
For an AC load, use a power supply rated at 50 or 60 Hz.
The maximum operating frequency is 10 Hz.
The G3NA has a built-in varistor for overvoltage protection.
At a low applied voltage, such as 24 VAC, the load current is not fully
supplied. When the Unit is switched ON, the voltage required to
power the Unit deprives the output signal of the necessary voltage
level and thus creates loss time. The lower the load voltage is, the
greater the loss time is. This condition, however, will not create any
serious problems.
Load
Input
G3NA-UTU
Output
Recommended Capacitor: 1 µF, 250 VAC
The output terminal side of the G3NA-D210B is connected to a builtin diode for protecting the SSR from damage that may result from
reverse connection. The SSR, however, cannot withstand one minute
or more if the wires are connected in reverse. Therefore, pay the
utmost attention not to make polarity mistakes on the load side.
Close Mounting
SSR Mounting Pitch
Loss time
Panel Mounting
For a DC or L load, a diode should be connected in parallel the load
to absorb the counter electromotive force of the load.
Duct or airflow obstruction
Load
Input
SSR
60 mm min.
Load power
supply
When attaching a heat sink to the G3NA, in order to facilitate heat
dissipation, apply silicone grease or equivalent heat-conductive
grease on the heat sink. (Toshiba Silicone, Shinetsu Silicone, etc.)
Mounting direction
Vertical direction
Host and slave
Tighten the mounting screws of the heat sink with a torque of 0.78 to
0.98 N·m.
30 mm min.
80 mm min.
196
Solid State Relays G3NA
Between duct or
airflow
obstruction
and SSR
Relationship between SSRs and Ducts
Countermeasure 1
Mounting surface
Mounting surface
Duct or
airflow
obstruction
Vertical
direction
Countermeasure 2
50 mm max.
(A height of no
more than half
the SSR's height
is recommended.)
Mounting surface
Duct Height
Airflow
Duct or
airflow
obstruction
Do not surround the SSR with
ducts, otherwise the heat radiation
of the SSR will be adversely
affected.
Use short ducts.
If the ducts cannot be
shortened, place the SSR on
a metal base so that it is not
surrounded by the ducts.
Ventilation
Please reduce the ambient temperature of SSRs.
Be aware of airflow
The rated load current of an SSR is measured at an ambient
temperature of 25 or 40 °C.
Duct or airflow
obstruction
Ventilation
outlet
An SSR uses a semiconductor in the output element. This causes
the temperature inside the control panel to increase due to heating
resulting from the passage of electrical current through the load. To
restrict heating, attach a fan to the ventilation outlet or air inlet of the
control panel to ventilate the panel. This will reduce the ambient
temperature of the SSRs and thus increase reliability. (Generally,
each 10 °C reduction in temperature will double the expected life.)
Load current (A)
5A
Required number of fans 0.08
per SSR
Air inlet
If the air inlet or air outlet has a filter, clean the filter regularly to
prevent it from clogging to ensure an efficient flow of air.
Do not locate any objects around the air inlet or air outlet, otherwise
the objects may obstruct the proper ventilation of the control panel.
A heat exchanger, if used, should be located in front of the SSRs to
ensure the efficiency of the heat exchanger.
When attaching a heat sink to the SSR, apply silicone grease or an
equivalent heat-conductive grease on the heat sink. (Toshiba
Silicone: YG6260, Shinetsu Silicone: G746, etc.)
10 A
0.16
20 A
0.31
40 A
0.62
Example: For 10 SSRs with load currents of 10 A,
0.16 x 10 = 1.6
Thus, 2 fans would be required.
Size of fans: 92 mm2, Air volume: 0.7 m3/min,
Ambient temperature of control panel: 30 °C
If there are other instruments that generate heat in the control
panel other than SSRs, additional ventilation will be required.
Tighten the mounting screws of the heat sink with a torque of 0.78 to
0.98 N·m.
When using the following models, connect the heat sink (steel plate
on the bottom) to the ground: G3NA-D210B, G3NA-410B, G3NA420B, and G3NA-440B.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K067-E1-05
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays
G3NA
197
Solid State Relays
G3NH
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Switching 75 to 150 A at 240 to 440 VAC
• Easy-to-mount monoblock construction incorporating heat sink.
• Replaceable power cartridge.
• Built-in operation indicator and varistor.
• A series of high-voltage (440 V) models available.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@
1
2 3 4 5
1. Basic Model Name
G3NH:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
4:
400 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
075:
75 A
150:
150 A
4. Terminal Type
B:
Screw terminals
5. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
Equipped with zero cross function
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Photocoupler
Zero cross
function
Yes
Indicator
Yes
Rated output load
75 A at 100 to 240 VAC
75 A at 180 to 440 VAC
Rated input voltage
5 to 24 VDC
100 to 240 VAC
198
Solid State Relays G3NH
G3NH-2075B
G3NH-4075B
150 A at 100 to 240 VAC
G3NH-2150B
150 A at 180 to 440 VAC
G3NH-4150B
The built-in Thyristor Modules can be replaced. Refer to the table on page 200 for the model number.
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
Model
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Impedance
(Input current)
Voltage level
Must operate voltage
Must release voltage
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 30 VDC
5 mA max.*
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
41 kΩ±20%
75 VAC max.
20 VAC min.
*G3NH converts the input current into a constant current.
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
Load voltage range
G3NH-2075B
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
G3NH-4075B
180 to 440 VAC
150 to 484 VAC
G3NH-2150B
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
G3NH-4150B
180 to 440 VAC
150 to 484 VAC
Load current
(See note.)
Inrush current
1 to 75 A
800 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
1 to 150 A
1,800 A
(60 Hz, 1 cycle)
Note: The load current varies depending on the ambient temperature. Refer to Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature under Engineering Data for
details.
■ Characteristics
Item
G3NH-2075B
G3NH-4075B
G3NH-2150B
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
3/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (AC input)
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (DC input)
3/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. (AC input)
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
30 mA max.
(at 200 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 500 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 1.8 kg
60 mA max.
(at 400 VAC)
30 mA max.
(at 200 VAC)
G3NH-4150B
60 mA max.
(at 400 VAC)
Approx. 3.0 kg
Solid State Relays
G3NH
199
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
One Cycle Surge Current: Nonrepetitive
Note: Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs
repeatedly.
[email protected], [email protected]
[email protected], [email protected]
150
100
75
[email protected]
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Load current (A)
200
Vertical
mounting
Horizontal mounting
Vertical
mounting
[email protected]
60
50
37
25
[email protected]
[email protected]
Horizontal mounting
0
−30 −20
0
20 30 40
60
80
100
Ambient temperature (°C)
Energized time (ms)
Input Current vs. Input Impedance
Input current
Impedance
Input impedance (kΩ)
Input current
Input current (mA)
G3NH (75 to 264 VAC)
Input impedance (kΩ)
Input current (mA)
G3NH (4 to 30 VDC)
Impedance
Input voltage (V)
Input voltage (V)
Operation
■ Replacement Parts
G32A-N Thyristor Module
If the thyristor module is damaged, replace it with a new one.
Name
Thyristor
module
200
Solid State Relays G3NH
Applicable
load
Applicable
Relay
Model
75 A at 75 to
264 VAC
G3NH-2075B
G32A-N2075
75 A at 150 to
484 VAC
G3NH-4075B
G32A-N4075
150 A at 75 to
264 VAC
G3NH-2150B
G32A-N2150
150 A at 150 to G3NH-4150B
484 VAC
G32A-N4150
Replacement
Be sure to turn off the power before replacement.
1. First, remove the four screws (shown below as “A”) and the
transparent protective cover from the relay housing and then
disconnect the wiring.
A
D
A
D
A
A
2. Remove the four screws (shown in the following as “B”) and the
nameplate from the relay housing.
B
B
B
B
Name plate
3. Remove the three screws (shown in the following as “C”) from
inside the housing and pull the Base Assembly up to detach. (The
Base Assembly cannot be removed thoroughly because of the
leads connected to the base.)
C
Base
PWB securing groove
Heat sink
Assembly of the thyristor module must be performed in the exact
reverse order of the previous disassembly steps 1 to 5.
6. Before mounting the new thyristor module for replacement, wipe
off the silicone grease adhering to the heat sink, keep clean the
jointing surfaces of the heat sink and thyristor module, and apply
the new grease (supplied as an accessory) to the jointing
surfaces. Secure the thyristor module to the heat sink with the two
screws “D” and tighten each screw to a torque of 2.45 to
2.94 N·m.
7. Connect the thyristor module to the PWB with the socket. (The
socket may be inserted in either direction.) Assemble the Base
Assembly with the heat sink by aligning the PWB with the PWB
securing groove and the protective cover with the protective cover
securing groove, respectively, while exercising caution not to get
any of the leads caught between the Base Assembly and the heat
sink.
8. Secure the Base Assembly with the three screws “C”. Because a
large current flows into these screw parts, make sure that any of
the screws is not clogged with foreign matter and tighten each
screw to a torque of 4.41 to 4.90 N·m.
9. Check the assembled parts again for any lead caught between
the Base Assembly and heat sink and for proper fitting of the
PWB and protective cover into their respective securing grooves.
Then, replace the nameplate and secure it with the four screws
“B”.
10.Complete the wiring and secure the protective cover with the four
screws “A”.
11.Apply power to the relay and check the relay for proper operation.
4. When the Base Assembly is detached, you will see the leads
connected to the built-in thyristor module. Pull the connector to
disconnect the leads. At this point, if any defect exists in any of
the electronic components on the PWB, the SSR may fail again
even after the replacement of the built-in thyristor module. In such
a case, consult OMRON about appropriate remedial action.
Protection cover
securing groove
Connector
PWB
Protection cover
Connecting to thyristor module
5. Remove the two screws (shown in the following as “D”) and take
out the built-in thyristor module.
Solid State Relays
G3NH
201
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
The orientation indicated by the external dimensions is not the correct mounting orientation. When opening mounting holes, refer to the mounting
hole dimensions.
G3NH-2075B/4075B
Four, 6.5-dia.
Mounting Holes
Four, 6.5 dia. or M6
13
8
150
135±0.5
Two,
M3×8
Two,
M6×12
120
90±0.5
120
G3NH-2150B/4150B
Mounting Holes
Four, 6.5-dia.
Four, 6.5 dia. or M6
22
8
186
171±0.5
Two,
M3×8
Two,
M8×16
126±0.5
156
156
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Mounting
Load Connection
When you locate the G3NH near other equipment, take the heat
resistivity of the equipment into consideration. The temperature of
the G3NH’s heat sink will rise by approximately 50°C with a rated
current flow through the G3NH.
Securely tighten the LOAD terminal screws with the torque specified
in the following list after you connect the load to the LOAD terminals.
If the tightening torque is not enough, the terminals will generate
heat.
Model
Tightening torque
[email protected]
4.41 to 4.90 N·m
[email protected]
8.82 to 9.80 N·m
The G3NH will rise the ambient temperature. When mounting the
G3NH inside a panel, install a fan for proper ventilation.
When closely mounting the G3NH Solid State Relays side by side,
reduce the load current 30% lower than the specified value shown in
the load current vs. ambient temperature graph.
Take proper measures so that the heat sink will be protected from
dust.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K070-E1-05
202
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays G3NH
Solid State Relays
G3NE
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Compact, Low-cost, SSR Switching 5 to 20 A
• Wide load voltage range: 75 to 264 VAC. Both 100-V and
200-V loads can be handled with the same model.
• Dedicated, compact aluminum PCB and power elements used.
• Built-in varistor effectively absorbs external surges.
• Quick-connect #110 input terminals and #250 output
connections. (#187 input terminals and #250 output
connections are available.)
• “-US” models certified by UL, CSA, and IEC/EN (TÜV).
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@[email protected]@
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
1. Basic Model Name
G3NE:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
05:
5A
10:
10 A
20:
20 A
4. Terminal Type
T:
Quick-connect terminals
5. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
Equipped with zero cross function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
6. Special Specifications
Blank:
Standard models
2:
#187 input terminals
7. Certification
US:
Certified by UL, CSA, and TÜV
Solid State Relays
G3NE
203
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Zero cross
function
Phototriac
Yes
Indicator
No
Rated output load
5 A at 100 to 240 VAC
Rated input voltage
5, 12, 24 VDC
G3NE-205T-US
G3NE-205T-2-US
G3NE-210T-US
G3NE-210T-2-US
G3NE-220T-US
G3NE-220T-2-US
G3NE-205TL-US
G3NE-205TL-2-US
G3NE-210TL-US
G3NE-210TL-2-US
G3NE-220TL-US
G3NE-220TL-2-US
10 A at 100 to 240 VAC
20 A at 100 to 240 VAC
No
Model
5 A at 100 to 240 VAC
10 A at 100 to 240 VAC
20 A at 100 to 240 VAC
Note: When ordering, specify the input voltage.
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Heat Sinks
The following heat sinks are thin and can be DIN-track mounted.
See Dimensions for details.
Model
Applicable SSR
Y92B-N50
G3NE-205T(L)(-2)-US/-210T(L)(-2)-US
Y92B-N100
G3NE-220T(L)(-2)-US
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Voltage level
Must operate
Input impedance
Must release
With zero cross function Without zero cross function
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
4 VDC max.
250 Ω±20%
300 Ω±20%
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
9.6 VDC max.
600 Ω±20%
800 Ω±20%
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
19.2 VDC max.
1.6 kΩ±20%
1 VDC min.
Note: Each model has 5-VDC, 12-VDC, and 24-VDC input versions.
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage Load voltage range
Load current
(See note 1.)
With heat sink
G3NE-205T(L)(-2)-US
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
Inrush current
Without heat sink
0.1 to 5 A
0.1 to 5 A
60 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3NE-210T(L)(-2)-US
0.1 to 10 A
(See note 2.)
0.1 to 5 A
150 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3NE-220T(L)(-2)-US
0.1 to 20 A
(See note 2.)
0.1 to 5 A
220 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
Note: 1. The load current varies depending on the ambient temperature. Refer to Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature under Engineering Data
for details.
2. These values apply when using a dedicated heat sink or a radiation plate of specified size.
204
Solid State Relays G3NE
■ Characteristics
Item
[email protected]@T(-2)-US
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
2 mA max. (at 100 VAC)
5 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
[email protected]@TL(-2)-US
1 ms max.
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
UL508 File No.E64562/CSA C22.2 (No.0, No.14) File No. LR35535
TÜV R9051064 (VDE0435) (EN60950)
Weight
Approx. 37 g
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
G3NE-205T(L)(-2)-US
G3NE-210T(L)(-2)-US
With standard heat sink (Y92B-N100) or
aluminum plate measuring 300 mm x
300 mm x t3 mm (W x H x D)
Load current (A)
Without heat sink
Load current (A)
With standard heat sink (Y92B-N50)
or aluminum plate measuring 100 mm
x 100 mm x t2 mm (W x H x D)
Without heat sink
Load current (A)
G3NE-220T(L)(-2)-US
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Without heat sink
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Note: Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.
Energized time (ms)
G3NE-220T(L)(-2)-US
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3NE-210T(L)(-2)-US
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3NE-205T(L)(-2)-US
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Solid State Relays
G3NE
205
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G3NE-205T(L)/210T(L)/220T(L)(-2)-US
3.5 dia. hole
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Top View)
47.5
max.
37.5 max.
14.5
Input
voltage
Two #110 (t = 0.5) (Faston
tab or equivalent)*
Two #250 (t = 0.8) (Faston
tab or equivalent)
6.5
Input
4−
Output
Load
2
Load power
supply
7.95
7.1
2.9
6
11.5 max.
3
Mounting Holes
Two, 3.5-dia. or M3 holes
* [email protected]@T(L)-2-US: Two, #187 (t=0.5) (Faston tab or equivalent)
Heat Sink
Y92B-N50
1
3+
30+0.5
30±0.2
Mounting Holes
4.6 dia. hole
Two, M3 holes
Two, M4 holes
Two, 3.2-dia.
holes
44 max. 30
35 30.5±0.3
47.6
5.6
5
77 max.
90±0.3
100 max.
Y92B-N100
4.6 dia. hole
Two, M3 holes
47 max.
6
90±0.4
Two, 4.4-dia.
or M4 holes
4.5
51 max.
Weight: approx. 200 g
35±0.2
Two, M4
holes
Two, 3.2-dia. holes
Mounting Holes
71 max. 30
35 30.5±0.3
75 max.
90±0.4
47.6
77 max.
5
5.6
28
100 max.
13
4.5
Two, 4.4-dia.
or M4 holes
90±0.3
100 max.
35±0.2
Weight: approx. 400 g
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Do not apply excessive force to the terminals. Be careful when
pulling or inserting the terminal clips for the Quick Connector (QC).
When attaching a heat sink to the G3NE, in order to facilitate heat
dissipation, apply heat-conductive grease on the heat sink. Tighten
the mounting screws of the heat sink with a torque of 0.59 to
0.98 N·m.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K062-E1-05
206
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays G3NE
Solid State Relays
G3TA
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
I/O SSRs That Mount to OMRON’s G7TC I/O
Block
• Input and output modules are available in wide variety.
• Snaps easily into P7TF I/O Terminals and can be used together
with G7T I/O relays.
• Operation of each SSR can be monitored easily through an LED
indicator.
• Certified by UL and CSA.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@@@[email protected]
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
6. Rated Load Current
01:
1A
02:
2A
R02:
25 mA
7. Terminal Type
S:
Plug-in terminals
8. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
DC output models
Z:
Equipped with zero cross function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
9. Operation Indicator
Blank:
Equipped with operation indicator
M:
Not equipped with operation indicator
10.Certification
US:
Certified by UL and CSA
1. Basic Model Name
G3T:
I/O Solid State Relay
2. Structure
A:
Socket type for PCB
3. I/O
I:
Input models
O:
Output models
4. Type
A:
Input models: AC input
Output models: AC output
D:
Input models: DC input
Output models: DC output
5. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC/200 VDC
X:
50 to 100 V
Z:
26 V max.
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Input Modules
Isolation
Indicator
Logic level
Supply voltage
Photocoupler
Yes
4 to 32 VDC
No
Rated input voltage
Model
Supply current
25 mA
100 to 240 VAC
G3TA-IAZR02S-US
5 to 24 VDC
G3TA-IDZR02S-US
4 to 24 VDC
G3TA-IDZR02SM-US
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
Solid State Relays
G3TA
207
Output Modules
Isolation
Zero cross
function
Phototriac
Yes
Indicator
Yes
Rated output load
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
Rated input voltage
12 VDC
Model
G3TA-OA202SZ-US
24 VDC
No
12 VDC
G3TA-OA202SL-US
24 VDC
Photocoupler
---
2 A at 5 to 48 VDC
12 VDC
G3TA-ODX02S-US
24 VDC
1 A at 48 to 200 VDC
12 VDC
24 VDC
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
I/O Indication
I/O module classification and AC/DC use are indicated on the mark
affixed to the top of the product.
Mark indication
Specification
AC IN
Input module, AC input
DC IN
Input module, DC input
AC OUT
Output module, AC output
DC OUT
Output module, DC output
Mark attached to the top of product
208
Solid State Relays G3TA
G3TA-OD201S-US
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Connecting Socket
I/O classification
Rated voltage
Input (NPN, – common)
12 VDC
Model
P7TF-IS16
24 VDC
100/110 VDC
100/110 VAC
200/220 VAC
Output (NPN, + common)
12 VDC
P7TF-OS16
24 VDC
Output (PNP, – common)
12 VDC
P7TF-OS16-1
24 VDC
Output (NPN, + common)
12 VDC
P7TF-OS08
24 VDC
---
---
P7TF-05
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input Module
Input
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Input current
Voltage level
Must operate voltage Must release voltage
G3TA-IAZR02S-US
100 to 240 VAC
80 to 264 VAC
80 VAC max.
10 VAC min.
G3TA-IDZR02S-US
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 32 VDC
5 mA max.
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
G3TA-IDZR02SM-US
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 32 VDC
3 VDC max.
Output
Model
G3TA-IAZR02S-US
Logic level supply voltage
4 to 32 VDC
Output breakdown voltage
32 VDC max.
Output current
25 mA max.
Output current
(load current)
0.1 to 25 mA
G3TA-IDZR02S-US
G3TA-IDZR02SM-US
Output Module
Input
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Input impedance
Voltage level
Must operate voltage Must release voltage
G3TA-OA202SZ-US
G3TA-OA202SL-US
G3TA-ODX02S-US
G3TA-OD201S-US
12 VDC
9.6 to 13.2 VDC
0.9 kΩ±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 26.4 VDC
1.7 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
9.6 VDC max.
12 VDC
9.6 to 13.2 VDC
0.9 kΩ±20%
24 VDC
19.2 to 26.4 VDC
1.7 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
12 VDC
9.6 to 13.2 VDC
3.5 kΩ±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 26.4 VDC
6.5 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
12 VDC
9.6 to 13.2 VDC
3.6 kΩ±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 26.4 VDC
6.4 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
Solid State Relays
2 VDC min.
G3TA
209
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
Load voltage range
Load current (See note.)
0.05 to 2 A
Inrush current
G3TA-OA202SZ-US
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
30 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3TA-OA202SL-US
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
G3TA-ODX02S-US
5 to 48 VDC
4 to 60 VDC
0.01 to 2 A
12 A (10 ms)
G3TA-OD201S-US
48 to 200 VDC
40 to 200 VDC
0.01 to 1 A
6 A (10 ms)
Note: The minimum current value is measured at 10°C min.
■ Characteristics
Input Module
Item
G3TA-IAZR02S-US
G3TA-IDZR02S-US
Operate time
20 ms max.
0.5 ms max.
Release time
20 ms max.
0.5 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V max.
Leakage current
5 µA max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between input and output
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
UL508 file No. E64562/CSA C22.2 (No. 0, No. 14) file No. LR35535
Weight
Approx. 16 g
G3TA-IDZR02SM-US
Output Module
Item
G3TA-OA202SZ-US
G3TA-OA202SL-US
1/2 of load power source
cycle + 1 ms max.
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V max.
Leakage current
5 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between input and output
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
UL508 file No. E64562, CSA C22.2 (No. 14) file No. LR3553
Weight
Approx. 23 g
210
G3TA-OD201S-US
0.5 ms max.
2 ms max.
2 ms max.
2 ms max.
2.5 V max.
1 mA max.
–30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
With up to four G3TA SSRs mounted
before G7T Relays, switching is possible
at the rated load current for each Relay.
G3TA
1 ms max.
G3TA-ODX02S-US
Operate time
G7T
Solid State Relays G3TA
With G3TA SSRs mounted before every
other G7T Relays, switching is possible at
the rated load current for each Relay.
G3TA
G7T
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics
G3TA-OD201S-US
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3TA-OA202SZ/OA202SL/ODX02S-US
Single-point mounting
16-point mounting
Single-point mounting
16-point mounting
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Non-repetitive (Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3TA-OD201S-US
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3TA-ODX02S-US
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3TA-OA202SZ/OA202SL-US
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Connections
■ External Connections (Bottom View)
G3TA-IAZR02S
G3TA-IDZR02S/IDZR02SM
Output
+
3
Output
−
5
4
+
3
−
5
4
1
G3TA-OA
G3TA-OD
Load power supply
Load power supply
Load
3
1
Load
−
5
+
1
4
+
3
−
−
5
+
1
4
Solid State Relays
G3TA
211
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
33.5 max.
28.4
10 max.
31.7
39 max.
24
7.1 7.5 9
6
Connecting Sockets
182
For Input (NPN, - Common)
P7TF-IS16
68
35.3+0.2
0
M3.5
85
34
26
8
212
Solid State Relays G3TA
10
21
32.5
For Output (NPN, + Common)
P7TF-OS16
182
68
85
35.3+0.2
0
M3.5
8
10
For Output (PNP, + Common)
P7TF-OS08
21
32.5
68
102
M3.5
85
8
35.3+0.2
0
10
21
32.5
P7TF-O5
19 max.
Five, M3.5 x 8
Square washer faced screw
71.5 max.
59 max.
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Connection
With the SSR for DC switching, the load can be connected to either
positive or negative output terminal of the SSR.
Protective Component
Since the SSR does not incorporate an overvoltage absorption
component, be sure to connect an overvoltage absorption
component when using the SSR under an inductive load.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. J049-E1-04
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays
G3TA
213
Solid State Relays [email protected]
G3F/G3FD
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
International Standards for G3F Series,
Same Profile as MY Power Relays
• Shape-compatible with mechanical relays.
• Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE (model numbers with a suffix of
“-VD”).
• Socket type, same size as MY Power Relays.
• Operation indicator provided to confirm input (model numbers
with “N” before the suffix).
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@[email protected]
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
1. Basic Model Name
G3F:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
02:
2A
03:
3A
4. Terminal Type
S:
Plug-in terminals
5. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
Equipped with zero cross functions
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
6. Operation Indicator
Blank:
Not equipped with operation indicator
N:
Equipped with operation indicator
7. Certification
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE
[email protected]@@@[email protected]
1
2
3 4 5 6
7
5. Terminal Type
S:
Plug-in terminals
6. Operation Indicator
Blank:
Not equipped with operation indicator
N:
Equipped with operation indicator
7. Certification
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE
1. Basic Model Name
G3F:
Solid State Relay
2. Load Power Supply Type
D:
DC
3. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
X:
50 VDC
1:
100 VDC
4. Rated Load Current
02:
2A
03:
3A
214
Solid State Relays [email protected]
G3F/G3FD
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Photocoupler
Zero cross
function
Yes
Indicator
Yes
Rated output load
Rated input voltage
Model
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC (See note 1.)
5 to 24 VDC
G3F-203SN-VD
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC (See note 1.)
100/110 VAC
G3F-202SN-VD
200/220 VAC
Phototriac coupler
No
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC (See note 1.)
5 VDC
G3F-203SLN-VD
12 VDC
24 VDC
Photocoupler
3 A at 4 to 48 VDC (See note 2.)
5 to 24 VDC
G3FD-X03SN-VD
2 A at 5 to 110 VDC
100/110 VAC
G3FD-102SN-VD
200/220 VAC
5 to 24 VDC
Photocoupler
Yes
Phototriac coupler
No
No
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC (See note 1.)
4 to 24 VDC
G3F-203S-VD
5 VDC
G3F-203SL-VD
12 VDC
24 VDC
Photocoupler
3 A at 4 to 48 VDC (See note 2.)
4 to 24 VDC
G3FD-X03S-VD
2 A at 5 to 110 VDC
G3FD-102S-VD
Note: 1. Product is labelled “250 VAC”.
2. Product is labelled “50 VDC”.
3. When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Connecting Sockets
Refer to page 297 for details.
Item
PYF08A-E
PY08
Connecting
Front connecting
Back connecting
Mounting method/
Terminal type
Track mounted/
screw terminals
Solder terminals
Hold-down clip
PYC-A1
PYC-P
PY08-02
PCB terminals
PY08QN(2)
Wrapping terminals
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Impedance
Voltage level
Must operate voltage
Must release voltage
G3F-203SN-VD
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 28 VDC
15 mA max. (See note.) 4 VDC max.
G3F-202SN-VD
100/110 VAC
75 to 125 VAC
41 kΩ±20%
75 VAC max.
20 VAC min.
200/220 VAC
150 to 250 VAC
72 kΩ±20%
150 VAC max.
40 VAC min.
Solid State Relays [email protected]
1 VDC min.
G3F/G3FD
215
Model
Rated voltage
G3F-203SLN-VD
Operating voltage
Impedance
390 Ω±20%
Voltage level
Must operate voltage
Must release voltage
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
900 Ω±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
2 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
G3FD-X03SN-VD
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 28 VDC
1.5 kΩ+20%/–10%
4 VDC max.
G3FD-102SN-VD
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 28 VDC
1.5 kΩ
4 VDC max.
+20%
/–10%
100/110 VAC
75 to 125 VAC
41 kΩ±20%
75 VAC max.
20 VAC min.
200/220 VAC
150 to 250 VAC
72 kΩ±20%
150 VAC max.
40 VAC min.
G3F-203S-VD
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 28 VDC
15 mA max. (See note.) 3 VDC max.
G3F-203SL-VD
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
390 Ω±20%
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
900 Ω±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
2 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 28 VDC
1.5 kΩ+20%/–10%
3 VDC max.
G3FD-X03S-VD
1 VDC min.
4 VDC max.
G3FD-102S-VD
Note: Constant-current input circuit.
Output
Model
Rated load
voltage
Applicable load
Load voltage range
Load current
Inrush current
G3F-203SN-VD
G3F-203SLN-VD
G3F-203S-VD
G3F-203SL-VD
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
0.1 to 3 A
45 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3F-203SN-VD
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
0.1 to 2 A
45 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3FD-X03SN-VD
G3FD-X03S-VD
4 to 48 VDC
3 to 52.8 VDC
0.1 to 3 A
18 A (10 ms)
G3FD-102SN-VD
G3FD-102S-VD
5 to 110 VDC
3 to 125 VDC
0.1 to 2 A
10 A (10 ms)
216
Solid State Relays [email protected] G3F/G3FD
■ Characteristics
Item
G3F-203SN-VD
G3F-202SN-VD
G3F-203S-VD
G3F-203SLN-VD
G3F-203SL-VD
G3FD-X03SN-VD
G3FD-X03S-VD
Operate time
1 ms max.
1/2 of load power
source cycle + 1 ms
max. (DC input)
3/2 of load power
source cycle + 1 ms
max. (AC input)
0.5 ms max.
Release time
2 ms max.
1/2 of load power
1/2 of load power
source cycle + 1 ms source cycle + 1 ms
max.
max. (DC input)
3/2 of load power
source cycle + 1 ms
max. (AC input)
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
5 mA max. (at
100 VAC)
10 mA max. (at
200 VAC)
G3FD-102SN-VD
G3FD-102S-VD
0.5 ms max. (DC in- 0.5 ms max.
put)
20 ms max. (AC input)
2.5 ms max. (DC in- 2.5 ms max.
put)
20 ms max. (AC input)
1.5 V max.
2.5 mA max. (at
100 VAC)
5 mA max. (at
200 VAC)
5 mA max. (at
50 VDC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
0.1 mA max. (at
100 VDC)
0.1 mA max. (at
100 VDC)
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
G3F: UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN60947-4-3
G3FD: UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN60950
Weight
Approx. 50 g
Solid State Relays [email protected]
G3F/G3FD
217
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics
G3F-202SN-VD
G3FD-102SN-VD/102S-VD
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3F-203SN-VD/203S-VD/203SLN-VD/
203SL-VD
G3FD-X03SN-VD/X03S-VD
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Non-repetitive (Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3FD-102SN-VD/102S-VD
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3FD-X03SN-VD/X03S-VD
G3F-203SN-VD/203S-VD/202SN-VD/
203SLN-VD/203SL-VD
10 20
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
28 max.
1
4
5
8(+)
9
Load
Load
(+)
Load power
supply
12(−)
(
(−)
21.5 max.
13
36.5 max.
Input
14
−
42.5 max.
−
+
Input voltage
+
Note: The plus and minus symbols shown
in parentheses are for DC loads.
218
Solid State Relays [email protected] G3F/G3FD
)
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Connection
The SSR for DC switching use can connect to a load regardless of
the polarity of the positive and negative output terminals.
Close Mounting of Multiple Relays
If multiple Relays are mounted side by side, be aware that the outer
wall of each SSR works as a heat sink.
The SSR casing serves to dissipate heat. Install the Relays so that
they are adequately ventilated. If poor ventilation is unavoidable,
reduce the load current by half.
Protective Terminal
When using for AC inductive loads, connect the load terminals of the
SSR to an inrush absorber (varistor).
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K055-E1-05
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays [email protected]
G3F/G3FD
219
Solid State Relays [email protected]
G3B/G3BD
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
International Standards for G3B Series,
Same Profile as MK Power Relays
• Shape-compatible with mechanical relays.
• Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE (models numbers with a suffix
of “-VD”).
• Plug-in type, same size as MK Power Relays.
• Operation indicator provided to confirm input.
• DC Output model available with 3 to 125-VDC load voltage
range for high-voltage applications.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@[email protected]
1
2
3 4 5
6
5. Terminal Type
S:
Plug-in terminals
6. Certification
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE
1. Basic Model Name
G3B:
Solid State Relay
2. Load Power Supply Type
Blank:
Switches AC loads
D:
Switches DC loads
3. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 V
1:
100 V
4. Rated Load Current
03:
3A
05:
5A
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Photocoupler
Zero cross
function
Yes
Indicator
Yes
Rated output load
5 A at 100 to 240 VAC
(See note.)
No
3 A at 5 to 110 VDC
Note: 1. Product is labelled “250 VAC”.
2. When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
220
Solid State Relays [email protected]
G3B/G3BD
Rated input voltage
5 to 24 VDC
Model
G3B-205S-VD
G3BD-103S-VD
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Connecting Sockets/Hold-Down Clips
Refer to page 297 for details.
Item
PF083A-E
PL-08
Connecting
Front connecting
Back connecting
Mounting method/Terminal type
Track mounted/screw terminals
Solder terminals
Hold-down clip
PYC-A1 (when track mounted)
PLC
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Input current
Voltage levels
Must operate voltage Must release voltage
G3B-205S-VD
5 to 24 VDC
G3BD-103S-VD
4 to 32 VDC
15 mA max. (See note.) 4 VDC max.
4 to 30 VDC
15 kΩ+20%/−10%
1 VDC min.
Note: Constant-current input circuit.
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
Load voltage range
Load current
Inrush current
G3B-205S-VD
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
0.1 to 5 A
80 A, 60 Hz for 1 cycle
G3BD-103S-VD
5 to 110 VDC
3 to 125 VDC
0.1 to 3 A
12 A (10 ms)
■ Characteristics
Model
G3B-205S-VD
G3BD-103S-VD
Operate time
1/2 cycle of load power source + 1 ms max.
0.5 ms max.
Release time
1/2 cycle of load power source + 1 ms max.
2.5 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
1.5 V max.
Leakage current
5 mA max. (at 100 VAC); 10 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
5 mA max. (at 125 VDC)
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
45% to 85%
Certified standards
G3B: UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN60947-4-3
G3BD: UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN60950
Weight
Approx. 70 g
Solid State Relays [email protected]
G3B/G3BD
221
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
Characteristics
One Cycle Surge Current:
Non-repetitive
Non-repetitive (Keep the inrush current to half the rated value
if it occurs repetitively.)
G3B-205S-VD, G3BD-103S-VD
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3B-205S-VD, G3BD-103S-VD
Load current (A)
G3B-205S-VD
G3BD-103S-VD
G3B-205S-VD
G3BD-103S-VD
Ambient temperature (°C)
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminal Arrangement
(Bottom View)
G3B-VD
G3BD-VD
(−)
Load
35 max.
Load
Input
( )
Load
power
supply
35 max.
(+)
52.5 max.
−
Input voltage
+
Note: The symbols shown in parentheses
are for DC loads.
Mounting Height with socket
Front Connecting Socket
G3B
Back Connecting Socket
56.5
G3B
73.5
76.8
Note: When mounting PF083A,
mount the key track down.
PF083A
222
PL08
Solid State Relays [email protected] G3B/G3BD
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
The SSR case serves to dissipate heat. Install the relays so that they
are adequately ventilated. If poor ventilation is unavoidable, reduce
the load current to half.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K051-E1-05
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays [email protected]
G3B/G3BD
223
Solid State Relays [email protected]
G3H/G3HD
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
International Standards for G3H Series,
Same Profile as LY Power Relays
• Shape-compatible with mechanical relays.
• Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE (models numbers with a suffix
of “-VD”).
• Socket type, same size as LY Power Relays.
• Operation indicator provided to confirm input (models numbers
with “N” before the suffix).
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@@[email protected]
2 3 4 5 6 7
1
1.
8
Basic Model Name
G3H: Solid State Relay
Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
2.
6.
7.
3, 4. Rated Load Current
03:
5.
3A
8.
Terminal Type
S:
Plug-in terminals
Zero Cross Function
Blank: Equipped with zero cross function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
Operation Indicator
Blank: Not equipped with operation indicator
N:
Equipped with operation indicator
Certification
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE standards
[email protected]@@@[email protected]
2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
3 4 5 6 7
Basic Model Name
G3H: Solid State Relay
Load Power Supply Type
D:
DC
Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
X:
50 VDC
Rated Load Current
03:
3A
224
Solid State Relays [email protected]
5.
6.
7.
G3H/G3HD
Terminal Type
S:
Plug-in terminals
Operation Indicator
Blank: Not equipped with operation indicator
N:
Equipped with operation indicator
Certification
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, VDE
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Zero cross
function
Photocoupler
Yes
Phototriac coupler
No
Indicator
Rated output load
Yes
Rated input voltage
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC
(See note 1.)
Model
5 to 24 VDC
G3H-203SN-VD
5 VDC
G3H-203SLN-VD
12 VDC
24 VDC
Photocoupler
No
Photocoupler
Yes
Phototriac coupler
No
3 A at 4 to 48 VDC
(See note 2.)
No
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC
(See note 1.)
5 to 24 VDC
G3HD-X03SN-VD
4 to 24 VDC
G3H-203S-VD
5 VDC
G3H-203SL-VD
12 VDC
24 VDC
Photocoupler
No
3 A at 4 to 48 VDC
(See note 2.)
4 to 24 VDC
G3HD-X03S-VD
Note: 1. Product is labelled “250 VAC”.
2. Product is labelled “50 VDC”.
3. When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Connecting Sockets
Refer to page 297 for details.
Item
PTF08A-E
PT08
Connecting
Front connecting
Back connecting
Mounting method/
Terminal type
Track mounted
screw terminals
Solder terminals
Hold-down clip
PYC-A1
PYC-P
PT08-0
PT08QN
PCB terminals
Wire-wrapping terminals
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Impedance
Voltage level
Must operate voltage
G3H-203SN-VD
5 to 24 VDC
G3H-203SLN-VD
5 VDC
12 VDC
4 to 28 VDC
Must release voltage
15 mA max. (See note.) 4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
4 to 6 VDC
390 Ω±20%
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
900 Ω±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
2 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
G3HD-X03SN-VD
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 28 VDC
1.5 kΩ +20%/–10%
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
G3H-203S-VD
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 28 VDC
15 mA max. (See note.) 3 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
G3H-203SL-VD
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
390 Ω±20%
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
900 Ω±20%
9.6 VDC max.
G3HD-X03S-VD
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
2 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 28 VDC
1.5 kΩ +20%/–10%
3 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
Note: Constant-current input circuit.
Solid State Relays [email protected]
G3H/G3HD
225
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
G3H-203SN-VD
G3H-203S-VD
Load voltage range
Load current
Inrush current
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
0.1 to 3 A
45 A 60 Hz, 1 cycle
4 to 48 VDC
3 to 52.8 VDC
0.1 to 3 A
18 A (10 ms)
G3H-203SLN-VD
G3H-203SL-VD
G3HD-X03SN-VD
G3HD-X03S-VD
■ Characteristics
Model
G3H-203SN-VD/203S-VD
G3H-203SLN-VD/203SL-VD
1 ms max.
G3HD-X03SN-VD/X03S-VD
Operate time
1/2 cycle of load power source +
1 ms max.
0.5 ms max.
Release time
1/2 cycle of load power source + 1 ms max.
2 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
1.5 V max.
Leakage current
5 mA max. (at 100 VAC);
10 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing)
Ambient humidity
45% to 85%
Certified standards
G3H: UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN60947-4-3
G3HD: UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN60950
Weight
Approx. 50 g
2.5 mA max. (at 100 VAC);
5 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
5 mA max. (at 50 VDC)
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Engineering Data
Load Current vs.
Ambient Temperature
Characteristics
Inrush current (A)
Load current (A)
Ambient temperature (°C)
226
Non-repetitive (Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.)
G3H-203SN-VD/203S-VD/203SLN-VD/
G3HD-X03SN-VD/X03S-VD
G3H-203SL-VD
Inrush current (A, Peak)
G3H-203SN-VD/203S-VD/203SLN-VD/
203SL-VD
G3HD-X03SN-VD/X03S-VD
One Cycle Surge
Current: Non-repetitive
Energized time (ms)
Solid State Relays [email protected] G3H/G3HD
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Bottom View)
28 max.
1
2
3
4(+)
Load
5
(+)
(
)
(−)
36.5 max.
42.5 max.
21.5 max.
6(−)
Load
Load power
supply
7
8
Input
−
+
−
+
Input voltage
Note: 1. The plus and minus symbols
shown in the parentheses
are for DC loads.
2. The coil has no polarity.
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
The SSR case serves to dissipate heat. Install the relays so that they
are adequately ventilated. If poor ventilation is unavoidable, reduce
the load current by half.
Connection
With the SSR for DC switching, the load can be connected to either
positive or negative output terminal of the SSR.
Protective Component
Since the SSR does not incorporate an overvoltage absorption
component, be sure to connect an overvoltage absorption
component when using the SSR under an inductive load.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K057-E1-05
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays [email protected]
G3H/G3HD
227
Solid State Relays
G3FM
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
100-µA-max. Leakage Current, No Bleeder
Resistor Required
• 1 mA to 500 mA micro-load switching.
• Switch to both AC and DC with no polarity.
• Switch for a wide range of voltages; 19.2 to 264 VAC, 19.2 to
125 VDC.
• Switch full- and half-wave rectifier AC loads.
• Same sizes and terminal arrangements as OMRON Power
Relay MY Series.
• Operating indicator provided.
• Switch MY Series (without bleeder resistor).
• Superior surge absorption with a built-in varistor.
• Optimum SSR to control minute load, valves, and solenoids.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@
1
2 3 4 5 6
1. Basic Model Name
G3FM:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
R5:
0.5 A
4. Terminal Type
S:
Plug-in terminals
5. Zero Cross Function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
6. Operation Indicator
N:
Equipped with operation indicator
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Zero cross
function
Photo-voltage coupler No
Indicator
Yes
Rated output load
0.5 A at 24 to 240 VAC
0.5 A at 24 to 110 VDC
Rated input voltage
5 VDC
12 VDC
24 VDC
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
228
Solid State Relays
G3FM
Model
G3FM-2R5SLN
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Connecting Sockets
Refer to page 297 for details.
Item
PYF08A-E
PY08
Connecting
Front connecting
Back connecting
Mounting method/
Terminal type
Track mounted/
screw terminals
Solder terminals
Hold-down clip
PYC-A1
PYC-P
PY08-02
PY08QN(2)
PCB terminals
Wrapping terminals
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Model
Input
Rated
voltage
G3FM-2R5SLN
Operating
voltage
Impedance
Output
Voltage levels
Must
operate
voltage
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
250 Ω±20%
4 VDC max.
12 VDC
9.6 to
14.4 VDC
600 Ω±20%
9.6 VDC
max.
24 VDC
19.2 to
28.8 VDC
1.2 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC
Applicable load
Must release Rated load
voltage
voltage
1 VDC min.
24 to
240 VAC
24 to
110 VDC
Load
voltage
range
19.2 to
264 VAC
19.2 to
125 VDC
Load
current
1 to
500 mA
Inrush
current
6A
(10 ms)
■ Characteristics
Operate time
5 ms max.
Release time
10 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop
3 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 50 g
Solid State Relays
G3FM
229
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
Characteristics
One Cycle Surge Current:
Non-repetitive
Non-repetitive (Keep the inrush current to
half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.)
G3FM-2R5SLN
Load current (A)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3FM-2R5SLN
Ambient temperature (°C)
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminal
Arrangement/Internal
Connections (Bottom View)
1
28 max.
4
5
21.5 max.
9
36.5 max.
42.5 max.
13
8
Load
Input
−
−
Load
Load power supply
12
14
+
Input voltage
+
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
The SSR case serves to dissipate heat. Install the relays so that they
are adequately ventilated. If poor ventilation is unavoidable, reduce
the load current by half.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K072-E1-03
230
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays G3FM
Solid State Relays
G3R-I/O
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Compact SSRs for I/O Interface with High
Dielectric Strength Requirements
• High-speed models with optimum input ratings for a variety of
sensors are available.
• Input Modules and Output Modules that can be used for the
G2R are available.
• Use a coupler conforming to VDE 0884 and assuring an I/O
dielectric strength of 4,000 V.
• Incorporate an easy-to-see monitoring indicator.
• -UTU models certified by UL, CSA, and TÜV.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@@@[email protected]@
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10
1. Basic Model Name
G3R:
Solid State Relay
2. I/O Classification
I:
Input module
O:
Output module
3. Load Power Supply Type
A:
Switches AC loads
D:
Switches DC loads
4. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
Z:
24 VDC
X:
48 VDC
2:
240 VAC
5. Rated Load Current
R1:
0.1 A
01:
1A
02:
2A
6. Terminal Type
S:
Plug-in terminals
7. Zero Cross Function
Z:
Equipped with zero cross function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
Blank:
DC-output model
8. Operation Indicator
N:
Equipped with operation indicator
9. Response Speed (only for DC Input Models)
I:
Low-speed (10 Hz)
Blank:
High-speed (1 kHz)
10.Certification
UTU:
Certified by UL, CSA, and TÜV
Solid State Relays
G3R-I/O
231
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Input Module
Isolation
Indicator
Response speed
Logic level
Supply voltage
Photocoupler
Yes
---
4 to 32 VDC
Supply current
0.1 to 100 mA
Rated input
voltage
Model
100 to 240 VAC
G3R-IAZR1SN-UTU
High-speed
(1 kHz)
5 VDC
G3R-IDZR1SN-UTU
Low-speed
(10 Hz)
5 VDC
12 to 24 VDC
G3R-IDZR1SN-1-UTU
12 to 24 VDC
Output Module
Isolation
Phototriac
Indicator
Zero cross
function
Yes
Yes
Rated output load
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
No
Photocoupler
---
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Track/Surface Mounting Socket
(Recommended)
Model
P2RF-05-E
Number of poles
1 pole (G2R: 1 pole usage)
Note: Refer to page 236 for details on other Sockets.
Connecting Socket Attaching Plate
Model
P2R-P
232
Applicable Socket
P2R-05A
Solid State Relays G3R-I/O
Rated input voltage
5 to 24 VDC
Model
G3R-OA202SZN-UTU
G3R-OA202SLN-UTU
2 A at 5 to 48 VDC
G3R-ODX02SN-UTU
1.5 A at 48 to 200 VDC
G3R-OD201SN-UTU
■ I/O Indication
I/O module classification and AC/DC use are indicated on the mark
affixed to the top of the product.
Mark indication
Specification
AC IN
Input module, AC input
DC IN
Input module, DC input
AC OUT
Output module, AC output
DC OUT
Output module, DC output
Mark attached to the top of the product
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input Module
Input
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Input current
Must operate voltage Must release voltage
G3R-IAZR1SN-UTU
100 to 240 VAC
60 to 264 VAC
15 mA max.
60 VAC max.
G3R-IDZR1SN-UTU
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
8 mA max.
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
12 to 24 VDC
6.6 to 32 VDC
6.6 VDC max.
3.6 VDC min.
G3R-IDZR1SN-1-UTU 5 VDC
12 to 24 VDC
20 VAC min.
4 to 6 VDC
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
6.6 to 32 VDC
6.6 VDC max.
3.6 VDC min.
Output
Model
Logic level supply voltage
G3R-IAZR1SN-UTU
Logic level supply current
4 to 32 VDC
0.1 to 100 mA
G3R-IDZR1SN-UTU
G3R-IDZR1SN-1-UTU
Output Module
Input
Model
Rated voltage
G3R-OA202SZN-UTU 5 to 24 VDC
Operating voltage
4 to 32 VDC
Input current
G3R-OA202SLN-UTU
15 mA max.
(at 25°C)
G3R-ODX02SN-UTU
8 mA max.
Must operate voltage Must release voltage
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
G3R-OD201SN-UTU
Output
Model
G3R-OA202SZN-UTU
Rated load voltage
Load voltage range
Load current (See note.)
0.05 to 2 A
Inrush current
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
30 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3R-ODX02SN-UTU
5 to 48 VDC
4 to 60 VDC
0.01 to 2 A
8 A (10 ms)
G3R-OD201SN-UTU
48 to 200 VDC
40 to 200 VDC
0.01 to 1.5 A
8 A (10 ms)
G3R-OA202SLN-UTU
Note: The minimum current value is measured at 10°C min.
Solid State Relays
G3R-I/O
233
■ Characteristics
Input Module
Item
G3R-IAZR1SN-UTU
G3R-IDZR1SN-UTU
G3R-IDZR1SN-1-UTU
Operate time
20 ms max.
0.1 ms max.
15 ms max.
Release time
20 ms max.
0.1 ms max.
15 ms max.
Response frequency
10 Hz
1 kHz
10 Hz
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V max.
Leakage current
5 µA max.
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. between input and output
Dielectric strength
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between input and output
Vibration resistance
10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing)
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E64562
CSA C22.2 (No. 14, No. 950) File No. LR35535
TÜV File No. R9650094 (EN60950)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 18 g
Output Module
Item
G3R-OA202SZN-UTU
G3R-OA202SLN-UTU
G3R-ODX02SN-UTU
Operate time
1/2 of load power source 1 ms max.
cycle + 1 ms max.
1 ms max.
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
2 ms max.
Response frequency
20 Hz
100 Hz
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V max.
Leakage current
1.5 mA max.
2.5 V max.
1 mA max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. between input and output
Dielectric strength
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between input and output
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing)
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E64562
CSA C22.2 (No. 14, No. 950) File No. LR35535
TÜV File No. R9650094 (EN60950)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 18 g
234
Solid State Relays G3R-I/O
G3R-OD201SN-UTU
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
4-point mounting (see note 1)
16-point mounting (see note 2)
1.5
1.4
Single-point
mounting
1
0.7
0.5
G3R-OD201SN-UTU (40 to 200 VAC)
4-point mounting (see note 1)
2
Load current (A)
2
Load current (A)
G3R-ODX02SN-UTU (4 to 60 VDC)
2
Load current (A)
G3R-OA202SZN-UTU/OA202SLN-UTU
16-point mounting (see note 2)
1.5
1.4
Single-point
mounting
1
0
20 30 40 55 60
80
−30 −20
100
1.1
1
Single-point
mounting
16-point mounting
(see note 2)
0.6
0.5
0.5
−30 −20
4-point mounting (see note 1)
1.5
Ambient temperature (°C)
0
20
40 55 60
80
−30 −20
100
Ambient temperature (°C)
0
20
40 55 60
80
100
Ambient temperature (°C)
Note: 1. When G730-Z0M04-B is mounted.
2. When G70A-Z0C16 is mounted.
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Note: Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.
G3R-ODX02SN-UTU
Inrush current (A)
Inrush current (A)
30
20
10
10
30 50
100 200
500 1000
Energized time (ms)
5000
G3R-OD201SN-UTU
10
10
9
9
8
8
Inrush current (A)
G3R-OA202SZN-UTU/OA202SLN-UTU
7
6
5
4
3
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
1
1
0
10
30 50
100
300 500
Energized time (ms)
1000 2000
0
10
30 50
100
300 500
1000 2000
Energized time (ms)
Solid State Relays
G3R-I/O
235
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G3R
1
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Bottom View)
5.2
3
(+)
4
9.6
0.5
29 max.
1
28 max.
13 max.
(−)
17.4
4.75
5
4.7
0.5 4.75
4
4
Load
5
7.5
3
Input
10
1
5
(−)
(+)
2
20
Connecting Sockets
Connecting Socket Attaching Plates
P2RF-05
Five, M3.5×8
G3R I/O Relay
4 dia.
4.2-dia. hole
12
71.5 max.
P2RF-05 Socket
58.5 *
M3 (M3 x16) or
3.2-dia. hole
19.5 max.
30 max.
54 max.
* Indicates a value when using the [email protected]
Supporting Rail.
The value is 67.5 when using the [email protected]
P2RF-05-E
G3R I/O Relay
59 max.
48 max.
M3.5 screw
3.2-dia. hole
3.5-dia.
hole
PFRF-05-E
Socket
62.5 **
(66.5)***
85.5 max.
M3 or 3.5-dia. hole
61 max.
P2R-05A
** Indicates a value when using the [email protected]
Supporting Rail with the P2RF-05-E
The value is 71.5 when using the [email protected]
*** Indicates a value when using the [email protected]
Supporting Rail with the P2RF-08-E
The value is 75.5 when using the [email protected]
14.5 max.
G3R I/O Relay
35.5 max.
P2R-05A Socket
Five, 3x1.5-dia. hole
36 max.
236
Solid State Relays G3R-I/O
(Panel thickness must
be 1.6 to 2.0 mm.)
14.5 max.
P2R-05P
Five, 1.6-dia. hole
G3R I/O Relay
35.5 max.
P2R-05P Socket
36 max.
Dimensional tolerance is ±0.1.
14 max.
Five, 1.6-dia. hole
P2R-057P
G3R I/O Relay
32 max.
P2R-057P Socket
41 max.
Socket Mounting Plate
Use the Socket Mounting Plate when arranging several Sockets in a row.
R2.25
10 ellipses
Square hole
Solid State Relays
G3R-I/O
237
G70A I/O Block Base
■ Ordering Information
Classification
Output
Internal I/O circuit common
NPN (+ common)
Input
Rated voltage
Model
24 VDC
G70A-ZOC16-3
PNP (– common)
24 VDC
G70A-ZOC16-4
NPN/PNP
110 VDC max., 240 VAC max.
(See note.)
G70A-ZIM16-5
Note: Each relay to be mounted must incorporate a coil that has proper specifications within the maximum rated voltage range.
■ Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G70A-ZOC16 (Output)
234
64
+0.2
35.3−0
75
28.6
13.5
M3.5
9.2 18.4
20.7
34.2
48.7
G70A-ZIM16 (Input)
234
48.7
10.2
+0.2
35.3−0
75
13.5
M3.5
9.2 19.6
20.7
64
238
Solid State Relays G3R-I/O
34.2
■ Terminal Arrangement/Internal Connection
G70A-ZOC16-3 (NPN)
−
+
−
+
(+) (−)
Connector Terminal
Arrangement
(Top View)
G70A-ZOC16-4 (PNP)
−
+
−
+
(+) (−)
Connector Terminal
Arrangement
(Top View)
Solid State Relays
G3R-I/O
239
G70A-ZIM16-5 (NPN/PNP)
−
+
1A1
−
+
COM.
2A1
1A2
3A1
2A2
4A1
3A2
5A1
4A2
6A1
5A2
7A1
6A2
8A1
7A2
9A1
8A2
10A1
9A2
11A1
10A2
12A1
11A2
13A1
12A2
14A1
13A2
15A1
14A2
16A1
15A2
16A2
Connector Terminal
Arrangement
(Top View)
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Protective Element
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Since the SSR does not incorporate an overvoltage absorption
component, be sure to connect an overvoltage absorption
component when using the SSR under an inductive load.
Connection
With the SSR for DC switching, the load can be connected to either
positive or negative output terminal of the SSR.
Precaution of Mounting Output Modules
With up to four G3R SSRs mounted closely and
side by side, 2-A loads can be switched.
G3R
G3R
With a G3R SSRs mounted every other slot,
2-A loads can be switched.
G3R
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K091-E1-04
240
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays G3R-I/O
MOS FET Relays
G3RZ
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
SSR Identical to the G2R in Size with a
Maximum AC/DC Switching Current of 1 A
• Switch 1 A at 240 VAC or 100 VDC.
• 10-µA current leakage max. between open output terminals.
• 2,500-VAC dielectric strength ensured between input and
output terminals.
• Input resistor and varistor incorporated.
• Switch full- and half-wave rectified alternating currents.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@@
1
2 3 4 5 6 7
5. Terminal Type
S:
Plug-in terminals
6. Zero Cross Function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
7. Operation Indicator
N:
Equipped with operation indicator
1. Basic Model Name
G3RZ:
MOS FET Relay
2. Load Power Supply
Blank:
AC/DC output
3. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC/125 VDC
4. Rated Load Current
01:
1A
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Insulation
Photo-voltage coupler
Zero cross
function
No
Indicator
Yes
Rated output load
1.0 A at
5 to 240 VAC
5 to 100 VDC
Rated input voltage
5 VDC
Model
G3RZ-201SLN
12 VDC
24 VDC
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
The height of the G3RZ mounted to the P2RF-05 is 56 mm maximum.
Connecting Socket
P2RF-05, P2RF-05-E, P2R-05P, P2R-05A, P2R-057P
Connecting Socket Attaching Plate
Model
P2R-P
Applicable Socket
P2R-05A
MOS FET Relays
G3RZ
241
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Input impedance
Must operate voltage
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
400 Ω±20%
4 VDC max.
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
1.1 kΩ±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
2.2 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
Must release voltage
1 VDC min.
Output
Load voltage range
Load current
100 µA to 1.0 A
3 to 264 VAC, 3 to 125 VDC
Inrush current
10 A (10 ms)
■ Characteristics
Operate time
6 ms max.
Release time
10 ms max.
Output ON-resistance
2.4 Ω max.
Leakage current
10 µA max. (at 125 VDC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between input and output
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 85°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 20 g
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
Characteristics
One Cycle Surge Current:
Non-repetitive
Non-repetitive (Keep the inrush current to half
the rated value if it occurs repetitively.)
G3RZ-201SLN
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3RZ-201SLN
Load current (A)
Single-point mounting
16-point mounting
(see note 1)
0.7
55
Ambient temperature (°C)
Note: 1. When G70A-ZOC16 is mounted.
The description of G70A I/O Block Base is on page 238 to 240.
242
MOS FET Relays G3RZ
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G3RZ-201SLN
2.4
28 max.
4
9
10
29 max.
Terminal
Arrangement/Internal
Connections (Bottom View)
21 max.
1
−
6
− 1
Input voltage
4.75
0.5
13 max. 10
Input
5
+
7.5
+
4
3
Load
Load
Load power
supply
9.6
4
4.7
17.4
5.2
Connecting Sockets
P2RF-05
G3RZ Relay
4 dia.
4.2-dia. hole
71.5 max.
P2RF-05 Socket
58.5 *
M3 (M3 x16) or
3.2-dia. hole
19.5 max.
30 max.
54 max.
* Indicates a value when using the [email protected]
Supporting Rail.The value is 67.5 when using
the [email protected]
G3RZ Relay
59 max.
48 max.
M3.5 screw
3.2-dia. hole
PFRF-05-E
Socket
3.5-dia.
hole
62.5 **
(66.5)***
85.5 max.
M3 or 3.5-dia. hole
61 max.
P2R-05A
** Indicates a value when using the [email protected]
Supporting Rail with the P2RF-05-E
The value is 71.5 when using the [email protected]
*** Indicates a value when using the [email protected]
Supporting Rail with the P2RF-08-EThe value is
75.5 when using the [email protected]
14.5 max.
G3RZ Relay
35.5 max.
P2R-05A Socket
Five, 3x1.5-dia. hole
36 max.
P2R-05P
(Panel thickness must
be 1.6 to 2.0 mm.)
14.5 max.
Five, 1.6-dia. hole
G3RZ Relay
35.5 max.
P2R-05P Socket
36 max.
Dimensional tolerance is ±0.1.
MOS FET Relays
G3RZ
243
14 max.
Five, 1.6-dia. hole
P2R-057P
G3RZ Relay
32 max.
P2R-057P Socket
41 max.
■ Connecting Socket Attaching Plate
Use the Socket Mounting Plate when arranging several Sockets in a row.
P2R-P
R2.2510
ellipses
Square hole
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Mounting
Socket Mounting
When mounting, take ventilation into
consideration so that the heat of the MOS
FET Relay is dissipated.
The temperature may rise. Securely insert
the MOS FET Relay to the socket.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K090-E1-03
244
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
MOS FET Relays G3RZ
Solid State Relays
G3R/G3RD
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Compact SSRs Ideal for Built-in Applications
• Vertical, compact SSRs with an operation indicator offered in
versatile variations.
• High dielectric strength of 2,500 VAC for 2-A models.
• High-voltage DC version also available.
• Certified by UL and CSA.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@[email protected]
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
1. Basic Model Name
G3R:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
1:
100 VAC
2:
200 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
02:
2A
4. Terminal Type
P:
PCB terminals
5. Isolation Method
Blank:
Phototriac/photocoupler isolation with zero cross
function
L:
Phototriac/photocoupler isolation without zero cross
function
6. Operation Indicator
N:
Equipped with operation indicator
7. Certification
US:
Certified by UL and CSA
[email protected]@@@[email protected]
1
2
3 4 5 6
7
1. Basic Model Name
G3R:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Output Load
D:
Switches DC loads
3. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
1:
100 VDC
X:
50 VDC
4. Rated Load Current
01:
1.5 A
02:
2A
5. Terminal Type
P:
PCB terminals
6. Operation Indicator
N:
Equipped with operation indicator
7. Certification
US:
Certified by UL and CSA
Solid State Relays
G3R/G3RD
245
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Terminals
Isolation
PCB
Phototriac
Zero cross
function
Yes
Indicator
Yes
Yes
5, 12, 24 VDC
---
Yes
Model
G3R-102PN-US
G3R-102PLN-US
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
(See note 2.)
No
Note: 1.
2.
3.
4.
Rated input voltage
2 A at 100 to 120 VDC
(See note 1.)
No
Photocoupler
Rated output load
G3R-202PN-US
G3R-202PLN-US
1.5 A at 5 to 110 VDC
G3RD-101PN-US
2 A at 4 to 48 VDC
(See note 3.)
G3RD-X02PN-US
Product is labelled “125 VAC”.
Product is labelled “250 VAC”.
Product is labelled “50 VDC”.
When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input (AC Output With Zero Cross Function)
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Impedance
Voltage level
Must operate voltage
G3R-102PN-US
G3R-202PN-US
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
250 Ω±20%
3.5 VDC max.
Must release voltage
0.375 VDC min.
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
600 Ω±20%
8.4 VDC max.
0.9 VDC min.
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
1.5 kΩ±20%
16.8 VDC max.
1.8 VDC min.
Input (AC Output Without Zero Cross Function, DC Output)
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Impedance
Voltage level
Must operate voltage
G3R-102PLN-US
G3R-202PLN-US
G3RD-X02PN-US
G3RD-101PN-US
Must release voltage
300 Ω±20%
3.5 VDC max.
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
750 Ω±20%
8.4 VDC max.
0.9 VDC min.
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
1.5 kΩ±20%
16.8 VDC max.
1.8 VDC min.
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
12 VDC
24 VDC
0.375 VDC min.
Output
Model
Rated load voltage
Applicable load
Load voltage range
Load current
Inrush current
G3R-102PN-US
G3R-102PLN-US
100 to 120 VAC
75 to 132 VAC
0.1 to 2 A
G3R-202PN-US
G3R-202PLN-US
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
0.1 to 2 A
G3RD-X02PN-US
4 to 48 VDC
3 to 52.8 VDC
0.01 to 2 A
8 A (10 ms)
G3RD-101PN-US
5 to 110 VDC
3 to 125 VDC
0.01 to 1.5 A
2.5 A (10 ms)
246
Solid State Relays G3R/G3RD
30 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
■ Characteristics
Item
G3R-102PLN-US
G3R-102PN-US
G3R-202PLN-US
1 ms max.
1/2 of load power
source cycle + 1 ms
max.
G3R-202PN-US
1/2 of load power
source cycle + 1 ms
max.
G3RD-X02PN/-101PN-US
1 ms max.
Operate time
1 ms max.
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
1 ms max.
Output ON voltage
drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
1.5 V max.
Leakage current
2 mA max. (at 100 VAC)
2 mA max. (at 100 VAC)
5 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
0.1 mA max. (at 50 VDC)
0.1 mA max. (at 125 VDC)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz
for 1 min
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E64562, CSA C22.2 (No. 14) File No. 35535
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 18 g
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics
1-A Load Model
2-A Load Model
[email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3RD-101PN-US
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Non-repetitive (Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.)
G3RD-101PN-US
Energized time (ms)
[email protected]
Inrush current (A)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
[email protected]/[email protected]
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Solid State Relays
G3R/G3RD
247
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
[email protected]/[email protected]
G3RD-101PN-US/-X02PN-US
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Bottom View)
13mm max.
29mm max.
−
29mm max.
(0.3)
+
1
4
−
Input
voltage
0.5
1
1
+
Load
Input
+
3
+
Load
Load power
supply
−
5
−
4
Note: The plus and minus symbols shown in
the parentheses are for DC loads.
7.5
Mounting Holes
20.0
3.5
3.5
Four 1.3-dia. holes
7.5
(2.1)
20
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Connection
The SSR for DC switching a surge can connect to a load regardless
of the polarity of the positive and negative output terminals.
Protective Terminal
For AC inductive loads, connect the load terminals of the SSR to a
surge absorber (varistor).
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K059-E1-05
248
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays G3R/G3RD
Solid State Relays
G3CN
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
PCB-mounting SSR for FA Equipment
Requiring High Reliability
• Wide I/O voltage range: 3 to 28 VDC input and 75 to 264 VAC
output or 3 to 28 VDC input and 3 to 52.8 VDC output.
• Two load currents available: 2 A and 3 A
• Flat and vertical models available for a variety of applications.
• Certified by UL and CSA.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@@@
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1. Basic Model Name
G3CN:
Solid State Relay
2. Load Power Supply
D:
DC output
Blank:
AC output
3. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
X:
50 VDC
2:
200 VAC
4. Rated Load Current
02:
2A
03:
3A
5. Terminal Type
P:
PCB terminals
6. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
Equipped with zero cross function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
7. Housing
Blank:
Flat type
1:
Vertical type
8. Certification
US:
Certified by UL and CSA
Solid State Relays
G3CN
249
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Photocoupler
Zero cross
function
Yes
Indicator
No
Rated output voltage
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
Rated input voltage
4 to 24 VDC
Model
G3CN-202P-US
G3CN-202P1-US
(See note 1.)
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC
G3CN-203P-US
G3CN-203P1-US
(See note 1.)
Phototriac
No
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
5, 12, 24 VDC
(See note 2.)
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC
G3CN-202PL-US
G3CN-202PL1-US
(See note 1.)
G3CN-203PL-US
G3CN-203PL1-US
(See note 1.)
Photocoupler
---
2 A at 4 to 48 VDC
4 to 24 VDC
G3CN-DX02P-US
G3CN-DX02P1-US
(See note 1.)
3 A at 4 to 48 VDC
G3CN-DX03P-US
G3CN-DX03P1-US
(See note 1.)
Note: 1. Vertical models.
2. When ordering, specify the input voltage.
250
Solid State Relays G3CN
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Impedance
Voltage level
Must operate voltage Must release voltage
G3CN-202P(1)-US
G3CN-203P(1)-US
G3CN-202PL(1)-US
G3CN-203PL(1)-US
G3CN-DX02P(1)-US
G3CN-DX03P(1)-US
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 28 VDC
1.5 kΩ +20%/–10%
3 VDC max.
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
390 Ω±20%
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
900 Ω±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
2 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 28 VDC
1.5 kΩ +20%/–10%
3 VDC max.
Note: The input impedance is measured at the maximum value of the operating voltage. For example, with the model rated at 4 to 24 VDC, the
input impedance is measured at 28 VDC.
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
Load voltage range
Load current
Inrush current
Without heat sink
G3CN-202P(1)-US
G3CN-202PL(1)-US
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
G3CN-203P(1)-US
G3CN-203PL(1)-US
G3CN-DX02P(1)-US
4 to 48 VDC
3 to 52.8 VDC
G3CN-DX03P(1)-US
0.1 to 2 A
30 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
0.1 to 3 A
45 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
0.1 to 2 A
12 A (10 ms)
0.1 to 3 A
18 A (10 ms)
■ Characteristics
Item
G3CN-202P(1)-US/203P(1)-US
G3CN-202PL(1)-US/203PL(1)-US
G3CN-DX02P(1)-US/03P(1)-US
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 1 ms max.
ms max.
0.5 ms max.
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 2 ms max.
ms max.
ms max.
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
5 mA max. (at 100 VAC)
10 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
1.5 V max.
2.5 mA max. (at 100 VAC)
5 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
5 mA max. (at 50 VDC)
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
UL508, UL114 File No.E64562, CSA C22.2 (No.0, No.14) File No. LR35535
Weight
Approx. 25 g
–30°C to 80°C (with no icing nor condensation)
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing nor condensation)
Solid State Relays
G3CN
251
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics
G3CN-203P(1)-US/-203PL(1)-US/-DX03P(1)-US
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3CN-202P(1)-US/-202PL(1)-US/-DX02P(1)-US
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Non-repetitive (Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.)
G3CN-DX02P(1)-US
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3CN-202P(1)-US/-202PL(1)-US
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
252
G3CN-DX03P(1)-US
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3CN-203P(1)-US/-203PL(1)-US
Energized time (ms)
Solid State Relays G3CN
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Flat Model
Terminal Arrangement/
Mounting Holes
(Bottom View)
[email protected]/[email protected]/[email protected]
33 max.
Four 1.2-dia.
holes
Two, 4 dia.
holes
25
25 max.
12.5
10
20 max.
Two, 2-dia.
holes
14.5
max. 1.5 max.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Bottom View)
0.4
25±0.5
0.7
0.7
+
10±0.5
12.5±0.5
Input
voltage
3
1
+
(+)
Input
−
Load
Load power
supply
Load
−
(−)
4
2
(+)
(−)
Note: Values in parentheses apply to the
DC-load versions.
Vertical Model
[email protected]/[email protected]/[email protected]
Two, 2-dia.
holes
33 max.
Four 1.2-dia.
holes
Pattern
14 max.
Pattern
(17.5)
27.5
5
5
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Bottom View)
Input voltage
26.5 max.
32 max.
1.5 max.
−
(−)
(+)
Load
4
5±0.5
Load power supply
+
(17.5)
27.5±0.5
0.7
5±0.5
0.4
3±1
−
3
+
Input
2 1
(−)
(+)
Load
Note: Values in parentheses apply to
the DC-load versions.
Solid State Relays
G3CN
253
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Connection
With the SSR for DC switching, the load can be connected to either
positive or negative output terminal of the SSR.
Protective Component
Since the SSR does not incorporate an overvoltage absorption
component, be sure to connect an overvoltage absorption
component when using the SSR under an inductive load.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K063-E1-04
254
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays G3CN
Solid State Relays
G3M
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Zero Cross Models Added to Compact,
Low-cost G3M Series
• Thin design for high-density PCB applications.
• DC input-AC output for up to a 5-A load.
• Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@[email protected]@[email protected]
1
2 3 4 5
6
7
8
1. Basic Model Name
G3M:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
1:
100 VAC
2:
200 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
02:
2A
03:
3A
05:
5A
4. Terminal Type
P:
PCB terminals
5. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
Equipped with zero cross function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
6. Certification
Blank:
Certified by UL and CSA for G3M-203 model
UTU:
Certified by UL, CSA, and TÜV
US:
Certified by UL and CSA
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, and VDE
7. Insulation Specifications
Blank:
Standard models
1:
Reinforced isolation
2:
Reinforced isolation and no snubber circuit
8. Terminal Pitch
Blank:
Standard models
4:
Output terminal pitch of 5.08 mm
Solid State Relays
G3M
255
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Input terminal
pitch
Phototriac 7.62 mm
Zero cross function
Yes
Indicator
No
Rated output load
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC
5 A at 100 to 240 VAC
No
2 A at 100 to 120 VAC
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC
5 A at 100 to 240 VAC
Rated input
voltage
Model
5 VDC
G3M-202P(-US)
5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-202P(-US)
12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-202P(-US)
24 VDC
5 VDC
G3M-203P
5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-203P
12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-203P
24 VDC
5 VDC
G3M-205P
5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-205P
12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-205P
24 VDC
5 VDC
G3M-102PL(-US) 5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-102PL(-US) 12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-102PL(-US) 24 VDC
5 VDC
G3M-202PL(-US) 5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-202PL(-US) 12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-202PL(-US) 24 VDC
5 VDC
G3M-203PL
5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-203PL
12 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-203PL
5 VDC
G3M-205PL
5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-205PL
12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-205PL
24 VDC
Note: 1. The models given in the above table have UL and CSA certification. Consult your OMRON representative for details on models with TÜV
or VDE certification.
2. When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
Isolation
Input terminal
pitch
Phototriac 5.08 mm
Zero cross function
Yes
Indicator
No
Rated output load
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC
5 A at 100 to 240 VAC
No
2 A at 100 to 120 VAC
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC
5 A at 100 to 240 VAC
Rated input
voltage
Model
5 VDC
G3M-202P(-US)-4 5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-202P(-US)-4 12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-202P(-US)-4 24 VDC
5 VDC
G3M-203P-4
5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-203P-4
12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-203P-4
24 VDC
5 VDC
G3M-205P-4
5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-205P-4
12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-205P-4
24 VDC
5 VDC
G3M-102PL(-US)-4 5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-102PL(-US)-4 12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-102PL(-US)-4 24 VDC
5 VDC
G3M-202PL(-US)-4 5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-202PL(-US)-4 12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-202PL(-US)-4 24 VDC
5 VDC
G3M-203PL-4
5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-203PL-4
12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-203PL-4
24 VDC
5 VDC
G3M-205PL-4
5 VDC
12 VDC
G3M-205PL-4
12 VDC
24 VDC
G3M-205PL-4
24 VDC
Note: 1. The models given in the above table have UL and CSA certification. Consult your OMRON representative for details on models with TÜV
or VDE certification.
2. When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
256
Solid State Relays G3M
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Impedance
Voltage levels
Must operate voltage
300 Ω ±20%
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
800 Ω ±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
1.6 kΩ ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
4 VDC max.
Must release voltage
1 VDC min.
Note: Each model has 5-VDC, 12-VDC, and 24-VDC input versions.
Output
Model
Rated voltage
Applicable load
Load voltage range
G3M-102PL(-US)(-4)
100 to 120 VAC
75 to 132 VAC
G3M-202P(L)(-US)(-4)
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
Load current
Inrush current
0.1 to 2 A
30 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3M-203P(L)(-4)
0.1 to 3 A
45 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3M-205P(L)(-4)
0.1 to 5 A
■ Characteristics
Item
G3M-102PL(-US)(-4)
G3M-202P(L)(-US)(-4)
G3M-203P(L)(-4)
G3M-205P(L)(-4)
Operate time
1 ms max. (1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max. for G3M-202P, G3M-203P, G3M-205P)
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
2 mA max. (at
100 VAC)
Insulation resistance
1,000 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 15 g
2 mA max. (at 100 VAC)
5 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
1.5 mA (at 200 VAC)
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Approx. 25 g
Solid State Relays
G3M
257
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
One Cycle Surge Current:
Non-repetitive
Non-repetitive
Reduce the current to 1/2 or less if the
G3M is in repetitive operation.
Inrush peak current (A)
Load current (A)
G3M-205P(L)(-4)
G3M-203P(L)(-4)
G3M-102PL-US(-4)
G3M-202P(L)-US(-4)
G3M-203P(L)(-4)
G3M-205P(L)(-4)
G3M-102PL-US(-4)
G3M-202P(L)-US(-4)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Energized time (ms)
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature (Close Mounting)
G3M-205 Series (5-A Load)
Y direction
5
4
5
4
3
3
2
Z direction
6
Load current (A)
6
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
X direction
5
4
3
2.5A L=20.37 mm
2.0A L=20.37 mm
6
2.5A L=20.37 mm
2
1.8A L=12.7 mm
2
1.8A L=12.7 mm
1
0.8A L=7.62 mm
1
0.8A L=7.62 mm
1.5A L=12.7 mm
1
0
−30
0.6A L=7.62 mm
−20
0
20 25
40
60
80
100
Ambient temperature (°C)
0
−30
−20
0
20 25
40
60
80
100
0
−30
−20
0
20 25
Ambient temperature (°C)
L
L
L L
Top
L L
Top
Top
10
3
Bottom
Bottom
Bottom
3
10
• Thirty Relays are soldered to the PCB at each given spacing.
• Continuous power.
258
Solid State Relays G3M
40
60
Ambient temperature (°C)
10
80
100
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G3M-102PL
G3M-102PL-4
G3M-202P(L)
G3M-202P(L)-4
G3M-203P(L)
G3M-203P(L)-4
PCB Dimensions (Bottom View)
G3M-102PL, 202P(L), 203P(L)
Terminal Arrangement
(Bottom View)
Input voltage
2.54
Four, 1.2 dia. holes
Load power
supply
9 max.
40 max.
Load
2.54
20 max.
Input
Load
4
4±2
7.62
10.16
12.7
0.7
G3M-102PL-4, 202P(L)-4, 203P(L)-4
0.4
1.5
Four, 1.2 dia. holes
2.54
(5.08)*
*Input terminal pitch for models ending in "-4" is 5.08 mm.
2.54
G3M-205P(L)
G3M-205P(L)-4
PCB Dimensions (Bottom View)
G3M-205P(L)
2.54
Four, 1.2 dia. holes
Terminal Arrangement
(Bottom View)
Input voltage
Load power
supply
Load
7.6±0.2
40 max.
2.54
Input
Load
25 max.
G3M-205P(L)-4
4
2.54
4±2
7.62
12.7
10.16
0.7
Four, 1.2 dia. holes
0.4
1.65
(5.08)*
*Input terminal pitch for models ending in "-4" is 5.08 mm.
2.54
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Protective Element
No overvoltage absorption element is built in. Therefore, if the G3M is connected to an inductive load, be sure to connect the overvoltage absorption
element.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K073-E1-04
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays
G3M
259
Solid State Relays
G3MB
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Low-cost, Subminiature PCB-mounting SSR
Switching 2 A
• Bottom surface area is approximately three times as small as
that of the G3M and ideal for high-density PCB applications.
• DC input-AC output for 2-A load at 25°C.
• Mono-block lead frame incorporating terminals, heat sink, and
a PCB directly mounted with bare chips made it possible to
miniaturize the relay.
• Standard models certified by UL and CSA; -UTU models
certified by VDE (TÜV).
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@[email protected]@
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8
1. Basic Model Name
G3MB:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
1:
100 VAC
2:
200 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
02:
2A
4. Terminal Type
P:
PCB terminals
5. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
Equipped with zero cross function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
6. Special Specifications
Blank:
Standard models
EG:
No snubber input resistance
7. Terminal Pitch
4:
Output terminal pitch of 5.08 mm
8. Certification
Blank:
Standard models (Certified by UL and CSA)
UTU:
Certified by UL, CSA, and TÜV
260
Solid State Relays
G3MB
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Phototriac
Zero cross
function
Indicator
No
No
Input
resistor
Yes
Snubber
circuit
Yes
Rated output load
2 A at 100 to 120 VAC
Rated input
voltage
5 VDC
12 VDC
Model
G3MB-102PL
(-UTU)
24 VDC
Yes
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
5 VDC
12 VDC
24 VDC
No
5 VDC
12 VDC
24 VDC
Yes
No
No
(See note 3.)
No
G3MB-202P (-UTU)
G3MB-202P-4
(-UTU)
G3MB-202PL
(-UTU)
G3MB-202PL-4
(-UTU)
G3MB-202PEG-4
(-UTU)
G3MB-202PLEG4(-UTU)
Note: 1. When ordering models certified by VDE (TÜV), add “-UTU” to the model number given in the above table.
2. When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
3. Recommended Operating Conditions
Item
Min.
Standard
Max.
Forward current
5 mA
10 mA
20 mA
Must release voltage
0
---
1V
Solid State Relays
G3MB
261
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input (for -P(L) version)
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Impedance
(-UTU models)
Voltage levels
Must operate voltage
440 Ω ±20% (300 Ω ±20%) 4 VDC max.
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
1 kΩ ±20% (750 Ω ±20%)
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
2.2 kΩ ±20% (1.6 kΩ ±20%) 19.2 VDC max.
Must release voltage
1 VDC min.
9.6 VDC max.
Note: Each model has 5-VDC, 12-VDC, and 24-VDC input versions.
No Input Resistor (for -P(L) EG version)
Item
Min.
Standard
Max.
Forward current
5 mA
10 mA
20 mA
Must release voltage
0
---
1V
Input (for -P(L) EG version)
Input specifications
Rated current
20 mA DC
Operating characteristics
Continuous current
20 mA DC
Must operate current
7 mA DC max.
Must release current
1 mA DC min.
Operating current
7 to 20 mA
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
Load voltage range
G3MB-102PL(-UTU)
100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
75 to 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz
G3MB-202P(-UTU)
G3MB-202PL(-UTU)
100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
75 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Load current (See note.)
0.1 to 2 A
Inrush current
30 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
G3MB-202PEG-4(-UTU)
G3MB-202PLEG-4(-UTU)
Note: The load current varies depending on the ambient temperature. Refer to Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature under Engineering Data.
■ Characteristics
Item
G3MB-102PL(-UTU)
G3MB-202P(-UTU),
-202P-4(-UTU), -202PEG-4(-UTU)
Operate time
1 ms max.
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
1 mA max. (at 100 VAC)
Insulation resistance
1,000 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Destruction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E64562
CSA C22.2 (No.14) File No. LR35535
TÜV R9351062 (EN60950) (“-UTU” type)
Weight
Approx. 5 g
262
Solid State Relays G3MB
G3MB-202PL(-UTU),
-202PL-4(-UTU), -202PLEG-4(-UTU)
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms 1 ms max.
max.
1.5 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
One Cycle Surge Current: Nonrepetitive
Load current (A)
Inrush current (A.Peak)
Note: Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs
repetitively.
Ambient temperature (°C)
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Models without "-4"
20.5 max.
PCB Dimensions
(Bottom View)
24.5 max.
5.5 max.
Four, 1.0 dia.
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Bottom View)
2.54
Models with "-4"
(−) 4
2.54
20.5 max.
4 3
2
1
1
3 (+)
INPUT
2
1
LOAD
"−4" type
24.5 max.
5.5 max.
Solid State Relays
G3MB
263
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Make sure that the space between the bottom of the relay and the
PCB is 0.1 mm or less. When making holes on the PCB for the
relay’s edge terminals, the hole diameters should be slightly smaller
than the actual diameters of the edge terminals. This will reduce
unnecessary space between the bottom of the relay and the PCB.
To use the SSR output for phase control, select a model that does
not incorporate a zero cross function.
The SSR case serves to dissipate heat. When mounting more than
three SSRs as a group, pay attention to the ambient temperature
rise and install the Relays so that they are adequately ventilated. If
poor ventilation is unavoidable, reduce the load current by half.
The input circuitry does not incorporate a circuit protecting the SSR
from being damaged due to a reversed connection. Make sure that
the polarity is correct when connecting the input lines.
Protective Element
No overvoltage absorption element is built in. Therefore, if the G3MB
is connected to an inductive load, be sure to connect the overvoltage
absorption element.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. J091-E1-04
264
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays G3MB
Solid State Relays
G3MC
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Reinforced Insulation Models Added to
Compact, Thin-profile Series of SSRs for
PCBs
• Small bottom surface area (approx. 80% of the conventional
G3MB’s) and ideal for close PCB mounting.
• DC input and AC output for an applicable load of 1 A at 40°C.
• Compact, thin-profile SSR of monoblock construction with an
all-in-one frame incorporates a PCB, terminals, and heat sink.
• Standard models certified by UL and CSA.
• Models certified by VDE available.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@[email protected]
1
2 3 4 5
6
1. Basic Model Name
G3MC: Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
1:
100 VAC
2:
200 VAC
3. Rated Load Current
01:
1A
02:
2A
4. Terminal Type
P:
PCB terminals
5. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
Equipped with zero cross function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
6. Certification
Blank:
Standard models (certified by UL and CSA)
VD:
Certified by UL, CSA, VDE
Solid State Relays
G3MC
265
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Phototriac
Zero cross
function
Yes
Indicator
No
Snubber
circuit
Yes
Rated output load
1 A at 100 to 120 VAC
Rated input voltage
5 VDC
Model
G3MC-101P(-VD)
12 VDC
24 VDC
No
5 VDC
G3MC-101PL(-VD)
12 VDC
24 VDC
Yes
1 A at 100 to 240 VAC
5 VDC
G3MC-201P(-VD)(-1)
12 VDC
24 VDC
No
5 VDC
G3MC-201PL(-VD)(-1)
12 VDC
24 VDC
Yes
2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
5 VDC
G3MC-202P(-VD)(-1)
12 VDC
24 VDC
No
5 VDC
G3MC-202PL(-VD)(-1)
12 VDC
24 VDC
Note: 1. When ordering models certified by VDE (basic insulation), add “-VD” to the model number given in the above table. Reinforced insulation
models are also available. When ordering reinforced insulation models, add “-1” to the model number given in the above table. For details,
contact your OMRON representative.
2. When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
266
Solid State Relays G3MC
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Impedance
Voltage levels
Must operate voltage
300 Ω ±20%
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
800 Ω ±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
1.6 kΩ ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
4 VDC max.
Must release voltage
1 VDC min.
Note: Each model has 5-VDC, 12-VDC, and 24-VDC input versions.
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
Load voltage range
G3MC-101P(-VD)
G3MC-101PL(-VD)
100 to 120 VAC
50/60 Hz
75 to 132 VAC
50/60 Hz
G3MC-201P(-VD)(-1)
G3MC-201PL(-VD)(-1)
100 to 240 VAC
50/60 Hz
75 to 264 VAC
50/60 Hz
G3MC-202P(-VD)(-1)
G3MC-202PL(-VD)(-1)
100 to 240 VAC
50/60 Hz
75 to 264 VAC
50/60 Hz
Load current (See note.)
Inrush current
0.1 to 1 A
8 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
0.1 to 2 A
30 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
Note: The load current varies depending on the ambient temperature. Refer to Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature under Engineering Data.
■ Characteristics
Item
G3MC-101P
(-VD)
G3MC-101PL
(-VD)
G3MC-201P(-VD)(-1)
G3MC-202P(-VD)(-1)
1/2 of load power source
cycle + 1 ms
G3MC-201PL(-VD)(-1)
G3MC-202PL(-VD)(-1)
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cy- 1 ms max.
cle + 1 ms
1 ms max.
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
Leakage current
1 mA max. (at 100 VAC)
Insulation resistance
1,000 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min (3,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min for [email protected]@@-VD-1)
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.375-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E64562, CSA C22.2 (No. 14, No. 950) File No. LR35535, EN60950 File No. 5925UG (“-VD(-1)”
type)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 2.5 g (Approx. 5 g for G3MC-202P(L)-VD-1)
1.5 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
Solid State Relays
G3MC
267
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
G3MC-202P(-VD)(-1)
G3MC-202PL(-VD)(-1)
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3MC-101P(-VD)
G3MC-101PL(-VD)
G3MC-201P(-VD)(-1)
G3MC-201PL(-VD)(-1)
1.2
1.0
0.8
2.5
2.0
1.5
0.6
1.0
0.4
0.5
0.2
0
−30 −20
0
20
40
60
80
0
−30 −20
100
0
20 25
40
60
80
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Note: Keep the inrush current to half the read value if it occurs repeatedly.
G3MC-202P(L)(-VD)(-1)
Inrush peak current (A)
Inrush peak current (A)
G3MC-101P(L)(-VD), G3MC-201P(L)(-VD)(-1)
Energized time (ms)
268
Solid State Relays G3MC
100
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G3MC-101P(-VD)
G3MC-101PL(-VD)
G3MC-201P(-VD)(-1)
G3MC-201PL(-VD)(-1)
PCB Dimensions
(Bottom View)
4.5 max.
Four, 1.0-dia. holes
24.5 max.
13.5 max.
0.8
3.5
2.54
0.25
4-1.6
4-0.7
10.16
1.2
7.62
Terminal Arrangement
(Bottom View)
2.54
G3MC-202P(-VD)(-1)
G3MC-202PL(-VD)(-1)
4.5 max.
24.5 max.
PCB Dimensions
(Bottom View)
Four, 1.0-dia. holes
20.5 max.
0.8
3.5
2.54
0.25
4-1.6
Terminal Arrangement
(Bottom View)
4-0.7
10.16
7.62
1.2
2.54
Solid State Relays
G3MC
269
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
The SSR is of a thin-profile construction. To maintain the vibration
resistance of the SSR, make sure that the space between the SSR
and PCB is 0.1 mm maximum. Lifting of the PCB can be prevented
by setting the hole diameter of the PCBs on both sides slightly
smaller than the actual terminal dimension.
Select the model without the zero-cross function when using the
Unit for phase control output.
The casing works as a heat sink. When mounting two or more Units
closely, make sure that the Units are properly ventilated by taking
ambient temperature rises into consideration. If Units are closely
mounted and used in places with no ventilation, the load current of
each Unit must be 1/2 of the rated load current.
Mounting
1. Make sure that no excessive voltage or current is imposed on or
flows to the input or output circuit of the SSR, otherwise the SSR
may malfunction or burn.
2. Solder the terminals of the SSR properly under the required
soldering conditions. The SSR may be abnormally heated and
burn if power is supplied to the terminals soldered incorrectly.
3. Do not short-circuit the load of the SSR while power is supplied to
the SSR. Do not short-circuit the power supply through the SSR.
The SSR may be damaged, malfunction, or burn if the load or
power supply is short-circuited.
Protective Element
No overvoltage absorption element is built in. Therefore, if the G3MC
is connected to an inductive load, be sure to connect the overvoltage
absorption element.
[email protected]@@PL (without Zero cross function)
Phototriac
Load
Protective
element
(MOV)
Input
Power
supply
[email protected]@@P (with Zero cross function)
Phototriac
Load
Protective
element
(MOV)
Input
Power
supply
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. J108-E1-04
270
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays G3MC
Solid State Relays
G3TB
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
I/O SSR Used as Interface between Logic
Circuitry and Load
• A variety of AC/DC input and output modules classified by color.
• Operation can be monitored easily through an LED indicator.
• Dielectric strength of 4,000 V between input and output
terminals.
• Certified by UL and CSA.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@@@[email protected]
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
6. Rated Load Current
01:
1A
02:
2A
03:
3A
R02:
25 mA
7. Terminal Type
P:
PCB terminals
8. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
DC output models
Z:
Equipped with zero cross function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
9. Operation Indicator
Blank:
Equipped with operation indicator
M:
Not equipped with operation indicator
10.Certification
US:
Certified by UL and CSA
1. Basic Model Name
G3T:
I/O Solid State Relay
2. Structure
B:
Pin type for PCB
3. I/O
I:
Input models
O:
Output models
4. Type
A:
Input models: AC input
Output models: AC output
D:
Input models: AC input
Output models: AC output
5. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC/200VDC
X:
50 to 100 VDC
Z:
26 VDC max.
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Input Modules
Isolation
Indicator
Logic level
Supply voltage
Photocoupler
Yes
4 to 32 VDC
Rated input voltage
Model
Supply current
25 mA
100 to 240 VAC
G3TB-IAZR02P-US
4 to 24 VDC
G3TB-IDZR02P-US
Solid State Relays
G3TB
271
Output Modules
Isolation
Photocoupler
Zero cross
function
Yes
Indicator
Yes
Rated output voltage
3 A at 100 to 240 VAC
No
No
---
Rated input voltage
Model
5 to 24 VDC
G3TB-OA203PZ-US
4 to 24 VDC
G3TB-OA203PZM-US
Yes
5 to 24 VDC
G3TB-OA203PL-US
No
4 to 24 VDC
G3TB-OA203PLM-US
Yes
3 A at 5 to 48 VDC
No
Yes
1.5 A at 48 to 200 VDC
No
5 to 24 VDC
G3TB-ODX03P-US
4 to 24 VDC
G3TB-ODX03PM-US
5 to 24 VDC
G3TB-OD201P-US
4 to 24 VDC
G3TB-OD201PM-US
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input Module
Input
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Input current
Voltage level
Must operate voltage Must release voltage
G3TB-IAZR02P-US
100 to 240 VAC
80 to 264 VDC
G3TB-IDZR02P-US
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 32 VDC
5 mA max.
80 VAC max.
10 VAC min.
3 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
Output
Model
G3TB-IAZR02P-US
Logic level supply voltage
4 to 32 VDC
Output breakdown voltage
32 VDC max.
Output current
25 mA max.
G3TB-IDZR02P-US
Output Module
Input
Model
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Input current
Voltage level
Must operate voltage Must release voltage
G3TB-OA203PZ-US
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 32 VDC
G3TB-OA203PZM-US
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 32 VDC
3 VDC max.
G3TB-OA203PL-US
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 32 VDC
4 VDC max.
G3TB-OA203PLM-US
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 32 VDC
3 VDC max.
G3TB-ODX03P-US
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 32 VDC
4 VDC max.
G3TB-ODX03PM-US
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 32 VDC
3 VDC max.
G3TB-OD201P-US
5 to 24 VDC
4 to 32 VDC
4 VDC max.
G3TB-OD201PM-US
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 32 VDC
3 VDC max.
272
Solid State Relays G3TB
5 mA max.
4 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
G3TB-OA203PZ-US
Load voltage range
Load current (See note.)
Inrush current
100 to 240 VAC
75 to 264 VAC
0.05 to 3 A
45 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
5 to 48 VDC
4 to 60 VDC
0.01 to 3 A
18 A (10 ms)
48 to 200 VDC
40 to 200 VDC
0.01 to 1.5 A
12 A (10 ms)
G3TB-OA203PZM-US
G3TB-OA203PL-US
G3TB-OA203PLM-US
G3TB-ODX03P-US
G3TB-ODX03PM-US
G3TB-OD201P-US
G3TB-OD201PM-US
Note: The minimum current value is measured at 10°C min.
■ Characteristics
Input Module
Item
G3TB-IAZR02P-US
G3TB-IDZR02P-US
Operate time
20 ms max.
1 ms max.
Release time
20 ms max.
1 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop
0.4 V max.
Leakage current
100 µA max.
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between input and output
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E41515/CSA C22.2 (No.0, No.14) File No. LR35535/TÜV R90381 (VDE0806)
Weight
Approx. 22 g
–30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Output Module
Item
G3TBG3TBOA203PZ-US OA203PZM-US
G3TB-OA
203PL-US
G3TB-OA
G3TBG3TB203PLM-US ODX03P-US ODX03PM-US
Operate time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
1 ms max.
0.5 ms max.
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
2 ms max.
Output ON voltage
drop
1.6 V max.
Leakage current
5 mA max. (at 200 VAC)
G3TB-OD
201P-US
G3TB-OD
201PM-US
2.5 V max.
1 mA max.
Insulation resistance 100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
4,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between input and output
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature Operating:
Storage:
–30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E64562/CSA C22.2 (No.0, No.14) File No. LR35535/TÜV R90381 (VDE0806)
Weight
Approx. 32 g
Solid State Relays
G3TB
273
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics
G3TB-OD201P-US/-OD201PM-US
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3TB-OA203PZ-US/-OA203PZM-US
/-OA203PL-US/-OA203PLM-US/
G3TB-ODX03P-US/-ODX03PM-US
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Non-repetitive (Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.)
Energized time (ms)
274
Solid State Relays G3TB
G3OD201P-US/-OD201PM-US
Inrush current (A)
G3TB-ODX03P-US/-ODX03PM-US
Inrush current (A)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3TB-OA203PZ-US/-OA203PZM-US/
-OA203PL-US/-OA203PLM-US
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Operation
■ Circuit Configuration
Type
AC input
Model
Case
color
G3TB-IAZR02P-US
Indicator
Yellow
Circuit
Yes
Constantcurrent circuit
Rectification
circuit
DC input
G3TB-IDZR02P-US
White
Yes
Constantcurrent circuit
AC output
G3TB-OA203PZ-US
G3TB-OA203PL-US
Black
No
G3TB-ODX03P-US
G3TB-OD201P-US
Amplification
circuit
Yes
G3TB-OA203PZM-US
G3TB-OA203PLM-US
DC output
Amplification
circuit
Red
Constantcurrent circuit
Zero cross
circuit
Constantcurrent circuit
Amplification
circuit
Drive circuit
Yes
G3TB-ODX03PM-US
G3TB-OD201PM-US
No
Example of Logic Output Circuit
Example 1.
G3TB-I
Example 2.
G3TB-I
4 to 32 VDC
SW (+)
3.3 K
+3
4
( )
(−)
3.3 K
SW (+)
+3
Load
Sequential
circuit or
CPU
4
( )
(−)
−5
−5
4 to 32 VDC
Example: Relay
with built-in
inrush absorption
diode
Logic circuitry
Note: AC- and DC-input versions are available.
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Input SSR
PCB Dimensions
(Bottom View)
G3TB-I
Five, 1.3-dia. holes
2.54
10 max.
2.54
20.5
23.2 max.
6.05
6.6
10.16
12.7
5.08 5.08
Terminal Arrangement
(Bottom View)
0.6
2
−
3
+
4
External input
5
-
1
~
Output
2
~
Vcc
3
+
4
5
−
Vcc
Load
1
+
Output
Solid State Relays
Logic circuitry
External input
Logic circuitry
10.16
22.86
27.94
33.02
43.5 max.
Load
6.05±0.1
G3TB
275
Output SSR
PCB Dimensions
(Bottom View)
G3TB-O
10 max.
Four, 1.2-dia. holes
2.54
2.54
30.5
33.2 max.
29.5
6.05
6.05±0.1
10.16
22.86
27.94
43.5 max.
6.6
12.7
External AC output
2
~
Logic input
3
+
4
-
External DC output
1
~
Z2
Z1
Load
5.08
Terminal Arrangement
(Bottom View)
0.6
1
~
10.16
2
~
Logic input
3
+
4
−
Z
Load
Note: Z1, Z2, and Z refer to overvoltage absorption elements that
you should connect.
276
Solid State Relays G3TB
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
G3TB
I/O classification by the color is as follows:
AC equipment
100 to 240 VAC
DC equipment
5 to 24 VAC
G3TB-IAZR02P
Yellow
AC input module
G3TB-IDZR02P
White
DC input module
G3TB-OA203PZ
5 to 24 VDC
5 to 24 VDC
Black
G3TB-OA203PZM
100 to 240 VAC 3 A
AC equipment
5 to 24 VDC
(4 to 24 VDC)
G3TB-OA203PL
PLC or logic circuitry
G3TB-OA203PLM
AC output module
G3TB-ODX03P
Red
G3TB-ODX03PM
4 to 60 VDC/
40 to 200 VAC 3 A
DC equipment
G3TB-OD201P*
5 to 24 VDC
(4 to 24 VDC)
G3TB-OD201PM*
*With 1.5-A output.
DC output module
When mounting more than one output module, make a distance of
5 mm minimum between adjacent SSRs. Up to 16-point, 3-A load
switching is possible.
5 mm min.
Connection
With the SSR for DC switching, the load can be connected to either
positive or negative output terminal of the SSR.
Output module
Protective Component
Since the SSR does not incorporate an overvoltage absorption
component, be sure to connect an overvoltage absorption
component when using the SSR under an inductive load.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K077-E1-03
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays
G3TB
277
Solid State Relays
G3TC
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
I/O Modules with Plug-in Pin Terminals for
Screw Fastening on I/O Board
• Plug-in pin terminals allow the modules to be replaced simply by
loosening screws.
• Standardized structure enables I/O modules to be replaced with
other models.
• A rich variety of I/O modules is available, with 9 types of input
module and 12 types of output module.
• Coupler used to ensure dielectric strength of 4,000 VAC.
• Certified by UL, CSA, and TÜV.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@
1
2 3 4 5
1. Basic Model Name
G3TC:
I/O Solid State Relay
2. I/O
O:
Output
I:
Input
3. Type
AC:
Output models (OAC): DC input, AC output
Input models (IAC): AC/DC input, DC output
DC:
Output models (ODC): DC input, DC output
Input models (IDC): DC/AC input, DC output
4. Power Supply Voltage Specifications 1
5:
Output models (O): Rated input voltage of 5 VDC
Input models (I): Rated output voltage of 5 VDC
15:
Output models (O): Rated input voltage of 15 VDC
Input models (I): Rated output voltage of 15 VDC
24:
Output models (O): Rated input voltage of 24 VDC
Input models (I): Rated output voltage of 24 VDC
5. Power Supply Voltage Specifications 2
Blank:
OAC: Rated output voltage of 120 VAC
ODC: Rated output voltage of 60 VDC
IAC: Rated input voltage of 120 VAC/VDC
IDC: Rated input voltage of 24 VDC/VAC
A:
OAC: Rated output voltage of 240 VAC
ODC: Rated output voltage of 200 VDC
IAC: Rated input voltage of 240 VAC/VDC
278
Solid State Relays
G3TC
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Input Modules
Function
Case color
Isolation
Logic level
Supply voltage
DC input
AC input
White
Photocoupler
Yellow
Rated Input voltage
Model
Supply current
4.5 to 6 VDC
18 mA max.
12 to 18 VDC
15 mA max.
24 VDC/VAC
G3TC-IDC5
G3TC-IDC15
20 to 30 VDC
12 mA max.
4.5 to 6 VDC
18 mA max.
G3TC-IDC24
12 to 18 VDC
15 mA max.
20 to 30 VDC
12 mA max.
4.5 to 6 VDC
18 mA max.
12 to 18 VDC
15 mA max.
G3TC-IAC15A
20 to 30 VDC
12 mA max.
G3TC-IAC24A
120 VAC/VDC
G3TC-IAC5
G3TC-IAC15
G3TC-IAC24
240 VAC/VDC
G3TC-IAC5A
Output Modules
Function
Case color
Isolation
Applicable load
Load voltage
DC output
Red
Photocoupler
5 to 60 VDC
5 to 200 VDC
AC output
Black
Phototriac
75 to 140 VAC
75 to 280 VAC
Rated Input voltage
Model
Load current
0.01 to 3 A
0.01 to 1 A
0.05 to 3 A
0.05 to 3 A
5 VDC
G3TC-ODC5
15 VDC
G3TC-ODC15
24 VDC
G3TC-ODC24
5 VDC
G3TC-ODC5A
15 VDC
G3TC-ODC15A
24 VDC
G3TC-ODC24A
5 VDC
G3TC-OAC5
15 VDC
G3TC-OAC15
24 VDC
G3TC-OAC24
5 VDC
G3TC-OAC5A
15 VDC
G3TC-OAC15A
24 VDC
G3TC-OAC24A
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
Solid State Relays
G3TC
279
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Item
Rated voltage
G3TC-IDC5
Operating
voltage
Must operate
voltage
Must release
voltage
Input current at
rated voltage
1.5 kΩ
24 VDC/VAC
10 to 32 VDC/15 to 10 VDC/15 VAC
32 VAC
max.
120 VAC/VDC
90 to 140 VAC/
VDC
90 VAC/VDC max. 25 VAC/VDC min. 5 mA max.
30 kΩ
240 VAC/VDC
180 to 280 VAC/
VDC
180 VAC/VDC
max.
69 kΩ
G3TC-IDC15
3 VDC/3 VAC min. 25 mA max.
Input resistance
(See note.)
G3TC-IDC24
G3TC-IAC5
G3TC-IAC15
G3TC-IAC24
G3TC-IAC5A
G3TC-IAC15A
45 VAC/VDC min. 5 mA max.
G3TC-IAC24A
Item
Rated voltage
Operating
voltage
Must operate
voltage
Must release
voltage
Input current at
rated voltage
(See note.)
Control
resistance
(RC in circuit
configuration)
G3TC-ODC5
5 VDC
2.5 to 8 VDC
2.5 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
240 Ω
G3TC-ODC15
15 VDC
9 to 16 VDC
9 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
1 kΩ
GT3C-ODC24
24 VDC
18 to 32 VDC
18 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
2.2 kΩ
G3TC-ODC5A
5 VDC
2.5 to 8 VDC
2.5 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
240 Ω
G3TC-ODC15A
15 VDC
9 to 16 VDC
9 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
1 kΩ
GT3C-ODC24A
24 VDC
18 to 32 VDC
18 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
2.2 kΩ
G3TC-OAC5
5 VDC
2.5 to 8 VDC
2.5 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
240 Ω
G3TC-OAC15
15 VDC
9 to 16 VDC
9 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
1 kΩ
G3TC-OAC24
24 VDC
18 to 32 VDC
18 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
2.2 kΩ
G3TC-OAC5A
5 VDC
2.5 to 8 VDC
2.5 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
240 Ω
G3TC-OAC15A
15 VDC
9 to 16 VDC
9 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
1 kΩ
G3TC-OAC24A
24 VDC
18 to 32 VDC
18 VDC max.
1 VDC min.
18 mA max.
2.2 kΩ
Note: The Output Module supplies the current on I/O circuit board at the nominal input voltage.
Output
Item
Output supply
voltage-nominal
Output supply
voltage-range
Output supply current at
rated input voltage
(See note.)
Control resistance
(RC in circuit configuration)
G3TC-IDC5
5 VDC
4.5 to 6 VDC
18 mA max.
240 Ω
G3TC-IDC15
15 VDC
12 to 18 VDC
15 mA max.
1 kΩ
G3TC-IDC24
24 VDC
20 to 30 VDC
12 mA max.
2.2 kΩ
G3TC-IAC5
5 VDC
4.5 to 6 VDC
18 mA max.
240 Ω
G3TC-IAC15
15 VDC
12 to 18 VDC
15 mA max.
1 kΩ
G3TC-IAC24
24 VDC
20 to 30 VDC
12 mA max.
2.2 kΩ
G3TC-IAC5A
5 VDC
4.5 to 6 VDC
18 mA max.
240 Ω
G3TC-IAC15A
15 VDC
12 to 18 VDC
15 mA max.
1 kΩ
G3TC-IAC24A
24 VDC
20 to 30 VDC
12 mA max.
2.2 kΩ
Note: The Input Module supplies the current on I/O circuit board at the nominal output voltage.
280
Solid State Relays G3TC
Output
current
50 mA max.
Item
G3TC-ODC5
Rated load voltage
Load voltage range
Load current
Inrush current
60 VDC
5 to 60 VDC
0.01 to 3 A
18 A (10 ms)
200 VDC
5 to 200 VDC
0.01 to 1.0 A
9 A (10 ms)
120 VAC
75 to 140 VAC
0.05 to 3 A
45 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
240 VAC
75 to 280 VAC
G3TC-ODC15
G3TC-ODC24
G3TC-ODC5A
G3TC-ODC15A
G3TC-ODC24A
G3TC-OAC5
G3TC-OAC15
G3TC-OAC24
G3TC-OAC5A
G3TC-OAC15A
G3TC-OAC24A
■ Characteristics
Item
G3TC-IDC5
Operate
time (See
note 1.)
Release
time (See
note 1.)
Output ON
voltage
drop
5 ms max.
5 ms max.
0.4 V max.
20 ms max.
20 ms max.
0.4 V max.
50 µs max.
50 µs max. 1.6 V max.
(See note 2.)
G3TC-IDC15
G3TC-IDC24
G3TC-IAC5
Leakage
current
Insulation
resistance
Dielectric
strength
100 µA max. 100 MΩ min. 4,000 VAC,
(at 500 VDC) 50/60 Hz for
1 min
between
input and
100 µA max.
output
G3TC-IAC15
Vibration
resistance
Shock
resistance
Malfunction: Malfunction:
10 to 55 to
1,000 m/s2
10 Hz, 0.75mm single
amplitude
Ambient
temperature
Ambient
humidity
Operating:
Operating:
−30 to 80°C
45 to 85%
(with no icing or
condensation)
Storage:
−30 to 100°C
(with no icing or
condensation)
Certified
standard
Weight
UL508,
Approx. 40 g
UL1950,
CSA22.2
No. 14, No.
950,
EN60950
Approx. 40 g
G3TC-IAC24
G3TC-IAC5A
G3TC-IAC15A
G3TC-IAC24A
G3TC-ODC5
G3TC-ODC15
1 mA max.
(at 60 VDC)
Approx. 45 g
1 mA max.
(at 200 VDC)
Approx. 40 g
1/2 of load
1.6 V (RMS) 2.5 mA max.
power
max.
(at 120 VAC)
source cycle
+ 1 ms max.
Approx. 45 g
G3TC-ODC24
G3TC-ODC5A
100 µs max. 750 µs max.
G3TC-ODC15A
G3TC-ODC24A
G3TC-OAC5
G3TC-OAC15
G3TC-OAC24
G3TC-OAC5A
G3TC-OAC15A
1/2 of load
power
source cycle
+ 1 ms max.
5 mA max.
(at 240 VAC)
G3TC-OAC24A
Note: 1. Tested at the nominal output supply voltage, the rated input voltage, and an ambient temperature of 25°C.
2. Tested at a 24-VDC load voltage, a 3-A load current, and an ambient temperature of 25°C.
Solid State Relays
G3TC
281
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics
G3TC-ODC5A
G3TC-ODC15A
G3TC-ODC24A
2
3
1.5
2
1.6
1
G3TC-OAC5A
G3TC-OAC15A
G3TC-OAC24A
G3TC-OAC5
G3TC-OAC15
G3TC-OAC24
4
Load current (A)
4
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
G3TC-ODC5
G3TC-ODC15
G3TC-ODC24
1
0.55
0.5
3
2
1.6
1
0.37
0
−30 −20
0
20
40 45
60 70 80
100
0
−30 −20
Ambient temperature (°C)
0
20
40 45
60 70 80
100
0
−30 −20
0
20
40 45
60 70 80
100
Ambient temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature (°C)
One Cycle Surge Current: Non-repetitive
Note: Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.
15
28
14
26
13
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
1
0
20 30
50 70 100
200 300 500
1,000 2,000
Energized time (ms)
282
12
4
0
Solid State Relays G3TC
50
Inrush current (A. Peak)
30
G3TC-OAC5A
G3TC-OAC15A
G3TC-OAC24A
G3TC-OAC5
G3TC-OAC15
G3TC-OAC24
G3TC-ODC5A
G3TC-ODC15A
G3TC-ODC24A
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3TC-ODC5
G3TC-ODC15
G3TC-ODC24
40
30
20
10
0
0
0
30
50
100
300 500
Energized time (ms)
1,000 2,000
10
30 50
100
200
500 1,000
Energized time (ms)
5,000
Operation
■ Circuit Configuration
G3TC-IDC5
G3TC-IDC15
G3TC-IDC24
G3TC-IAC5 G3TC-IAC5A
G3TC-IAC15 G3TC-IAC15A
G3TC-IAC24 G3TC-IAC24A
DC/AC input
AC/DC input
1
1
IN
IN
2
+
2
+
3
4
OUT
4
OUT
−
5
−
G3TC-ODC5 G3TC-ODC5A
G3TC-ODC15 G3TC-ODC15A
G3TC-ODC24 G3TC-ODC24A
3
5
G3TC-OAC5 G3TC-OAC5A
G3TC-OAC15 G3TC-OAC15A
G3TC-OAC24 G3TC-OAC24A
DC output
+
AC output
1
+
1
−
2
OUT
OUT
−
2
Trigger
circuit
Amplifier
circuit
+
+
3
3
IN
IN
−
4
−
4
Solid State Relays
G3TC
283
Dimensions
G3TC-IAC5 G3TC-IAC5A
G3TC-IAC15 G3TC-IAC15A
G3TC-IAC24 G3TC-IAC24A
15.2
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2.5
43.2
#4–40 Hold down screw
31.8
25.4
5
4
3
2
1
6.0
7.6
1.0 dia.
7.6
10.16
22.86
27.94
33.02
15.2
G3TC-IDC5
G3TC-IDC15
G3TC-IDC24
2.5
43.2
#4–40 Hold down screw
31.8
25.4
5
4
3
2
1
6.0
7.6
10.16
22.86
27.94
33.02
284
Solid State Relays G3TC
1.0 dia.
7.6
15.2
G3TC-OAC5 G3TC-OAC5A
G3TC-OAC15 G3TC-OAC15A
G3TC-OAC24 G3TC-OAC24A
(2.5)
43.2
#4–40 Hold down screw
31.8
25.4
4
3
2
1
6.0
7.6
1.0 dia.
10.16
7.6
22.86
G3TC-ODC5 G3TC-ODC5A
G3TC-ODC15 G3TC-ODC15A
G3TC-ODC24 G3TC-ODC24A
15.2
27.94
2.5
43.2
#4–40 Hold down screw
31.8
25.4
4
3
2
1
6.0
7.6
10.16
1.0 dia.
7.6
22.86
27.94
Solid State Relays
G3TC
285
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Before Actual Operation
5. Use a power supply within the rated frequency range. Using a
power supply outside the rated frequency range may result in
malfunction, damage, or burning.
6. No overvoltage absorption element is built in. Therefore, if the
G3TC is connected to an inductive load, be sure to connect the
overvoltage absorption element.
7. As protection against accidents due to short-circuiting, be sure to
install protective devices, such as fuses on the power supply
side.
8. Keep wiring separate from high-voltage power lines and use
wires of an appropriate length, otherwise malfunction and
damage may result due to induction.
9. For a DC inductive load, a diode should be connected in parallel
the load to absorb the counter electromotive force of the load.
10.When mounting on the I/O mounting rack which is installed
horizontally, use the G3TC with loads that are within the following
conditions.
1. In actual operation, the G3TC may cause accidents that were
unforeseeable at the theoretical stage. Therefore it is necessary
to test the G3TC under a variety of conditions that are possible.
As for the characteristics of the G3TC, it is necessary to consider
the differences between G3TC Units.
2. The ratings in this datasheet are for testing in a temperature
range of 15 to 30°C, a relative humidity range of 25% to 85%, and
an atmospheric pressure range of 88 to 106 kPa. When testing
operation, it is necessary to confirm correct operation not only
with the actual load that will be used, but also at the same
ambient conditions as for actual operation.
3. The input circuitry does not incorporate a circuit protecting the
SSR from being damage due to a reversed connection. Make
sure that the polarity is correct when connecting the input lines.
4. Only use the G3TC with loads that are within the rated values.
Using the G3TC with loads outside the rated values may result in
malfunction, damage, or burning.
G3TC-ODC5, ODC15, ODC24
G3TC-OAC5, OAC15, OAC24
G3TC-OAC5A, OAC15A, OAC24A
Horizontal Mounting
Horizontal Mounting
4
3
Load current (A)
Load current (A)
4
2.1
2
1
3
2.7
2
1
0.64
0.64
0
−30 −20
0
20
40 45
60 70 80
100
Ambient temperature (°C)
0
−30 −20
0
20
40 45
60 70 80
100
Ambient temperature (°C)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. J141-E1-01
286
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays G3TC
Solid State Relays
G3S/G3SD
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
Ultra-small Relay Breaks up to 1 A
• Ultra-small, dual in-line package (DIP) SSR.
• Terminals compatible with G6B Electromagnetic Relay’s. Mix
with G6Bs as the application requires.
• Close mounting possible. In addition, heat sink dedicated to this
mounting style also available.
• Both AC- and DC-load versions available.
• High isolation of 2,500 VAC between input and output freeing
inputs from noise surge generated in the load.
• Built-in varistor effectively absorbs external surges. (In case of
SSR for AC switching.)
• Certified by UL and CSA.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@[email protected]@
1
2
3 4 5 6
7
8
1. Basic Model Name
G3S:
Solid State Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply
Blank:
AC output
D:
DC output
3. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
Z:
24 VDC
2:
200 VAC
4. Rated Load Current
01:
1A
5. Terminal Type
P:
PCB terminals
6. Zero Cross Function
Blank:
DC-output model or equipped with zero cross function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
7. Special Specifications
Blank:
Standard models
PD:
High rated load current
8. Certification
US:
Certified by UL and CSA
Solid State Relays
G3S/G3SD
287
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Isolation
Phototriac
Zero cross
function
No
Indicator
No
Rated output load
1 A at 100 to 240 VAC
(See note 1.)
Rated input voltage
5 VDC
Model
G3S-201PL-US
12 VDC
24 VDC
1.2 A at 100 to 240 VAC
(See note 1.)
5 VDC
G3S-201PL-PD-US
12 VDC
24 VDC
Photocoupler
1 A at 4 to 24 VDC
(See note 2.)
5 VDC
G3SD-Z01P-US
12 VDC
24 VDC
1.1 A at 4 to 24 VDC
(See note 2.)
5 VDC
12 VDC
24 VDC
Note: 1. Product is labelled “250 VAC”.
2. Product is labelled “24 VDC”.
3. When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Heat Sink
Heat Sink
Y92B-S08N
See Dimensions for details.
Connecting Socket
Connecting Socket
P6B-04P
See Dimensions for details.
288
Solid State Relays G3S/G3SD
G3SD-Z01P-PD-US
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Impedance
G3S-201PL-US
/201PL-PD-US
Voltage level
G3S-Z01P-US
/Z01P-PD-US
Must operate
voltage
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
450 Ω±20%
630 Ω±20%
4 VDC max.
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
1.1 kΩ±20%
1.5 kΩ±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
2.2 kΩ±20%
2.8 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
Must release voltage
1 VDC min.
Note: Each models has 5-VDC, 12-VDC, and 24-VDC input versions.
Output
Model
Applicable load
Rated load voltage
G3S-201PL-US
Rated load voltage range
75 to 264 VAC
0.1 to 1 A
4 to 24 VDC
3 to 26 VDC
0.01 to 1 A
G3S-201PL-PD-US
G3SD-Z01P-US
Load current
100 to 240 VAC
Inrush current
15 A (60 Hz, 1 cycle)
0.1 to 1.2 A
G3SD-Z01P-PD-US
3 A (10 ms)
0.01 to 1.1 A
■ Characteristics
Item
G3S-201PL-US/201PL-PD-US
G3SD-Z01P-US/Z01P-PD-US
Operate time
1 ms max.
Release time
1/2 of load power source cycle + 1 ms max.
1 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop
1.6 V (RMS) max.
1.5 V max.
Leakage current
2 mA max.
0.1 mA max. (at 26 VDC)
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating:
Storage:
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E64562/CSA C22.2 (No.0, No.14) File No. LR35535
Weight
Approx. 13 g
–30°C to 80°C (with no icing or condensation)
–30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Solid State Relays
G3S/G3SD
289
Engineering Data
Load Current vs
Ambient Temperature
Characteristics
One Cycle Surge
Current: Non-repetitive
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3S-201PL-PD
G3SD-Z01P-PD
Load current (A)
G3S-201PL
G3SD-Z01P
Inrush current (A. Peak)
Non-repetitive (Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively.)
G3S-201PL
G3S-201PL-PD
Ambient temperature (°C)
G3SD-Z01P
G3SD-Z01P-PD
Energized time (ms)
Energized time (ms)
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
G3S/G3SD
PCB Dimensions
(Bottom View)
10 max.
20 max.
Four, 1.1 dia. holes
2.54
16.5 max.
16 max.
2.54
7.62±0.1
4
10.16
7.62
0.8
0.4
7.62
10.16±0.1 7.62±0.1
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Bottom View)
−
Input
voltage
+
1
−
Input
(−)
3
(+)
4
(−)
Load power
supply
Load
Load
+
6
Note: Values in parentheses apply to the
DC-load versions.
290
Solid State Relays G3S/G3SD
(+)
Connecting Socket
P6B-04P
(23)*
23.2 max.
PCB Dimensions
(Bottom View)
10 max.
(9.9)*
Four, 1.1-dia. holes
2.54
3
2.54
10.1 max.
(10)*
7
3.5
(2.71)
10.16
0.8
7.62
0.4
7.62
*Average value
Heat Sink
Y92B-S08N
48.2+0
−0.3
1
8
1 6.3 1 6.3 1 6.3 1 6.3 1
8
20 +0
−0.3
1
8 +0
−0.25
3
0.5
0.5
Mounting Bracket
6
4
4
20 +0.3
−0
1 +0
−0.2
PCB Dimensions
(Bottom View)
6
4
7.62
4.5
7.62
4.5
7.62
4.5
7.62
10.16
16
15.5 18
7.62
0.7
2.6
7
4.2
0.8
Solid State Relays
G3S/G3SD
291
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
Close Mounting
G3S-201PL-PD and G3SD-Z01-PD SSRs can be closely mounted
side by side. Attach the Y92B-S08N Heat Sink to the SSRs mounted
closely side by side. When these SSRs are mounted side by side,
the load current vs. ambient temperature characteristic declines as
shown below.
Load current (A)
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics
(When four SSRs are mounted side by side and each of
them is switched to the same load current.)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Connection
With the SSR for DC switching, the load can be connected to either
positive or negative output terminal of the SSR.
Protective Component
Since the SSR does not incorporate an overvoltage absorption
component, be sure to connect an overvoltage absorption
component when using the SSR under an inductive load.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K060-E1-05
292
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Solid State Relays G3S/G3SD
MOS FET Relays
G3DZ
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety
Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
SSR Identical to the G6D in Size with a
Maximum AC/DC Switching Current of 0.6 A
• Switch 0.6 A at 240 VAC or 100 VDC.
• 10-µA current leakage max. between open output terminals.
• 2,500-VAC dielectric strength ensured between input and
output terminals.
• Input resistor and varistor incorporated models available.
• Switch full- and half-wave rectified alternating currents.
• Certified by UL and CSA.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
[email protected]@@@@
1
2 3 4 5 6
1. Basic Model Name
G3DZ:
MOS FET Relay
2. Rated Load Power Supply
Blank:
AC/DC output
3. Rated Load Power Supply Voltage
2:
200 VAC/125 VDC
4. Rated Load Current
R6:
0.6 A
5. Terminal Type
P:
PCB terminals
6. Zero Cross Function
L:
Not equipped with zero cross function
MOS FET Relays
G3DZ
293
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Insulation
Photo-voltage coupler
Zero cross
function
Indicator
No
Rated output load
No
Rated input voltage
0.6 A at
5 VDC
5 to 240 VAC
12 VDC
5 to 100 VDC
24 VDC
Model
G3DZ-2R6PL
Note: When ordering, specify the rated input voltage.
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
See Dimensions for details.
Connecting socket
P6D-04P
Specifications
■ Ratings (at an Ambient Temperature of 25°C)
Input
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Input impedance
Voltage level
Must operate
5 VDC
4 to 6 VDC
830 Ω±20%
4 VDC max.
12 VDC
9.6 to 14.4 VDC
2 kΩ±20%
9.6 VDC max.
24 VDC
19.2 to 28.8 VDC
4 kΩ±20%
19.2 VDC max.
Must release
1 VDC min.
Output
Rated voltage
5 to 240 VAC, 5 to 100 VDC
Load voltage range
3 to 264 VAC, 3 to 125 VDC
Load current
100 µA to 0.6 A
■ Characteristics
Operate time (See note.)
6 ms max.
Release time (See note.)
10 ms max.
Output ON-resistance (See note.)
2.4 Ω max.
Leakage current
10 µA max. (at 125 VDC)
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
2,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between input and output
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 to 10 Hz, 0.75-mm single amplitude
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 1,000 m/s2
Ambient temperature
Operating: –30°C to 85°C (with no icing or condensation)
Storage: –30°C to 100°C (with no icing or condensation)
Certified standards
UL508 File No. E64562
CSA C22.2 (No.14) File No. LR35535
Ambient humidity
Operating: 45% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 3.1 g
294
MOS FET Relays G3DZ
Inrush current
6 A (10 ms)
Engineering Data
Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature
Characteristics
One Cycle Surge Current:
Non-repetitive
Non-repetitive (Keep the inrush current to half the
rated value if it occurs repetitively.)
G3DZ-2R6PL
Load current (A)
Inrush current (A. Peak)
G3DZ-2R6PL
Energized time (ms)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Dimensions
Note: 1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Orientation marks are indicated as follows:
G3DZ-2R6PL
17.5
0.5
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Bottom View)
Mounting Holes
(Bottom View)
6.5
12.5 max.
(0.71) (1.13)
2.54
Four, 1.1 dia.
3.5
0.8
0.5
2.54
7.62
2.54
Input voltage
5.08
5.08
Load
−
5.08
0.3
−
+
15.24
P6D-04P Connecting Socket
5
Input
7
Load
13
+
Mounting Holes
(Bottom View)
19.7 max.
1
Load
power
supply
Socket Mounting Height
6.9 max.
(0.86) (2.18)
2.54
Four, 1.1 dia.
18.5 mm max.
10.8
6±0.1
3.6
0.65
2.54
0.3
7.62
5.08
2.54
15.24
5.08
MOS FET Relays
G3DZ
295
Safety Precautions
■ Precautions for Correct Use
Please observe the following precautions to prevent failure to
operate, malfunction, or undesirable effect on product performance.
If any reversed surge voltage is imposed on the input terminals,
insert a diode in parallel to the input terminals as shown in the
following circuit diagram and do not impose a reversed voltage value
of 3 V or more.
−
1
+
5
Input
7
Load
13
Terminals
Since terminals are made of materials with high heat conduction,
complete soldering (automatic or manual) within 10 seconds at a
temperature of 260°C.
When fitting with a Socket, match properly and push straight down
vertically.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. K089-E1-03
296
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
MOS FET Relays G3DZ
Sockets
ockets
Refer to Warranty and Application Considerations (page 1), Safety Precautions (page 4), and Technical and Safety Information (page 6).
■ Sockets
PCB Relay Socket
Item
4 pins
P6B
*see page 300
P6B-04P
Note: The maximum carry current is 5 A.
Square Sockets
Item
5 pins
P2RF
*see page 301
P2RF-05
P2RF-05-E
P2R *see page 302
Solder terminal
P2R-05A
PCB terminal
P2R-05P
P2R-057P
P7TF
*see page 302
P7TF-05
Note: @-E Models are of finger-protect construction. Round terminals cannot be used. Use Y-shaped terminals.
Solid State Relays
Sockets
297
Square Sockets
Item
PYF (track
mounting) *see
page 303
Screw terminal
8 pins
PYF08A
PY (back connecting)
*see page 304
Solder
terminal
PY08
Wrapping
terminal
PYQ08QN
* Without clip
PTF (track
mounting) *see
page 305
PCB
terminal
PY08-02
Screw terminal
PTF08A
PY08-Y1
PYF08A-E
PYQ08QN2
PYF08M
PYQ08QN-Y1
PYQ08QN2-Y1
* With clip
PTF08A-E
Round Sockets
Item
8 pins
PF (surface
mounting)
*see page 306
PF083A
PL (back connecting) *see page 307
Solder
terminal
PL08
Wrapping
terminal
PL08-Q
PF083A-E
PF085A
298
Solid State Relays Sockets
PCB terminal
PLE08-0
PT (back connecting)
*see page 305
Solder
terminal
PT08
Wrapping
terminal
PT08QN
PCB terminal
PT08-0
■ Hold-down Clips
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
For Square Sockets
PYC-A1
PYC-S
PYC-P
PYC
5 max.
29 max.
For Round Sockets
PFC-A1
60.8
4.6
PLC
PLC-10
7.6
5
56.6
62
66.2
4.5
6
6
■ Models Used with Sockets
Group
Model
Pin No.
Socket
Front connecting
Back connecting
G3S
G3S, G3SD
4
G3F
G3F, G3FD, G3FM
8
G3H
---
PTF
PT
G3B
---
PF083A
PL
G3R
---
P2RF
P2R
5
---
P6B
PYF
PY
■ Models Used with Hold-down Clips
Square Sockets
Item
G3H series,
G3F, G3FD, G3FM
PYF08A, PTF08A
PYC-A1
PYF08M
PYC
PYC-P
PY08(QN), PT08(QN)
PYC-P, PYC-S
PY08-02, PT08-0
PYC-P
Round Sockets
Item
G3B
PF083A, PF113A
PFC-A1
PL08(-Q), PL11(-Q)
PLC
PLE08-0, PLE11-0
PLC-10
Note: A hold-down clip for PF085A is sold together with relays that can be used with PF085A.
Solid State Relays
Sockets
299
■ Rails and Accessories
Supporting Rails
PFP-100N
PFP-50N
7.3±0.15
4.5
35±0.3
15
25 10 25
25
25
10
1000 (500) *
27±0.15
1
15 (5)
Note: The figure in the parentheses is for PFP-50N.
Supporting Rails
PFP-100N2
16
4.5
35±0.3 27
15
25
10
25
25
1000
10
25
24
1
10
End Plate
6.2
M4 x 8 pan head screw
PFP-M
1.8
1
50
1.8
35.5 35.3
11.5
10
M4 spring washer
PFP-S
1.3
4.8
16
12
5
34.8
44.3
16.5
Dimensions
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
■ P6B
Dimensions
P6B-04P
10 max.
(9.9)*
10.1 max.
(10)*
* Average dimensions
300
PCB dimensions
Four, 1.1-dia. holes
(23)*
23.2 max.
Solid State Relays Sockets
29.2
15
1.5
■ P2RF
Dimensions
Terminal arrangement/Internal
connections (top view)
Mounting holes (top view)
4.2-dia. holes
P2RF-05 (One pole)
4 dia.
Five, M3.5 x 8
71.5 max.
M3 (M3 x 16)
or 3.5-dia. hole
Note: Track mounting is
also possible.
19.5 max.
30 max.
54 max.
P2RF-05-E (One pole)
3.2-dia. holes
59 max.
(80.9 max.)*
48 max.
M3.5 screw
3.5-dia. holes
85.5 max.
M3 or 3.5-dia. holes
Note: Track mounting is
also possible.
Note: Figures in
parentheses are DIN
standard numbers.
61 max.
* When mounted on [email protected]
Note: When indicator modules with an I/O SSR are used, the No. 1 pin becomes positive.
■ P2R
Dimensions
P2R-05P (One pole)
Terminal arrangement/Internal
connections (bottom view)
PCB dimensions (bottom view)
14.5 max.
Five, 1.6-dia. holes
35.5 max.
36.5 max.
P2R-057P (One pole)
14 max.
Five, 1.6-dia. holes
37 max.
41 max.
Note: When indicator modules with an I/O SSR are used, the No. 1 pin becomes positive.
Solid State Relays
Sockets
301
■ P2R/P7TF
Dimensions
Terminal arrangement/
Internal connections
Mounting holes
P2R-05A (One pole)
14.5 max.
35.5 max.
Five, 3 x 1.8-dia. holes
(Bottom view)
Use panel with thickness of 1.6 to 2.0 mm.
36.5 max.
P7TF-05
19 max.
Screw with square washer
71.5 max.
(Top view)
Two, 3.0 dia.
59 max.
Note: When indicator modules with an I/O SSR are used, the No. 1 pin becomes positive.
302
Solid State Relays Sockets
(Top view)
Note: Track mounting is
also possible.
■ PYF Dimensions
Dimensions
PFY08A
Two 4.2 x 5
mounting holes
Terminal arrangement/Internal
connections (top view)
Two M3, M4,
or 4.5-dia. holes
3.4
Eight
M3 x 8
sems screws
6
Mounting holes
59±0.3
35.4
72 max.
15±0.2
Note: Track mounting is
also possible.
4
23 max.
6
16.5
30 max.
PYF08A-E
Two, 4.2 x 5
mounting holes
6
Two, M3 or M4
(or 4.5-dia.) holes
3.4
Eight, M3 x 8
sems
59±0.3
72 max.
35.4
15±0.1
4
23
max.
6
Note: Track mounting is
also possible.
16.5
31 max.
3.5-dia. holes
PYF08M
3 dia.
3.5-dia. holes or M3
34 max.
44.5 max.
18 max.
3.5-dia. mounting hole
6.5-dia. with bore depth of11.5
Solid State Relays
Sockets
303
■ PY Dimensions
Dimensions
PY08
PY08-Y1
Terminal arrangement/Internal
connections (bottom view)
Mounting holes
Eight 3-dia. x 1.2 ellipses
+0.2
25.8 0
25.5 29.5
max. max.
*
5
2.7
42
max.
+0.2
21.4 0
2.6
24
max.
7.7
20 max.
Note: PY08-Y1 includes the part outlined by the dashed lines above.
PY08QN
PY08QN2
PY08QN-Y1
PY08QN2-Y1
1
*
29.5 max.
5
2.7
42
max.
(20)
25
41.5 max.
(36.5 max.)
22
max.
24
max.
Note: 1. PY080N(2)-Y1 includes the part outlined by the
dashed lines above.
2. The figures in the parentheses are for PY080N2.
PY08-02
13.2
1.0
5.8
0.3
4.1
25.5 29.5
max. max.
6.35
2.7
4.3
22
max.
2
16.5 max.
Note: 1. Use a panel with a thickness of 1 to 2 mm when mounting a socket on it.
2. The “*” marked length for [email protected] is 49 max.
304
Solid State Relays Sockets
12.65
6.4
4.2
Eleven 1.3-dia
holes
■ PTF Dimensions
Dimensions
PTF08A
Two 4.5 x 6
mounting holes
7
Terminal arrangement/
Internal connections
(top view)
Mounting holes
Two, M4 or
two, 4.5-dia. holes
3.4
Eight 3.5M x
8 screw
68±0.3
78.5
max.
35.4
19±0.2
8
30 max.
28.5 max.
PTF08A-E
Two, 4.5 x 6
mounting holes
Two, M4 or
two, 4.5-dia. holes
3.4
7
Eight, M3.5 x 8
sems
68±0.3
35.5
78.5 max.
19±0.2
8
28.5
max.
33 max.
■ PT Dimensions
Dimensions
PT08
Terminal arrangement/
Internal connections
(top view)
Mounting holes
PT08QN
1.5 x 10
25.8 +0.2
0
5
25.5 29.5
1.0 max. max.
0.3
25.5 29.5
max. max.
24
2.7
Eight 1.7-dia x
20.5 max. 3.5 ellipses
PT08-0
+0.2
21.4 0
9
2.7
1.5
20
2.5
35 max.
24
max.
2
15.6
2
10
5.35
0.3
2
1
4.6
29.5 max.
5*
6.5
6.45
6.5
3
4.3
22 max.
18 max.
* A proper distance between the socket and PC
board patterns should be kept.
12.45
Eight 2.5dia. holes
The tolerance is ±0.1.
Note: Use a panel with a thickness of 1 to 2 mm when mounting a socket on it.
Solid State Relays
Sockets
305
■ PF Dimensions
Dimensions
Eight M3.5 x 7
sems screws
PF083A
Terminal arrangement/
Internal connections
(top view)
7±0.2
Two M4 or 4.5-dia. holes
4
33±0.2
Two 4.2-dia.
holes
35.4
52 max.
4
33
41 max.
Mounting holes
Note: Rail-mounting is available.
See page 300.
2
3.5
21 max.
Two, M4 or two, 4.5-dia. holes
PF083A-E
Eight, M3.5 x 7
sems
7±0.2
4
33±0.2
Two, 4.2-dia.
holes
52 max.
4
35.4
23
33
41 max.
3.5
2
21 max.
PF085A
Two M4 or 4.5-dia. holes
Eight M3.5 x 7
sems screws
7±0.2
4
33±0.2
58 max.
4
Note: Rail-mounting is available.
See page 300.
Two
4.5-dia.
holes
33±0.2
40 max.
35.4
1.1
3.5
2
21.6 max.
306
Solid State Relays Sockets
■ PL Dimensions
Dimensions
PL08
3.5
Terminal arrangement/
Internal connections
(bottom view)
4
Two 3.5-dia. or
two M3 socket
mounting holes
1
Two 2dia.
holes
50.5 max. 40
Mounting holes
31-dia. hole
40±0.3
30 dia.
3.9
35
max.
PL08-Q
3.5
Approx. 20.5
4
1
0.6t x 1.3
51 max.
30 dia.
40
16
16
35
max.
PLE08-O
35
max.
14 5
Two 3.5-dia. hold-down
clip mounting holes
0.3t
29 dia.±0.3
40±0.3
27.7±0.5
21.5 max.
Eight 2.5-dia. holes
Note: When mounting, pay due attention to the direction of the key groove of applicable relays.
Solid State Relays
Sockets
307
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement